Compensation

Safecom, Ltd. v. Raviv

Case/docket number: 
CA 7996/11
Date Decided: 
Monday, November 18, 2013
Decision Type: 
Appellate
Abstract: 

Facts: An appeal against the Haifa District Court's judgment dismissing the Appellants' claim against the Respondent for the infringement of its copyright in technical drawings. At trial, the Appellants argued that drawings used by the Respondent for the registration of a patent in the USA for a voltage backup system for cable systems (a product that competes with a product of the first Appellant (hereinafter referred to as "Safecom") infringe Safecom's copyright in the drawings of its products. There is no dispute that there was a previous business relationship between the Respondent and the Appellants, and the Respondent had access to the Appellants' drawings. The District Court held that Safecom's drawings did amount to a protected work, but in the instant case there had been no copying of Safecom's drawings, or a substantial part of them, and for that reason the claim was dismissed.

 

Held: The Supreme Court (per Justice Y. Danziger, Justices Z. Zylbertal and E. Rubinstein, concurring) granted the appeal and held:

 

The Court took a broad view of copyright law and stated that, under the precedents of this Court, copyright protection of a work requires that an original work is involved. This is established through the analysis of three subordinate elements – the origin criterion, the investment criterion, and the creativity criterion. The presence of just one element is not sufficient for the purpose of proving originality.

 

Another basic principle of copyright law is that the idea underlying a work will not be protected by copyright, and that protection is only afforded to the way in which the idea is expressed. This distinction between idea and expression in certain senses also overlaps the requirement of originality that underlies the copyright protection of works. This overlap is particularly relevant when functional works are involved.

 

In view of the distinction between idea and expression, the approach that has developed that states that when a particular idea can be expressed in only a single way, then a work expressing that idea will not be afforded protection. This approach has been called "the merger doctrine". When there is an absolute merger between the idea and its expression, and when there is only one way to express the idea, it is the accepted view that the work expressing that idea will not be granted copyright protection. However, opinions are divided on the question when there are just a few possibilities of expressing the idea. According to one approach, as held in the American case of Morrisey, copyright protection should not be granted in such a case, while according to another approach, the work will be granted copyright, but that copyright will only be infringed when there is absolute or almost absolute similarity between the works. This controversy is relevant in the instant case because the Respondent asserts that Safecom should have proven exact copying because its drawings constitute an idea that can only be expressed in limited ways. In the opinion of Justice Danziger, in order to decide this issue, reference may be made to the fundamental rule of copyright law presented above – the requirement of originality, in particular when the issue relates to functional works.

 

Functional works raise various difficulties at the stage of analyzing the requisite originality for copyright protection. However, once a functional work has met the originality requirement and the choice criterion, it is a protected work in all respects, substantial parts of which may not be copied.

 

According to the choice criterion, the intended function or purpose of the work should be ascertained, and an examination made as to whether the form of presenting that purpose – the expression – required that the creator choose from among several options that could have achieved the same purpose. When there is a solitary option to achieve that purpose, it is inappropriate to afford protection to that sole method of expression. However, when the creator has a choice among several options, copyright protection should not be denied to the chosen expression.

 

Even if only some of the elements that make up the functional work have passed the "choice filter", that does not prevent them from being work protected against copying. In the opinion of Justice Danziger, The only  consequence of a work being functional concerns the standard for the analysis of copying when the protected elements constitute an idea that can only be expressed in a limited number of ways..

In such a case, a higher threshold will be necessary to establish copying, and almost absolute similarity between the protected elements and the allegedly copied elements will be required in order to establish that substantial similarity.

 

Implementation of that approach in the instant case leads to the conclusion that certain elements of Safecom's drawings do constitute protected work.

 

The Court further held that whether Safecom's drawings in whole constitute a protected compilation, or whether some of the elements are protected separately as artistic work, the number of ways to give expression to a demonstration of the product's electrical process is limited. Nevertheless, even working on that assumption, it would appear from a comparison between Safecom's drawings and the respondent's drawings that 13 of the Respondent's drawings do amount to an identical (or at least almost identical) copy of the Safecom drawings. In this regard it was held, inter alia, that when substantial elements of the work do not gain copyright protection and remain in the public domain, then copying all those protected elements will attest to the copying of a substantial part of the work, a fortiori when there is absolute, or almost absolute, similarity. This is especially so since there is no dispute that the Respondent did have full access to Safecom's drawings. Since the Respondent chose to make exact use of Safecom's protected visual resources, he infringed its copyright in those elements.

 

The use that the Respondent made of the drawings does not amount to a permitted use. In this connection, Justice Danziger was of the opinion that the use of a work in accordance with the uses defined in chapter four of the new law as "permitted uses" does not constitute a contravention of the new law. Permitted use constitutes a right that is granted to the user to make certain types of use of a work (in view of the controversy in the case law in this respect, Justice Danziger is of the view that the time may have come for an extended bench to deliberate this issue). However, the Respondent’s use of Safecom's drawings and their presentation to the American Registrar of Patents for the purpose of the registration of a patent for a product that competes with Safecom's product, is not a permitted use under section 20 of the new law. That use also does not meet the standards that have been established for fair use, as defined in section 19 of the new law.

 

The case was remanded to the District Court for a decision upon the appropriate relief in respect of the infringements.

 

Justice E. Rubinstein, concurring, sought to add another criterion, that of common sense, namely the accumulation of all the overall facts before the court. When a work is involved, appearance is also acknowledged to be a significant parameter in intellectual property law. In the instant case, in preparing the file, when the bench looked at the drawings involved, the great similarity between the drawings was immediately conspicuous. Consequently, the foregoing result was obliged not only by common sense but also by the appearance. In conclusion, Justice Rubinstein refers to several of his  other opinions, in which he considered intellectual property rights in Jewish law.

Voting Justices: 
Primary Author
majority opinion
majority opinion
Author
concurrence
Full text of the opinion: 

In the Supreme Court

CA 7996/11

Sitting as a Court of Civil Appeals

 

 

 

Before:

Justice E. Rubinstein

Justice Y. Danziger

Justice Z. Zylbertal

 

 

 

The Appellants:

1. Safecom Ltd

2. David Zilberberg

 

v.

 

 

The Respondent:

Ofer Raviv

 

 

Appeal against the Haifa District Court's judgment of August 28, 2011 in CF 542-04-09, given by His Honor Judge Dr. A. Zarnakin

 

 

Date of session:

Cheshvan 6, 5774 (October 10, 2013)

 

 

On behalf of the Appellants:

Adv. Nahum Gabrieli

 

 

On behalf of the Respondent:

Adv. Tamir Afori

 

 

     

JUDGMENT

 

Justice Y. Danziger

 

This is an appeal of the judgment of the Haifa District Court (His Honor Judge Dr. A. Zarnakin) of August 28, 2011 in CF 542-09-09, dismissing the Appellants' claim against the Respondent for the infringement of copyright in their technical drawings.

 

Factual Background

 

1.         Appellant 1, Safecom Ltd (hereinafter: "Safecom"), develops and markets products for the electrical backup of cable TV broadcasting systems, and the Appellant 2, David Zilberberg (hereinafter: "Zilberberg") is its manager and one of its shareholders. Zilberberg became acquainted with the Respondent when the latter sought to market Safecom's products to a company for which he worked, and he also connected Zilberberg to an American company, Innovative Solutions 21, Inc. (hereinafter: "the American company"), which led to the marketing of Safecom products in the USA. On June 18, 2002, an agreement was made between Safecom and the American company according to which the American company would be the exclusive distributor of Safecom products (hereinafter: "the Agreement"). The Agreement provided that ownership of all copyright, patents and other intellectual property rights connected with the products, including graphics, sketches and models, that were developed by Safecom would be retained by it. The Respondent had no formal status in the American company, but he was involved in the technical matters associated with marketing Safecom's products in the USA, and, in that context, he also took part in the preparation of technical drawings of Safecom products. In May 2005, the Agreement was terminated by Safecom, and in 2008, it learned of the filing of a patent application in the USA by the Respondent together with the American company's president, which concerned a voltage backup system for cable systems. In view of Safecom's complaint that the drawings underlying the patent application infringed its copyright in the drawings of its products, it filed suit in the District Court. By consent of the Respondent, the court awarded a provisional injunction. An objection filed against the registration of the American patent registration was dismissed.

 

2.         Safecom asserted that the Respondent had copied 14 original drawings that Zilberberg had prepared as part of a presentation for the Safecom products, which was furnished to the Respondent in 2003, when the agreement was still in force. According to it, the drawings that Zilberberg prepared were protected by copyright and owned by it, while the Respondent's drawings were absolutely identical and had been copied "one to one" and, as such, constituted an infringement of its right of reproduction. In order to emphasize the copying, Safecom pleaded that its drawings contained a mistake in the presentation of the switch box, and that mistake had been copied by the Respondent.

 

3.         The Respondent, for his part, asserted that the claim was governed by American law because the alleged infringement had been committed in the USA, and since that law had not been proven, the claim should be dismissed. According to him, under American law the claim would be dismissed because of the applicable American rules of fair use. In regards the very infringement, the Respondent pleaded that since the act was governed by the Copyright Act, 1911 (hereinafter: "the Old Law") it was first necessary to prove that the alleged infringement also constituted an infringement under the Copyright Law, 5768-2007 (hereinafter:  "the New Law"). According to him, under section 21 of the New Law, the copying of a work that is deposited for public inspection constitutes permitted use and no infringement is therefore involved. As regards the alleged copying, the Respondent pleaded that there was no relevant similarity between the Safecom drawings and his drawings, either visual or substantial. According to him, there are approximately 32 elements in the patent application drawings, while in the presentation there are only 19. This is because of the difference between the technology used in order to manufacture Safecom's products and that presented in the patent application. The Respondent further pleaded that the similarity between the drawings lay in their common functionality in a manner that does not afford protection. The Respondent also pleaded that he was party to making the drawings and therefore had a right of ownership in the Safecom drawings, and that the Agreement did not apply to him because he was not an employee of the American company. The Respondent also filed a counterclaim, but since no appeal has been brought in respect of it, we need not refer to it here.

 

The District Court's Judgment

 

4.         The District Court first dismissed the Respondent's claim that the matter is governed by American law. The court held that the Respondent had received the presentation in Israel.  It was therefore reasonable to assume that the act of copying had also been performed in Israel, and it had not been proven otherwise. In any event, the court held that the Respondent did not dispute the court's jurisdiction to try the matter in accordance with domestic law when the provisional injunction application had been considered, and he was therefore estopped from pleading the same. As regards Israeli law, the court held that the Safecom drawings do indeed amount to a protected work, according to both the Old Law and the New Law. The court dismissed the Respondent's claim that the use he had made was permitted use under section 21 of the New Law since the section treats of  the use of works that have already been deposited for public inspection and not use which itself constitutes deposit for public inspection.

 

5.         As regards the alleged copying, the District Court first held that the Respondent was not a joint owner of the rights in Safecom's drawings, because, even if he was not one of the American company's formal officers, he did substantially function as such and the agreement should therefore be applied to him. The court nevertheless dismissed Safecom's claim that the Respondent had admitted copying the drawings. The court emphasized that the Respondent's claim with respect to the difference in the number of elements between Safecom's drawings and the drawings in the patent application had not been rebutted, and a visual similarity had therefore not been established. The court dismissed Safecom's claim with respect to copying the mistake in its drawings because, according to it, no mistake was in fact involved. Finally, the court held that because of the great functionality of the Safecom drawings, some similarity was obliged between drawings that sought to present a similar product, and Safecom's drawings, or a substantial part of them, had therefore not been copied.

 

            Hence, the appeal.

 

The Grounds of Appeal in Brief

 

6.         The Appellants – through their attorney, Adv. Nahum Gabrieli – argue that the District Court erred            when it held that there had been no copying in the instant case. According to them, they did not have to adduce direct evidence of copying the drawings because the law makes it possible to suffice with circumstantial evidence to prove copying. The Appellants assert that the access that the Respondent had to the drawings, which is not in dispute, together with the substantial similarity between their drawings and his, leads to the sole conclusion that there was copying. The Appellants emphasize the identical elements between their drawings and those of the Respondent that do not derive from the functional presentation of the products, like the same twists and turns in the lines that are shown on them. According to them, the Respondent himself admitted that there are many ways to draw the products concerned, and he even showed example drawings of similar systems that were different from the drawings in the instant case. Moreover, in principle it cannot be held that when functional technical drawings are involved, copying cannot necessarily be inferred. The Appellants add that the finding that the similarity between the drawings was not the result of copying is inconsistent with the relationship between the parties, as described above. Finally, the Appellants aver that the court was mistaken when it reviewed the substantial similarity on the basis of the number of elements appearing in each of the drawings, rather than a general impression of the substance of the part copied, which according to them, obliged the conclusion that there had been prohibited copying.

 

The Respondent's Reply in Brief

 

7.         The Respondent – through his attorney, Adv. Tamir Afori – argues that the District Court rightly distinguished between proving a visual similarity and establishing a substantial similarity. According to him, in the instant case there has not been copying, as a matter of fact, because even if it were established that he had access to Safecom's drawings, the court found, as a matter of fact, that there was no visual similarity between the works. According to him, in order to establish such a similarity, the Appellants should have produced an expert opinion insofar as the matter concerns a technical drawing. In any event, the Respondent asserts that there had been no copying of a substantial part that was original to the Appellants, and that the copying of parts of the work that are not original in any event does not amount to copying and to an infringement of any right of the work's owner. According to him, in the instant case works are involved, only parts of which are original, and it is necessary to carefully analyze whether the original parts that were copied constitute a substantial part of the Plaintiff's work. Since, in the instant case, functional works are involved, the respondent argues that only the identical copying of original parts should be regarded as an infringement of copyright. The Respondent emphasizes that after filtering out all the non-original parts of Safecom's drawings, what remains is at most a "copy" of curved lines that do not constitute a substantial part of the work.

 

8.         The Respondent adds that it was inappropriate to deny his rights in Safecom's drawings since he was a joint author of them because of the Agreement between Safecom and the American company to which he was not party, and it should therefore be held that he is a joint owner and joint author of the Safecom drawings. Furthermore, the Respondent asserts that it was inappropriate to hold that the law governing the infringement is Israeli law since the Appellants had not established that the infringement asserted by them was committed in Israel, and that burden rested with them. According to him, his agreeing to the award of a provisional injunction does not attest to his agreeing to conduct the principal case in accordance with Israeli law. Finally, the Respondent argues that even if he is not the owner of the Safecom drawings, he is still their joint author, and the use that he made of them is therefore a permitted use under section 27 of the New Law, which permits the author of an artistic work to make works that constitute a partial copying or derivative of it, even if he is not the owner of the right. Moreover, according to him, the use that he made of the drawings is also protected by virtue of section 20 of the New Law because it was done in legal administrative proceedings or, in the alternative, it was fair use under section 19 of the New Law.

 

9.         In the hearing before us an attempt was made to bring the parties to an overall understanding that would make the need for our ruling unnecessary, but that attempt was unsuccessful.

 

Discussion and Ruling

 

10.       This appeal raises questions at the very heart of copyright law, and that, essentially, address the foundations upon which the protection of works is based, and in particular, the matter of the author's originality; the distinction between idea and expression; and infringement of the right to copy the work. These questions are highlighted with regard to the protection of functional works, and they require elucidation and clarification. Having read the parties' summations and listened to their oral arguments in the hearing before us, I have reached the overall conclusion that the appeal should be allowed and the case should be remanded to the District Court in regard to the matter of relief. I shall also recommend that my colleagues do the same.

 

The Basis of the Protection of Works – Originality

 

11.       The requirement of originality has been recognized by this Court as a threshold for the existence of copyright in a work [for more on the originality requirement, see: Michael Birnhack, “The Requirement of Originality in Copyright Law and Cultural Control,” 2 Alei Mishpat 347, 352-355 (2002) (Hebrew) (hereinafter: "Birnhack")]. The development of the requirement in Israeli case law has been based on the provisions of the Old Law, despite the fact that the Hebrew version did not mention "originality", whereas the binding English version provides, in section 1, that copyright will be granted in respect of:

 

            "every original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic work…" [emphasis added  – YD].

 

            The requirement of originality was anchored in the New Law in section 4(a), which provides:

 

            "Copyright shall subsist in the following works:

            (1) original works that are literary works, artistic works, dramatic works or musical works, fixed in any form"  [emphasis added – YD].

 

12.       This Court reviewed the case law relating to the elements underlying the requirement of originality at length in CA 8485/08 FA Premier League Ltd v.  Israel Sports Betting Regulation Council (March 14, 2010) (hereinafter:  the Premier League case) [http://versa.cardozo.yu.edu/opinions/fa-premier-league-v-israel-sports-b.... It was held that the requirement of originality is analyzed on the basis of two main criteria – investment and creativity.

 

            In the scope of the investment criterion, the author must have invested certain labor in the work in order to gain the right to its rewards, similar to the theoretical basis for recognizing the right to "corporeal" property [see: the Premier League case, para. 26; CA 513/89 Interlego A/S v. Exin-Lines Bros SA, IsrSC 48(4) 133, 164 (1994) (hereinafter referred to as the Interlego case)]. This criterion is based on the labor approach and the theory of natural rights based on the teachings of the philosopher John Locke as theoretical justification for the grant of property rights generally and copyright in particular [for a broader discussion, see: Birnhack, pp. 373-375; Guy Pesach, “The Theoretical Basis for the Recognition of Copyright,” 31 Mishpatim 359, 386-391 (2001) (Hebrew) (hereinafter: "Pesach"); Justin Hughes, “The Philosophy of Intellectual Property,” 77 GEORGETOWN L.J. 287, 297-98, 302-10 (1988); Wendy J. Gordon, “A Property Right in Self-Expression: Equality and Individualism in the Natural Law of Intellectual Property,” 102 YALE L.J. 1533 (1992)].

 

            In the context of the creativity criterion, which is based on the rationale according to which the purpose of copyright law is to enrich the creative world and the range of expressions available to the public, the nature of the investment, independently of its quantity, must be considered in order to show that it contributes to that purpose [see: Premier League, para. 27; Interlego, pp. 164-165]. This approach is based on a more social concept of copyright but, nevertheless, also on a utilitarian-economic approach, according to which a balance should be made between the cost – the incentive to be given to the author in the form of the monopoly granted to him in respect of the use and control of his work -- and the benefit of safeguarding the public domain for future work [see: Pesach, pp. 361-374; William M. Landes & Richard A. Posner, “An Economic Analysis of Copyright Law,” 18 J. LEGAL STUD. 325 (1989)].

 

            I would add that, in my opinion, in the scope of the originality requirement three subordinate elements should be identified, and in addition to the investment criterion and the creativity criterion, the origin criterion should be analyzed. By this I mean a requirement that the work should originate in the author and that it should not be based on another work – or in the words of my colleague Justice E. Rubinstein "original, meaning independent" [see: CA 3422/03 Krone AG v. Inbar Reinforced Plastic, IsrSC59(4) 365, 378 (2005); CA 360/83 Strosky Ltd. v. Whitman Ice Cream Ltd., IsrSC 40(3) 340, 346 (1985) (hereinafter: the Strosky case). For further on originality as origin, see Birnhack, p. 355-372].

 

13.       This Court has also considered the question of the nature and quantity of the originality requirement's elements that suffice to realize it. In respect of the investment criterion, it has been held that all that needs to be proven is a minimal investment of some human resource [see: Interlego, p. 173; Premier League, para. 34]. On the other hand, a quantitative definition of the requisite creativity is somewhat more complex and it appears that this Court has not yet fashioned a single formula for its realization.  Nevertheless, the definition of the requisite creativity for the protection of a work has been delineated in case law by a process of elimination. Thus, it has been held that the creativity criterion does not impose a particularly high threshold for the author, and that slight and even worthless creativity might sometimes suffice [see: Interlego, p. 173; CA 23/81 Hirschco v. Orbach, IsrSC 42(3) 749, 759 (1988) (hereinafter: the Hirschco case); CA 2687/92 Geva v. Walt Disney Co., IsrSC 48(1) 251, 257 (1993) (hereinafter: the Geva case)]. It has also been held that the work need not be novel in comparison with existing works in the same sphere [see Strosky, p. 257; Geva, p. 257].

 

14.       Because of the lack of any cohesive definition of the creativity requirement, and because of the absence of any controversy with regard to the definition of the investment necessary for the protection of a work, the possibility has been raised that a substantial investment in a work can compensate for a lack of creativity in such a way as will meet the requirement of originality and establish protection for the work. However, that approach was rejected by this Court long ago in Interlego, in which the approach of American law was adopted, as expressed in the American Supreme Court's judgement in Feist Publications, Inc. v. Rural Telephone Service Company, Inc., 499 US 340 (1991) (hereinafter: the Feist case), according to which mere investment is not sufficient for the copyright protection of a work [see: Interlego, p. 165, 169; Premier League, paras. 36-38].

 

15.       To sum up the foregoing, the case law laid down by this Court is that for the grant of copyright protection in respect of a work, it must be established that an original work is involved, three subsidiary elements being analyzed – the origin criterion, the investment criterion and the creativity criterion – the existence of only one element being insufficient for the purpose of establishing originality.

 

The Protected Part of the Work – The Idea/Expression Dichotomy

 

16.       Before I move on to discuss the originality required for the protection of functional works, I wish to consider another basic rule concerning the copyright protection of works – the distinction between idea and expression. A basic principle of copyright law is that the idea that underlies a work will not be protected by the right, and that the protection is afforded only to the way in which it is expressed. This rule is embodied in section 7B of the Copyright Ordinance, which governs the instant case, and was subsequently anchored in section 5 of the New Law, which provides:

 

            "Copyright in a work as provided in section 4 shall not extend to any of the following, but copyright shall apply to the way in which they are expressed:

 

            (1)       an idea …"

 

17.       This Court has consistently emphasized the said distinction in its case law [see, for example: CA 10242/08 Mutzafi v. Kabali, (October 10, 2012), para. 24 (hereinafter:  the Mutzafi case); CA 2173/94 Tele Event Ltd. v. Golden Channels & Co., IsrSC 55(5) 529, 544 (2001) (hereinafter: as the Tele Event case); Strosky, p. 346; CA 139/89 Harpaz v. Achituv IsrSC 44(4) 16, 19 (1990)]. This distinction is based on the concept that the grant of protection to mere ideas would frustrate one of the major purposes of copyright law – the encouragement of creation and leaving sufficient "raw material" in the public domain [see: Tony Greenman, Copyright, vol. I, 75 (second ed., 2008) (hereinafter:  "Greenman")]. The distinction between idea and expression, in the context of textbooks for example, has sometimes led to the conclusion that the author's right has been infringed because of the fact that the expression of the method of study created by him (which constitutes a mere idea) has been copied [see, for example: Hirschco], but also sometimes to the opposite conclusion that all that has been "copied" is the actual idea that underlies the work [see, for example: Mutzafi].

 

18.       The rule that an idea is not protected and only the way in which it is expressed is protected overlaps the rule that facts per se are not protected. This rule finds expression when compilation works are involved, and it has been held that such works will only be protected insofar as the choice and arrangement of the raw materials – which constitute unprotected facts – meet the requirement of originality (see: Interlego; CA 2790/93 Eisenman v. Kimron, IsrSC 54(3) 817 (2000); Tele Event]. This requirement is  expressed in section 4(b) of the New Law, which provides:

 

            "… originality of a compilation means the originality of the selection and arrangement of the works or of the data embodied therein".       

 

            However, in view of the rising status of the creativity requirement and the determination that investment does not suffice to prove originality, it has been held that, in certain cases, a "compilation work" will not be sufficiently original and will therefore not gain protection [see: Premier League, paras. 51-54]

 

19.       We can see that the distinction between idea and expression is of major importance in copyright law, and that, in certain senses, it also overlaps the requirement of originality that underlies the copyright protection of works. The overlap between these two basic principles of copyright law is particularly relevant when functional works are involved, as will be explained below.

 

The Merger Doctrine and Functional Works

 

20.       Having regard to the distinction between idea and expression, the concept has developed whereby, insofar as a particular idea can be expressed in only a single way, then protection will not be given to a work that constitutes that expression. This concept has been called the "merger doctrine". The merger doctrine has received little reference in the case law of this Court [see: Geva, p. 262; CA 2682/11 Petach Tikva Municipality v. Zissu (May 20, 2013), para. 49]. The doctrine originates in American law, and its application in modern case law is based on the judgement in Baker v. Selden, 101 US 99 (1880) (hereinafter: the Baker case). In the Baker case, consideration was given to whether a book that presents a new method of bookkeeping and also includes blank forms that make it possible to implement the method, grants its author an exclusive right to use the actual method. The American Supreme Court laid down a rule in that case for use in analyzing works, the only or main use of which is utilitarian. The Court in that case held that:

 

            "… where the art it teaches cannot be used without employing the methods and diagrams used to illustrate the book, or such as are similar to them, such methods and diagrams are to be considered as necessary incidents to the art and given therewith to the public" [ibid., p. 103].

 

            The federal courts in the USA have relied on this statement in order to develop the merger doctrine. The best-known judgment, which most broadens that doctrine, is Morrisey v. Procter & Gamble Co., 379 F.2d 675 (1st Cir. Mass. 1967) (hereinafter: the Morrisey case). In that case, it was held that when a single idea has a very narrow range of possible expressions, a work that constitutes one of the expressions is not to be granted copyright protection (ibid., pp. 678-679)]. Numerous federal courts have supported the rule in Morrisey, but dissenting opinions have also been aired [see: Melville B. Nimmer & David Nimmer, Nimmer on Copyright § 2.18[C] (2002) (hereinafter: Nimmer)].

 

21.       Baker and its development in case law have been strongly criticized [see: Nimmer, § 2.18[C]. Firstly, it has been argued that in Baker itself, the American Supreme Court restricted the rule cited above solely to the right to use the method or idea given expression in the work, and that the use of the expression in order to present the method will constitute an infringement of the copyright, or in the words of the American Supreme Court:

 

            " The use by another of the same methods of statement, whether in works or illustrations, in a book published for teaching the art, would undoubtedly be an infringement of copyright" [ibid., p. 103].

 

            Secondly, it has been argued that the distinction between copying the expression for the purpose of using the method (or idea), compared with copying the expression for the purpose of showing the method (or idea) is artificial. It has therefore been proposed to determine that copying for the purpose of using the idea will also constitute copyright infringement, and that all that should be permitted is the use of the method or idea for functional needs [see: Nimmer, § 2.18[C]-[D]]. This proposal is based on the understanding that copyright does not preclude reliance upon a work that constitutes a certain expression of an idea and presents a particular method in order to turn the method into a product. Such protection is only granted by patent law. For the purpose of demonstration, let us assume that a company manufactures a particular electrical product that is not per se protected by copyright. For the purpose of manufacture, the company produces drawings that constitute a protected work (as detailed at length below). In view of the proposition presented above, a competing company will not be able to copy the drawings, but assuming that the product itself is not protected by a patent or design, the competing company will be able to manufacture the product on the basis of the drawings without infringing copyright. I would immediately say that I accept this latter distinction, and in my opinion, it should be adopted.

 

22.       Despite the criticism that has been presented, it does appear that when there is a complete merger between the idea and its expression, and when there is only one way to express the idea, a consensus does exist that the work that gives expression to that idea will not gain copyright protection [see: Greenman, p. 83; Nimmer § 2.18[C][2]; Paul Goldstein, Copyright § 2.3.2 1 (1989)]. However, opinions are divided on the question when there are just a few possibilities of expressing the idea. According to one approach, as held in Morrisey, in such a case, copyright protection should also not be granted, but according to another approach, the work will be granted copyright, but it will only be infringed when there is absolute or almost absolute similarity between the works [see: Greenman, p. 83; Geva, p. 262]. This controversy is relevant, because, in the instant case, it is asserted by the Respondent that Safecom should have proven exact copying because its drawings constitute an idea that can only be expressed in limited ways (para. 12 of the Respondent's summations). In order to decide this controversy, in my opinion, reference may be made to the fundamental rule of copyright law presented above – the requirement of originality.

 

23.       Issues concerning the merger doctrine arise in many cases in respect of certain types of work. Thus, in the modern era, the question arises in respect of computer programs [see: Greenman, p. 81]. In addition, it has been asserted that the courts in the USA are expanding the application of the doctrine to visual works [for more on this, see: Michael D. Murray, “Copyright, Originality and the End of the Scenes a  Faire and Merger Doctrines for Visual Works,” 58 BAYLOR L. REV. 779 (2006)]. Another area in which the work, by its nature, raises issues concerning the merger doctrine is that of functional works. The instant case involves a functional work that is also a visual work. In fact, the merger doctrine can be well understood not only on the basis of the distinction between idea and expression, or to be more accurate, the merger between them, but also on the basis of the originality requirement, in particular insofar as it concerns functional works.

 

24.       In Interlego, President M. Shamgar considered at length the difficulties that the requirement of originality raises as regards functional works. One of President Shamgar's most important findings in this respect was that, in principle, a work is not to be denied copyright protection merely because it is functional [ibid., p. 160]. Nevertheless, President Shamgar held that in respect of these works the Old Law applies a filter in addition to the requirement of originality, which he called "the artistry criterion" [ibid., p. 173]. I would immediately explain that President Shamgar based the reference to that criterion on section 35(1) of the Old Law, which defines artistic work as works of painting, drawing, sculpture and artistic craftsmanship, and architectural works of art, and engravings and photographs [emphasis added – YD]. In the instant case, Safecom's drawings meet the exact definition of a "drawing" as an artistic work in accordance with section 35(1) of the Old Law, and on the face of it, the artistry criterion therefore does not apply to them directly. However, in my opinion, inspiration may be drawn from that criterion in order to interpret the application of the merger doctrine to Safecom's drawings, and to analyze their originality as a functional work.

 

25.       In Interlego, the difficulty that functional works pose for the requirement of originality was described in a way that very much brings to mind the principles of the merger doctrine. In President Shamgar's words:

 

            "When the form is dictated by the function, namely when the function limits the possible forms in which the product can be designed, then there is no justification for granting copyright to the form that is a product of functional-artistic judgement, since the protection that is given protects the function, not the author's original choice of the specific form. This is a circumstance in which the product's form is determined because of its functional task" (ibid., p. 177) (emphasis original – YD).

 

In fact, the words "function" and "form" can be substituted for the words "idea" and "expression". In order to resolve this problem, President Shamgar proposed six possible criteria for identifying the "artistry" of a work: the choice criterion; the author's intention criterion; the public acceptance criterion; the public's willingness to pay criterion; the minimal aesthetic standard criterion; and the art for art's sake criterion (ibid., p. 179). After a detailed discussion, President Shamgar proposed the "choice criterion" as the test appropriate to the examination of whether or not a work's expression derives solely from its functionality. He defined the criterion as follows:

 

            "The choice criterion: one of the characteristics of art is that it reflects the ability to express an idea in a variety of ways. As far as we are concerned here, this is a very broad criterion since it will be fulfilled whenever the creator of the functional product has the ability to choose between several options (ibid., p. 179).

 

            And following:

 

                        "It appears that in view of the purposes of copyright as indicated, and in light of the principles for the solution as formulated, the choice criterion should be regarded as a proper one in the context of examining the final product. That is to say, as long as the form obtained is one of several alternatives. The alternatives should be effective. An effective alternative is one that not only performs the functional task of the product but also meets the limited options of form existing in respect of future works deriving from the connection between function and form. There should be alternatives which, in addition to the functional task, meet the restriction of form that derives from the product's functional task or in other words, there should be several alternatives that all meet the restrictions of form that derive from the functional task" (ibid., p. 181).

 

26.       Applying the choice criterion can be of help in determining the proper protection of work regarding which it is asserted that its great functionality limits the ways for expressing the idea it represents. According to the choice criterion, the function or purpose for which the work is intended should be sought and an examination made as to whether the form of presenting that purpose – the expression – is accompanied by the author's choice from among several options that could achieve the same purpose. The application of this criterion might certainly lead to different conclusions with regard to different elements of the work. One can think of a functional work, some of the elements of which constitute essential expression of the purpose for which it has been created and therefore do not require the author to choose from alternatives when creating them, while at the same time, other elements are not dictated by its purpose, and it is clear that the author had a large range of possible choices with respect to the mode of expression. In view of this, one can again enquire into the controversy existing with regard to the relevance of the merger doctrine. As aforesaid, in my opinion when there is a solitary option for the expression of a particular idea, it is inappropriate to grant protection to that solitary mode of expression. However, when there are several possible expressions of a particular idea, even if they are very few, then in my opinion, having regard to the choice criterion, the author does have a choice among those possible expressions, and it is therefore inappropriate to deny copyright protection to the expression chosen. Nevertheless, I am willing to accept the approach that in such cases, when the number of options is very limited, then in order to prove copyright infringement, it will be necessary to apply the copying criteria strictly, and require that the work that is alleged to be an "infringing work" be almost absolutely the same as the protected work [see: Geva, p. 262; Strosky, p. 357; Greenman,  p. 83].

 

Copying a Functional Work

 

27.       The question of the criteria for copying in copyright law is an elusive one. Nevertheless, in the early 1970s, this Court laid down standards for the test in CA 559/69 Almagor v. Godik, IsrSC 24(1) 825 (1970) (hereinafter:  the Almagor case). The standards that were laid down in Almagor are still in use and were recently summed up by Justice Y. Amit in Mutzafi as follows:

 

            "(–)     It has to be proven that the defendant copied real and substantial parts of the plaintiff's work, the quality rather than the quantity being decisive.

            (–)       Copying can be inferred when the defendant had access to the plaintiff's work and the similarity between the works is of such an extent that it is unreasonable to suppose that it is the hand of chance.

            (–)       The accumulation of points of similarity is of importance. The more there are, the greater the concern that copying is involved.

            (–)       The question whether the similarity between the two works is sufficient to determine that copying of a real and substantial part is involved is one of fact and degree. The answer to the question should be given not on the basis of a mechanical comparison of a number of words or lines that are similar in the particular works, but in accordance with the judge's impression of the works as a whole" (ibid., para. 26).

 

28. Do these standards change when the protected work is a functional one? In my opinion, that question should be answered in the negative. As I have described above, functional works raise various difficulties at the stage of analyzing the requisite originality for the purpose of recognizing them as copyrighted works. However, once a functional work has passed the originality requirement stage and the choice criterion, it is a protected work in all respects, and substantial parts of it may not be copied. In this respect, even if only some of the elements that make up the functional work have passed the "choice filter", that does not affect their being work protected against copying.

          The only consequence of a work being functional concerns the standard for the analysis of copying when the protected elements constitute an idea that can only be expressed in a limited number of ways.. In such a case, a higher threshold will be necessary to establish copying, and almost absolute similarity between the protected elements and the allegedly copied elements will be required in order to establish that substantial similarity.

 

 

Were Safecom's Drawings Copied?

 

29.       Having considered the elements necessary to establish the protection of a work and prove its protection when the emphasis is on functional works, I shall now analyze whether, in the instant circumstances, Safecom's drawings amount to protected works, and whether the use that the Respondent made of them amounted to copying in infringement of the copyright.

 

30.       Firstly, it should be noted that drawings do generally meet the definition of an artistic work under section 35(1) of the Old Law, and, in any event, the Respondent does not assert that Safecom's drawings do not fall within the scope of the works to which protection is granted. Consequently, an analysis has to be made of whether the drawings meet the requirement of originality and, in such event, because they are functional works, whether they also meet the choice criterion. It is not without reason that it is said that a picture is worth a thousand words, and I shall therefore first present one of the parties' drawings as they appear in the comparative table that the Appellants filed (Exhibit 1 of their exhibits).

 

*  On the left – the Safecom drawing; on the right – the respondent's drawing

 

            The Safecom drawings portray an electrical product whose purpose is to provide electrical backup when there is a malfunction. The drawings show an illustration/photograph of the product with boxes at its sides in which there is text that expresses some electrical function, each of the drawings showing – on the product and between it and the boxes – lines and arrows that describe the electrical function that the drawing seeks to describe by visual expression. I would first state that I accept the Respondent's argument that the boxes, per se, like the text within them, do not amount to protected works. I also accept his argument that his drawings show a photograph of a product that is different from Safecom's, and that it is therefore not a copy. Nevertheless, that does not suffice as regards the question of the drawings' originality and the question of copying.

 

31.       It should first be noted that even if each of the elements of the Safecom drawings does not, per se, amount to an original work, that does not negate the possibility that the combination of the elements into a single visual work does amount to a compilation that affords protection to the way in which the elements are arranged, as opposed to the protection of each element individually [see: Greenman, pp. 119-124]. Nevertheless, even without finding that the Safecom drawings amount to an original compilation, in my opinion it can be found that they do constitute a sufficiently original artistic work.

 

32.       From looking at Safecom's drawings there appears to be no doubt that their purpose is to demonstrate the electrical process and the functions performed by the product that it manufactures. For the purpose of that demonstration, there is no doubt that it is necessary to use predefined expressions, such as the text that describes common electrical functions and such as showing the actual product to which the text relates. Together with that, Safecom's drawings also include lines and arrows that demonstrate the flow process described in the drawing. From looking at the drawings, it appears that this demonstration, which has a functional task, can be expressed in a large number of ways that can achieve the purpose, while Safecom chose a particular means of expression according to which the lines and arrows would be of a certain length and certain thickness, taking a winding course appropriate to the way in which it chose to position the product and the text boxes on the drawing. It is my opinion that Safecom's said choice affords it copyright protection in respect to the particular visual element that seeks to "correspond" with those elements that do not amount to a protected work.

 

33.       Having found that some of the elements of Safecom's drawings do amount to copyrightable artistic work, it remains to determine whether the Respondent's drawings constitute a reproduction of its drawings. I stated above that when a functional work is involved, insofar as there is a limited number of ways in which to express the underlying idea, it will be necessary to show that the work that is allegedly an infringement is almost completely the same as the protected elements in the functional work. I am prepared to assume, for the purpose of the discussion, that whether Safecom's drawings in whole constitute a protected compilation, or whether some of the elements are protected separately as an artistic work, the number of ways to give expression to a demonstration of the product's electrical process is limited. Nevertheless, even working on that assumption, from a comparison between Safecom's drawings and the respondent's drawings it appears that as regards the drawings marked Fig. 2 to Fig. 13, and Fig. 15 and Fig. 16 (Exhibit 1 of the Appellants' exhibits), the Respondent did make an identical (or at least almost identical) copy of the protected elements of the Safecom drawings in the form of the lines that describe the flow process.

 

34.       The Respondent asserts in this regard that filtering out the photograph of the product that was not copied and the elements that are not protected in the form of the boxes and the text on them, "at most what are left are… certain curved lines that describe the connections between the parts of the system. Curved lines in a drawing are not a 'substantial part' of the work. Real de minimus is involved" (para. 14 of the Respondent's summations). I cannot accept that argument. The fact that certain elements of the work are not copyrighted, whether because they are unprotected works, mere ideas or a complete merger between idea and expression, leaves those elements in the public domain and thereby permits their free use by anyone so desirous. However, when other elements of the work are copyrighted, it cannot be said that the fact that other elements of the work are not protected makes copying them insubstantial. Such a finding would negate the very protection of those elements, and that cannot be accepted. In my opinion, specifically when substantial elements of the work do not gain copyright protection and remain in the public domain, then copying all those protected elements will attest to the copying of a substantial part of the work, a fortiori when there is absolute, or almost absolute, similarity [on the substantiveness of the reproduction having regard to the amount of the copying, see Mutzafi, para. 91). This is especially so since there is no dispute that the Respondent did have full access to Safecom's drawings. It should be borne in mind that the Respondent could have made use of those unprotected elements of Safecom's drawings and added different visual descriptions to them that demonstrate the functionality of the drawings, and he could also have arranged the elements of the drawing differently, which would have achieved the functional purpose as well. Since the Respondent made exact use of Safecom's protected visual resources, he infringed its copyright in those elements.  Justice's Netanyahu's statement in Strosky is apt in this regard:

 

            "A general inverse relationship equation may be appropriate inasmuch as the less originality and intellectual effort in the work, the more exact the copying that is needed for its copyright infringement. According to this equation, it can be said that the originality and effort in the sign are modest, while the copy is almost exact. That suffices for infringement" (ibid., p. 357).

 

Permitted Uses

 

35.       Having found that the Respondent did infringe Safecom's copyright in its drawings, it remains to discuss the Respondent's arguments that his actions and the drawings that he made constitute permitted use according to the New Law and therefore do not amount to infringement. The Respondent bases his arguments on section 78(c) of the New Law, according to which an act that does not constitute an infringement of copyright in accordance with that Law will not constitute an infringement of copyright under the Old Law, despite its application in the circumstances. In view of that argument, it should first be determined whether the use of the work, in accordance with the uses that are defined in chapter four of the New Law as "permitted uses", constitutes copyright infringement. In my opinion, the answer to that is in the negative. In CA 5097/11 Telran Communications (1986) Ltd v. Charlton Ltd. (September 2, 2013) (hereinafter referred to as "Telran"), my colleague Justice Z. Zylbertal expressed the opinion that use in accordance with the uses defined in chapter four of the New Law cannot amount to a contravention of that law (ibid., paras. 28-30). That opinion is based both on the wording of the Law and on the perception that there are certain uses that, according to the purposes underlying copyright, amount to a right of the user and not merely a defense against contravention of the Law [for further, see Niva Elkin-Koren, “Users' Rights,” in Michael Birnhack & Guy Pesach, eds., Copyright (2009) 327 (Hebrew)]. I accept this position both as regards the finding that permitted use, as defined in chapter four of the New Law, does not constitute a contravention of the law, and as regards the finding that permitted use in fact constitutes a right that is granted to the user to make certain types of use of a work. I am conscious of the fact that this position is contrary to the holding of Deputy President E. Rivlin in CA 9183/09 Football Association Premier League Ltd. v. Anonymous (May 13, 2012) (hereinafter: the Anonymous case), para. 18 of his opinion, and in view of the existing disagreement, the time may have come for an extended bench to address this issue.

 

36.       Having found that permitted use does not amount to a contravention of the New Law, consideration should be given to the types of permitted use that are asserted by the Respondent in the instant case.

 

            Firstly, the argument Respondent raises avers that his use of Safecom's drawings is permitted use under section 20 of the New Law, which permits the use of a work in legal administrative proceedings to the extent justified having regard to the purpose of the use. I cannot accept that argument. I am prepared to assume for the purpose of the discussion that using the work for the purpose of presenting it to the registrar of patents in a particular country does constitute use in legal administrative proceedings, despite the fact that such a finding is not free of difficulties. However, the main element of this permitted use is the extent of the use, having regard to its purpose. In the instant case, the purpose of using Safecom's drawings and presenting them to the American Registrar of Patents in the patent registration application was the registration of a patent in respect of a product that competes with the one that Safecom markets. My opinion is that such use by a direct competitor, using the copyrighted work for the purpose of direct competition with the owner of the work, cannot amount to permitted use under section 20 of the New Law.

 

37.       Secondly, the respondent raises an argument that the use that he made of Safecom's drawings amounts to fair use, as defined in section 19 of the New Law. Section 19(a) of the New Law comprises an open list of types of use of protected works that will be permitted and fair. Section 19 (b) of the New Law enumerates four non-exclusive factors that are to be considered in order to determine whether a particular use amounts to fair use, including:

 

            "(1) the purpose and nature of the use;

            (2) the nature of the work of which use is made;

            (3) the extent of the use, qualitatively and quantitatively, in relation to the work as a whole;

            (4) the effect of the use on the value of the work and its potential market".

 

            This Court has held that "these are not essential or cumulative factors but a non-exhaustive list of parameters that might indicate the fairness of a particular use that is made of a protected work" [Anonymous, para. 19 of the opinion of Deputy President Rivlin].

 

            The four subordinate criteria listed in section 19(b) of the New Law are based on the subordinate criteria that have been laid down in the American Copyright Act [see: 17 USC § 107]. Empirical research that has been conducted attests that although the fourth subordinate criterion – the effect on the potential market – is most often mentioned as the decisive factor regarding the fairness of use, the first subordinate criterion – the purpose and nature of the use – does in fact have the most marked effect on the decision, the most influential factors being the commerciality and transformativeness of the use [see: Barton Beebe, “An Empirical Study of US Copyright Fair Use Opinions,” 1978-2005, 156 U. PENN L. REV., 549 (2008); Neil Weinstock Netanel, “Making Sense of Fair Use,” 15 LEWIS & CLARK L. REV. 715 (2011)]. It appears that these factors were also the most influential in this Court's ruling in Anonymous [ibid., para. 20].

 

            In the instant case, it appears that the use that the Respondent made of Safecom's drawings did not meet the standard of fair use. Thus, in the scope of the first subordinate criterion, it is clear that the Respondent's use was commercial because its whole purpose was to bring about the registration of a patent in respect of his product that competes with Safecom's product. Moreover, on analyzing the question of transformative use, it does not appear that the Respondent's use of the Safecom drawings led to the creation of a new expression, different from the original expression embodied in them. As regards the third subordinate criterion – the extent of the use – I have already found above that the Respondent made an exact, or almost exact, copy of Safecom's drawings, and the extent of the use is therefore full. Finally, having regard to the fourth subordinate criterion, it is clear that since the product marketed by the respondent directly competes with Safecom's product, there is no doubt that the use affects the potential market for Safecom's drawings.

 

            Incidentally, I would mention that I cannot accept the Respondent's argument that the American Patent Office has expressed its opinion that the use of a protected work for the purpose of a patent application amounts to fair use. From studying the opinion (which was annexed as Appendix J to the Respondent's volume of supporting documents), it appears that the American Patent Office means that the use of protected works that the Office itself makes in its relationship with those filing patent applications amounts to fair use [see: United States Patent and Trademark Office, USPTO Position on Fair Use of Copies of NPL Made in Patient Examination (January 19, 2012)].

 

38.       Thirdly, the Respondent contends that the use that he made of Safecom's drawings is permitted in accordance with section 27 of the New Law. Section 27 of the New Law provides:

 

            "Making a new artistic work which comprises a partial copying of an earlier work, or a derivative work from an earlier work, as well as any use of the said new work, are permitted to the author of the said earlier artistic work even where said author is not the owner of the copyright in the earlier artistic work, provided the new work does not repeat  the  essence  of  the  earlier  work  or  constitute  an  imitation thereof".

 

            In order to fall within the scope of the section, the Respondent must show that he was at least a joint author of the Safecom drawings. The District Court found that the Respondent had waived his rights in the drawings in favor of Safecom in the scope of the Agreement. The Respondent argues in this connection that even if he had waived his rights in the drawings, as regards the New Law he is still the first joint author of them. In my opinion, there is no need to rule on this issue because even if the respondent is a joint author of Safecom's drawings, section 27 of the New Law does not work in his favor in this case because the use that he made of Safecom's drawings amounts to an absolute, or almost absolute, copy of them. It cannot, therefore, be said that "partial copying" of Safecom's drawings, or a work deriving from them, is involved, and it can easily be found that the Respondent's drawings "repeat  the  essence  of  the  earlier  work  or  constitute  an  imitation thereof".

 

39.       Before concluding, I shall briefly consider the Respondent's argument concerning the law governing this case. According to the Respondent, copyright law is naturally territorial, as is the application of the Old Law. Since Safecom's drawings were copied in the USA, the Respondent asserts that the law governing the case is American law, which was not proven by the Appellants, and the appeal should therefore be dismissed. The District Court considered the Respondent's said argument and held that the drawings were not only copied in the context of filing the patent, but that the Respondent had received the presentation containing Safecom's drawings in Israel and copied them on the computer at his home in Israel. Consequently, the District Court held that Israeli law could be applied to the case. Those findings of the District Court are findings of fact, in which I have not found it appropriate to intervene at the stage of appeal. I would merely state that even were it appropriate to find that this case is governed by American law, that would not necessarily lead to the dismissal of the appeal in the absence of proof of the foreign law. This is particularly so when a sphere is involved that is regulated by numerous international conventions, which lead to relatively great conformity among the different state laws [see, for example: CA 169/94 Werner v. Amorim, IsrSC 50(3) 119, 124 (1996); CA 1227/97 Red Rock Quarry and Stone Works Ltd. v. Ibrahim IsrSC 53(3) 247, 259 (1999); CA 7687/04 Sasson v. Sasson (February 16, 2005), para. 10].

 

40.       In conclusion, I would recommend to my colleagues that we find that certain elements of Safecom's drawings amount to protected work, that 13 of the Respondent's drawings amount to an absolute, or almost absolute, copy of Safecom's drawings, and that the use that the Respondent made of the drawings does not amount to permitted use. I would also recommend to my colleagues that we remand the case to the District Court for ruling on the appropriate relief in respect of those infringements, and that the Respondent pay the Appellants' costs in the amount of NIS 40,000.

 

 

 

Justice Z. Zylbertal

 

            I concur.

 

 

 

Justice E. Rubinstein

 

A.        I concur in the illuminating opinion of my colleague, Justice Danziger.

 

B.        My colleague gave thorough consideration to a broad picture of copyright law, with regard to originality as a condition for the protection of a work, the protection of the way in which an idea is expressed, as opposed to the idea itself, and the criteria concerning works of a functional character, which is a complex matter in itself.

 

C.        I would like to add another criterion to all these – the common sense criterion, which might sound too broad because it can be said that common sense should guide us in every case, and on the other hand it is not necessarily the same for everyone in individual matters. However, by saying "common sense" in the instant case, I mean the accumulation of all the overall facts before the court.  When a work is involved, appearance or the sight of the eyes ("better is the sight of the eyes than the wandering of the desire", Ecclesiastes 6:9) is also acknowledged to be a significant parameter in intellectual property law (and see: CA 3422/03 Krone v. Inbar, IsrSC 59(4) 365, in respect of drawings as well. See also, inter alia, CA 7125/98 Mipromal v. Kalil, IsrSC 57(3) 702, 710 et seq.). Incidentally, the expression "the criterion of common sense" (in a slightly different sense) can be found in case law. See the statement by then Justice Grunis in ALA 5454/02 Taam Teva v. Ambrosia, IsrSC 57(2) 438, 453 (2005) citing this criterion per the learned commentator Seligson (Trademarks and Similar Law, (5733), 80-81 (Hebrew)) as regards the comparison of a conceptual message. And in the instant case, in preparing the file, when we – the bench – inspected the drawings involved, in our eyes there was a great similarity that was immediately conspicuous. Consequently, as I see it, the result that we have reached was required not only by common sense but also by the sight of our own eyes.

 

D.        Intellectual property law does, indeed, in many cases involve subtle nuances in respect of which it is frequently difficult to separate the wheat from the chaff, and much has been written about the difficulties of litigation in this sphere (see: D. Freiman, Patents (second printing, 2008) 7); but in my opinion, the case before us is not one of the difficult ones and anyone looking at the drawings that my colleague presented in his opinion (para. 30) needs no arcane language and can take them at face value, almost like the well-known definition by US Supreme Court Justice Potter Stewart concerning pornography, who said that it is perhaps difficult to define but "I know it when I see it".

 

E.         As aforesaid, I concur with my colleague's review, together with his cataloguing and arrangement of the matter.

 

F.         Before concluding, I would mention that Jewish law, especially in its modern embodiment, but even long ago, has considered the matter of intellectual property rights; see my opinion in CA 9191/03 V&S Spirt Aktiebolag v. Absolute Shoes, IsrSC 58(6) 869, 888-892, which also discusses (at p. 890, para. 18(3)) the Jewish law foundations of enforcement in intellectual property matters, and I would here emphasize the approaches of Jewish law that concern a another’s craftsmanship, trespass and theft, and more; in Krone, supra (at p. 379), I also considered the matter of a graphic pattern (or drawings) as a cause of action in Jewish law, and also see my opinion in ALA 7774/09 Weinberg v. Weisshof (2012) paras. 9 to 12 and the authorities cited there.

 

 

 

            Decided as stated in the opinion of Justice Y. Danziger.

 

Given this 15th day of Kislev 5774 (November 18, 2013)

 

 

 

Justice

Justice

Justice

 

 

 

 

 

            

ACUM v. EMI

Case/docket number: 
CA 5365/11
Date Decided: 
Tuesday, September 3, 2013
Decision Type: 
Appellate
Abstract: 

[This abstract is not part of the Court's opinion and is provided for the reader's convenience. It has been translated from a Hebrew version prepared by Nevo Press Ltd. and is used with its kind permission.] 

 

In 2004 the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority determined that the activity of ACUM (a corporation that operates to manage its members’ copyrights in musical works in Israel) constitutes a monopoly on managing copyright over musical works. In 2011 the Antitrust Tribunal (“the Tribunal”) approved the activity of ACUM as a cartel, subject to a series of requirements (“the permanent requirements”), which would be in force for five years starting from the date of their approval. The disputes at the center of the appeals related to the requirement that at least a third of ACUM’s board of directors consist of external directors (the ACUM appeal) and the requirement regarding the exclusion of rights in a work from management by ACUM. It was argued that the mechanism was overly narrow, as consent of all joint owners of a work is necessary for exclusion, or for segmentation under the four specific categories that permit partial exclusion of the rights (the EMI Israel appeal).

 

The Supreme Court (opinion written by Justice D. Barak-Erez, Justice Z. Zylbertal and Justice E. Rubinstein concurring) dismissed both appeals on the following grounds –

 

The requirements for ACUM’s operation should balance the authors’ property rights in their works with the public interest in a market free of monopolistic effects, a unique interest when in the context of a market of works, which inherently must be accessible to the public (albeit for payment). The analysis focused on two issues: the requirement to appoint public directors and the scope of the rights exclusion mechanism. Both should be examined from the unique perspective that combines the purpose of copyright law with that of antitrust law, considering the balance that both fields of law must achieve between individual property rights and economic interests, on the one hand, and the general public interest, on the other hand.

 

Regarding the requirement that at least a third of appointed members to the board of directors be external public directors (the practical meaning of which was the appointment of a total of four such directors), ACUM failed in its challenges to both the requirement itself and the number of external directors it was obligated to appoint.

 

The appointment of public directors is one of the mechanisms that facilitates supervising a company’s conduct and that of its directors and controlling shareholders. It helps deal with the various representative problems associated with its activity. Their appointment also adds a professional dimension to the company that would increase its adequate management; the appointment of public directors to ACUM’s board is consistent with the purpose of the cartel’s approval. Although ACUM is not a public company, it effectively manages a resource that has clear public aspects, and in fact those aspects of ACUM’s activity are the basis for the cartel's approval. At the same time ACUM’s monopolistic characteristics and its status as a cartel in the copyright of musical works per se grant it a public dimension. The requirement to appoint public directors to provide another layer of supervision over ACUM’s activity is therefore warranted by and inherent to the rationale of the cartel’s approval from the point of view of protecting both authors and users. The Court added that making the cartel’s approval subject to the appointment of public directors, even when a public corporation in the ordinary sense is not involved, has already been done in the past, for example with respect to the recycling corporation. Moreover, the public directors might represent cross-group interests that carry broader considerations as to the general interest of artists as a whole, rather than representing the interest of certain artists groups, which may conflict. Moreover, without laying down rigid rules, there is prima facie basis for the argument that the importance of a public director is in fact greater in a corporation like ACUM, which is not led by a clear control group and has diverse ownership.

 

In fact, ACUM itself also acknowledged the advantages of appointing public directors, and the updated language in its articles of incorporation now requires the appointment of two public directors. The basic aspect of the dispute, which had to a certain extent become one of extent and degree, had thereby been somewhat resolved. In this respect, the Court believed that the proportion of directors that was fixed – one third of the total members of the board – was not excessive or unreasonable, considering the character of ACUM as a corporation with diverse ownership and especially in light of the concern for abuse that always exists regarding a cartel.

 

Under the circumstances, there is no need to rule on whether ACUM should be regarded as a hybrid entity, and in any event a complete discussion of the criteria for recognizing an entity as such is unnecessary.  However, it is not superfluous to note that ACUM’s activity does fit many of the factors mentioned in case law as indicative of a hybrid entity. Those factors, even if insufficient to categorize ACUM as a hybrid entity in the ordinary sense of the term, do shed further light on the basic justification of the Director-General’s requirement. Although the appointment of public directors is not ordinarily considered one of a hybrid entity’s duties, the fact that ACUM is an entity that owes important duties to the public can serve as a factor in how the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority exercises power when subjecting a cartel to requirements.

 

Two questions were at the root of the dispute regarding the requirements about the rights exclusion mechanism. First, whether the requirement for consent by all joint owners of a work in order to exclude it from ACUM’s catalog is justified or whether that power should be held individually by each of the artists; and secondly, how delicate and precise should the “segmentation” mechanism be in the scope of the exclusion ability, in light of distinctions between a work’s different types of use.

 

As a point of departure it can be assumed that works of the type that ACUM manages are often ones to which several artists share the rights. Conditioning exclusion upon the consent of all rights owners will undoubtedly burden the individual artist who seeks to exclude her own work. However, this is not an undue burden considering the purpose of the permanent permit.

 

The most important tool available to ACUM in the collective management of the rights is the grant of a sweeping license, known as a “blanket license,” which permits the licensee to use ACUM’s entire catalog. From the perspective of transaction costs, the advantages of a blanket license are the primary reason for ACUM’s activity, despite the conflicts with antitrust law. Given the typical ownership structure of a musical work, an exclusion ability that is not conditional upon the consent of other owners effectively means that a single author, regardless of their role in creating the work, may exclude the entire work from ACUM’s blanket license system.  Thus, a user who wishes to make lawful use of the work would have to negotiate with the excluding author in addition to acquiring the blanket license from ACUM.  Such a state of affairs would greatly limit the benefit the cartel provides the user public to the point that it is doubtful whether the cartel is indeed “in the public interest” in terms of section 9 of the Antitrust Law. Furthermore, accepting that consent by all joint owners of the work is not necessary in order to exclude it might also allow for some of the artists’ opportunistic exploitation of the exclusion, creating “extortion” or “free-riding” problems.

 

Ultimately, even in the narrow exclusion regime joint artists can contractually regulate the scope of the work’s exclusion from collective management in advance. Indeed, the narrow exclusion regime merely provides the default for the inclusion of a joint work in ACUM’s catalog. Insofar as the authors wish to regulate decision-making differently in managing joint works, they are at liberty to do so. Presumably such an arrangement, which would be made in a timely manner and before any of the parties is in a position to potentially exploit or become a free rider, would help to limit the coordination challenges in obtaining consent for excluding joint work, as detailed by EMI Israel and Anana. Therefore, the default prescribed – that in the absence of agreement to the contrary between owners of rights in a joint work, all of their consent is necessary in order to exclude it from management by ACUM – is a proper one.

 

Finally, the Court considered the rights exclusion mechanism that enables artists to exclude their rights in some – rather than all – uses but only in one of four specific alternatives – “exclusion packages” that make limited “segmentation” possible according to types of use. The dispute between the parties revolved around the precision of the necessary segmentation. While the current segmentation mechanism essentially distinguishes between audio and audio-visual uses, EMI Israel (supported by Anana) also wished to distinguish between use in “old media” – like television and radio – and use in “new media” – like Internet and cellular phone services.

 

Here, the Court held that the exclusion mechanism approved by the Tribunal should be upheld, subject to the question of excluding “new media” – on conditions and restraints – being comprehensively reviewed during the cartel approval’s renewal proceeding.

 

The distinction between “new” media and “old” media raises fundamental and practical difficulties. The issue is a developing one and more experience and study are necessary to achieve a proper balance. The world of communications is characterized by constant, rapid technological development. In light of this reality the distinction between “old media” and “new media” is not a binary dichotomy, nor is it permanent or stable.

 

Reviewing the implications of excluding “new media” shows that there is not necessarily any justification for completely prohibiting excluding works from “new media” uses. Nevertheless, there are clear indicators that the same applies only to a limited exclusion mechanism, which focuses on certain types of “new media” uses and strives to minimize harm to users. Such exclusion mechanisms cannot be based merely on the technological distinction between “old media” and “new media” and allow a sweeping exclusion of all uses of the latter, as EMI Israel and Anana propose. In any event, examining the possibility of another “new media” exclusion category and fashioning the boundaries of that category should be done with care after studying interested parties’ positions about the issue and all the relevant facts. As mentioned, this is a matter that the Antitrust Tribunal ought to consider when the extension of the cartel’s approval comes before it. This position is also supported by a factor that concerns the temporary nature of the approval – for only five years. At the end of that period (two years of which have already elapsed), the Tribunal will reconsider approving the cartel, at which time it can also reconsider the extent of the exclusion mechanism’s “segmentation,” in light of the five years’ experience gained with a “narrow” exclusion mechanism. International experience could also enrich the set of information available to the Tribunal.

 

In conclusion, the Court dismissed the appeals, deciding not to intervene in the requirements attached to the cartel’s approval. Currently, the requirements for the permanent permit, including those challenged in the appeals, are all necessary to dispel the concerns naturally raised by a cartel concerning the collective management of copyright. These conditions are necessary to ensure that the cartel’s benefit to the public does indeed exceed the harm perceived from it. At the same time, the possibility remains that the proper balance between the rights of authors and the general public interest might in the future dictate a result different from that reached by the Tribunal in terms of integrating the distinction between different types of “new media” and “old media” in the rights exclusion mechanism.

Voting Justices: 
Primary Author
majority opinion
majority opinion
Author
concurrence
Full text of the opinion: 

In the Supreme Court

Sitting As a Court of Civil Appeals

CA 5365/11

CA 5489/11

 

Before:

His Honor, Justice E. Rubinstein

His Honor, Justice Z. Zylbertal

Her Honor, Justice D. Barak-Erez

 

 

 

 

The Appellant in CA 5365/11 and the Ninth Respondent in CA 5489/11:

 

ACUM – The Association of Composers

 

 

v.

 

 

The Appellant in CA 5489/11 and the Ninth Respondent in CA 5365/11:

 

EMI Music Publishing Ltd

 

 

v.

 

 

The Respondents:

1. The Director-General of the Antitrust Authority

 

2. The Association of Restaurants in Israel

 

3. Partner Communications Company

 

4. The Association of Function Hall & Garden Owners

 

5. Golden Channels

 

6. Matav Cable Communication Systems

 

7. Tevel Israel International Communications

 

8. Anana Ltd

 

9. EMI Music Publishing Ltd

       

 

Appeals against the judgment of the Antitrust Tribunal in Jerusalem on June 2, 2011 in AC 513/04 by Her Honor Judge N. Ben-Or

 

Date of Session:

Nisan 3, 5773 (March 14, 2013)

 

 

On behalf of the Appellant in CA 5365/11 and the Ninth Respondent in CA 5489/11:

Adv. Uri Sorek, Adv. Assaf Neuman

 

 

On behalf of the Appellant in CA 5489/11 and the Ninth Respondent in CA 5365/11:

Adv. Michelle Keynes

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of the First Respondent:

Adv. Uri Schwartz, Adv. Yael Sheinin, Adv. Elad Mekdasi

 

 

On behalf of the Third Respondent:

Adv. Eyal Sagi, Adv. Amir Vang

 

 

On behalf of the Fourth to Seventh Respondents:

Exempt from appearance and representation

 

 

On behalf of the Eighth Respondent:

Adv. Ronit Amir-Yaniv, Adv. Ido Hitman

 

 

 

JUDGMENT

 

Justice D. Barak-Erez

 

1.         Which principles should guide the activity of ACUM with regard to the management of copyright in musical works in Israel? This question has been presented to us in full force against the background of the finding by the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority that ACUM’s activity creates a cartel, in order to review the conditions prescribed for the approval of the cartel in a way that will balance the rights of authors with the general interest of works being used in public.

 

Background and Previous Proceedings

 

2.         “The Association of Composers, Authors and Publishers,” known as ACUM, is a corporation that operates in order to manage the copyright of its members – lyricists, composers, arrangers, translators, and others – in Israel. ACUM members transfer their rights in their works to it, whilst ACUM acts on their behalf in order to license the use of those works in consideration for royalties that it collects for its members. Ordinarily, the licenses that ACUM grants are sweeping licenses ("blanket licenses") that permit licensees to make use of the whole repertoire of works managed by ACUM (mainly by making them accessible to the public in various ways). In addition, ACUM is bound by agreements with foreign copyright collective management entities (hereinafter "affiliates"), by virtue of which it administers in Israel the rights that are managed by the affiliates abroad.

 

3.         On April 30, 2004 the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority (hereinafter "the Director-General") published a ruling pursuant to section 34(a)(1) of the Antitrust Law, 5748-1988 (hereinafter "the Antitrust Law" or "the Law") according to which ACUM’s activity involves the creation of cartels (both between ACUM members and between ACUM and the affiliates) and a declaration under section 26(a) of the Law that ACUM’s activity as a cartel creates a monopoly in the market of managing copyright in musical works (or more precisely, with regard to management of  broadcasting, public performance, copying, recording, and synchronization rights in those works). The decision was made by the then Director-General, Mr. Dror Strom. However, it also reflects the position of the officers who have succeeded him, Ms. Ronit Kan and currently, Prof. David Gilo, as detailed below. Reference to the position of the Antitrust Authority will henceforth be made without specifically referring to those successors, using the general title – the Director-General.

 

4.         At that stage, ACUM instigated legal proceedings before the Antitrust Tribunal (hereinafter "the Tribunal") – an appeal against the determination of the Director-General that its activity involves cartels (AT 512/04) or, alternatively, an application for the approval of a cartel in accordance with sections 7 and 9 of the Antitrust Law, on the grounds that the cartel's approval is necessary in the public interest (AT 513/04). Both proceedings were heard together. Subsequently, to ACUM’s request, the appeal it filed was withdrawn, leaving only its application for approval of the cartel. The Director-General did not oppose the cartel's approval considering the public importance involved in ACUM's activity, as explained below, but the Tribunal was moved to set conditions to the approval so as to protect not only the public interest but also the individual rights of authors.

 

5.         To make its continued activity possible until completion of the litigation, ACUM filed a request for a provisional permit for operation of the cartel. The Tribunal granted the request and on December 28, 2004 it granted a provisional permit for ACUM’s activity subject to certain conditions (hereinafter "the Provisional Permit"). As detailed below, those conditions regulated, inter alia, situations in which authors could exclude rights in certain works from ACUM’s management so that those authors, rather than ACUM, would themselves deal with granting licenses to exercise those rights (hereinafter "the Exclusion Mechanism"). Over the years the Provisional Permit was extended from time to time based on of the Director-General’s recommendation, various amendments and modifications introduced to its terms. The last of those provisional permits (before the Tribunal's judgment), granted on February 24, 2009, introduced several significant changes, including making the Exclusion Mechanism "tougher," as detailed below.

 

6.         In addition to the position of the Director-General, oppositions to the cartel's approval were filed to the Tribunal by several other entities, including the Association of Function Hall & Garden Owners, Partner Communications Company (hereinafter "Partner"), the Association of Restaurants in Israel, and several cable companies – Golden Channels, Matav and Tevel (hereinafter "the cable companies") (whose activity has since been consolidated).

 

7.         At a later stage, an application to join the proceedings was made by two publishers that represent authors, the publishers themselves being members of ACUM – Anana Ltd (hereinafter "Anana") and EMI Music Publishing (Israel) Ltd (hereinafter "EMI Israel"). Those applications, like the time when they were made, were explained by the changes that had been made to the Provisional Permit’s conditions on February 24, 2009 as regards the Exclusion Mechanism. On December 1, 2009, the Tribunal partially allowed the applicants to join the proceedings in the sense that it permitted each of the two applicants to file a brief document with reference to the conditions that were acceptable to them and to make summations without extending the existing factual basis of the discussion.

 

8.         In its decision of January 25, 2009, the Tribunal stated that by consent of the parties it would rule based on the parties’ summations and supplemental oral arguments, without hearing evidence. The decision further stated that all of the parties agreed to ACUM's approval as a cartel, and took issue merely with regard to the terms of that approval. Consequently, the conditions of the Provisional Permit of February 24, 2009 (hereinafter "the Provisional Conditions") would serve as point of reference for the parties' positions. Accordingly, each of the parties filed its reservations regarding the Provisional Conditions in such manner that enabled the Tribunal to decide which of the conditions would be adopted as is within the permanent conditions, and which would be modified.

 

9.         On June 2, 2011 the Tribunal approved ACUM’s activity as a cartel, subject to a series of conditions (hereinafter "the Permanent Conditions"), which would remain in force for five years from the date of their approval. The Tribunal stated that the basic premise for reviewing the parties' arguments with regard to the conditions was that the anticipated benefit from the cartel substantially exceeded the damage likely to be caused by it, as required by section 10 of the Antitrust Law. In this context, it was explained that ACUM’s activity benefited not only its members – copyright owners (hereinafter "the authors") but also the general public who uses the works it manages (hereinafter "the users"): on the one hand, the sweeping licenses permit the users to make use of the whole repertoire of works that ACUM holds, thereby sparing the public from having to locate the owners of various rights and to negotiate individually with each of them; on the other hand, the sweeping licenses also benefit the authors since they streamline (and, to a great extent, enable) collection of royalties and enforcement of their rights.

 

10.       Since all parties agreed on principle to the approval of the cartel, the Tribunal hearing focused on the nature of the conditions to which the approval should be subject in order to dispel concern as to its abuse with regard to authors or users. The point of departure for the hearing was, as aforesaid, the Provisional Conditions, some of which were agreed upon by all parties, whilst others were in dispute. The disputes on which the appeal before us focuses pertain to the conditions prescribing the extent of the duty owed by ACUM to appoint external directors and the extent of ACUM members’ ability to exclude their rights from its management, as detailed below.

 

11.       Other controversies, including those concerning the definition of acts that would be construed as an abuse of ACUM's position and the way in which ACUM should act in taking legal action against users, were ultimately not considered by us since only few of the arguments concerning them were raised within the written appeal, while the arguments before us did not in fact concentrate on them.

 

12.       The appointment of external directors – the position of the Director-General was that a condition should be added to the Permanent Conditions to the effect that ACUM should appoint external directors in a proportion of no less than one third of the total members of its board and those directors would be responsible for the internal plan to enforce antitrust law that ACUM is obliged to implement (in accordance with section 10 of the Provisional Conditions). ACUM objected to this requirement, on the grounds, inter alia, that it is not a public company where the appointment of external directors is necessary in order to protect minority rights, and in any event ACUM's articles of association ensure due representation for each category of its members, and even guarantee numerical balance between the categories.

 

13.       The Tribunal accepted the Director-General's position on this matter, noting that a corporation for the collective management of copyright naturally raises concern as to the abuse of power against the authors themselves. Appointing a substantial number of external directors and entrusting them with the internal enforcement plan, it was held, would help deal with that concern, especially considering the fact that the corporation's members are dispersed and lack management expertise. The Tribunal also attributed importance to the fact that from ACUM's position in the proceedings it appeared that ACUM itself acknowledged the need to appoint external directors and was willing to do so even before the Tribunal’s judgment in order to reinforce the "managerial, professional, economic character of ACUM's board of directors".

 

14.       The extent of ACUM members’ ability to exclude rights from ACUM’s management – the Provisional Permit that ACUM had originally obtained (in 2004) included, in section 2.3 of the Provisional Conditions, a mechanism permitting a member to give notice "at any time, of his desire to assume all or any of the copyright with regard to any of his works, with regard to all users or specific categories of users," such that the works included in the notice would cease to be part of ACUM's repertoire, and copyright ownership would revert to the notifying member (hereinafter "the broad exclusion mechanism"). Underlying this mechanism was the concept that a “liberal” option to exclude any right in a work, even specifically, would intensify competition and increase the authors' power against ACUM. Later on, based on the experience accrued from the implementation of this arrangement, the Antitrust Authority reached the conclusion that the broad exclusion mechanism was not yielding the anticipated results with regard to enhancing market competition, and in contrast was aggravating the concern for abuse of the exclusion ability. For example, it turned out, according to the Director-General, that the broad exclusion mechanism that enabled interested authors, inter alia, to exclude from ACUM's management merely the use of "new media" (such as mobile phones and the Internet) and to leave it with the power to grant sweeping licenses for broadcasting rights only in "traditional media" (like television and radio), might undermine the justification for ACUM's existence as a corporation whose purpose is to reduce the substantial transaction costs involved in individually contracting with each of the authors. Accordingly, in 2009 the exclusion mechanism in section 2.3 of the Provisional Conditions was limited in two ways: first, the Provisional Conditions provided that an exclusion notice could only be given with the consent of all joint authors in a collective work whose exclusion was sought (for example, the lyricist, the composer of the music, and the arranger); second, it was provided that partial exclusion, namely exclusion of some of the uses of the work, could only be done in accordance with four "exclusion baskets" concerning different categories of use (hereinafter "the narrow exclusion mechanism"): presentation of the work in an audio format (for example radio broadcasting); its presentation in an audio-visual format (for example in a television program); copying the work; and recording it. The narrow exclusion mechanism therefore did not permit the author to exclude the work in various formats at his discretion, as specifically chosen by him (for example, excluding the work's use only with regard to mobile phones).

 

15.       The Director-General's position, joined by ACUM, Partner, and the cable companies on this issue, was that the narrow exclusion mechanism should be included in the Permanent Conditions. In contrast, EMI Israel and Anana believed that the broad exclusion mechanism should be adopted with regard to both aspects that distinguish it from the narrow exclusion mechanism and they challenged both the requirement for unanimous consent of all authors of a joint work and the restriction of exclusion according to "exclusion baskets."

 

16.       EMI Israel pleaded that the narrow exclusion mechanism improperly infringed on the constitutional property rights of the authors it represented, both because the predefined "exclusion baskets" limit the prerogative of the right’s owner to permit or prohibit certain uses of his work, and because the vast majority of musical works managed by ACUM are jointly owned by several authors. Under these circumstances, it was argued, making the exclusion conditional upon the consent of the other owners in fact negates the ability of a given author to permit or prohibit the use of his work. EMI Israel further asserted that adopting the narrow exclusion mechanism would compromise the competition among ACUM's members in the sense that only large corporations would be able to afford managing rights outside of ACUM, while individual authors would not be able to bear the financial and logistical burden it involves.

 

17.       Anana pleaded that adopting the narrow exclusion mechanism would lead to infringement on its reliance interest, given the fact that, relying upon the wording of the broad exclusion mechanism, it had already excluded works it managed from ACUM's repertoire with regard to the use of "new media" that it would now have to restore. In addition, it made a series of arguments concerning the restrictions set forth in the narrow exclusion mechanism – a lack of distinction between authors whose contribution to a joint work was significant and authors whose contribution was negligible (who nevertheless obtain a de facto veto right to exclude the work); impairing the ability of authors to maximize their profits; as well as infringing on the moral aspect of the author’s right (in the sense that an author who wishes to preclude the use of his work for religious, image-related, or moral reasons would find it difficult to do so under the narrow exclusion regime). Anana further contended that making the exclusion conditional upon the consent of all joint authors effectively makes it a dead letter since joint authors would frustrate any attempt to reach the necessary agreements.

 

18.       The Tribunal held that the approval should be made conditional upon a narrow exclusion mechanism and in that respect it adopted the position of ACUM and the Director-General (joined by Partner and the cable companies). The Tribunal explained that such exclusion mechanism provided an appropriate answer to the necessary balance between enhancing market competition and protecting the individual author's proprietary right. The Tribunal went on to state that a corporation for the collective management of copyright is in any event not intended to enable its members to realize their rights in full. On the contrary, such arrangement is based upon a waiver of complete and total freedom with regard to the works in consideration for reducing the cost of managing and enforcing copyrights. EMI Israel and Anana, the Tribunal held, were in fact seeking to enjoy the benefits of belonging to a cartel without bearing the costs. The Tribunal further explained that copyright grants an author a monopoly that may harm the general public, a concern which is intensified when authors are incorporated in a cartel. Therefore, there is no reason to avoid subjecting the cartel's approval to conditions that restrict the individual author's proprietary right in his work.

 

19.       As aforesaid, the Tribunal ultimately approved ACUM's activity as a cartel, subject to a series of conditions, including those mentioned above. The two appeals before us – the appeal by ACUM and the appeal by EMI Israel – were filed against its said judgment – as detailed below.

 

The Appeals

                       

20.       ACUM's appeal (CA 5365/11) concerns, as aforesaid, only one aspect of the Tribunal's judgment – the condition regarding the duty to appoint external directors. Its arguments in this respect are directed both against the basic obligation to appoint external directors and against their number.

 

21.       EMI Israel’s appeal (CA 5489/11) originally revolved around several of the other conditions to which the Tribunal made the permanent permit subject, but at the hearing before us EMI Israel concentrated its arguments on the details of the condition regulating the rights exclusion mechanism. It should be noted that Anana, which did not appeal the Tribunal’s judgment, appeared at the hearing as a respondent and in that capacity it presented arguments in support of EMI Israel's basic position.

 

22.       Generally, EMI Israel believes that the narrow exclusion mechanism impairs the protection of the authors' rights and reinforces ACUM's monopoly. More specifically, EMI Israel pleads that implementing the narrow exclusion mechanism would lead to infringement on authors' proprietary rights and would impair the possibility of creating a competitive copyright market. According to EMI Israel, the protection of copyright necessitates both recognition of the power of each author to implement the exclusion mechanism with regard to a work he helped create, even without obtaining the other authors’ consent, as well as authors’ right to exclude their works outside of the "exclusion baskets" that necessitate "crude" and imprecise choices that do not express important distinctions, primarily the distinction between "old" media (like radio and television) and "new" media (such as mobile phones).

 

23.       On the other hand, the Director-General believes that both appeals should be dismissed. He supports the Tribunal’s judgment and emphasizes that the conditions it approved are required in order to protect authors and users against the monopolistic power of ACUM and in order to protect the public interest involved in the use of the works.

 

Our Ruling

 

24.       Having reviewed the parties' arguments we have reached the conclusion that both appeals should be dismissed. We are convinced that, at the moment, the Permanent Conditions, including the conditions against which the appeals have been addressed, are all necessary in order to dispel the concerns raised inherently by a cartel related to the collective management of copyright. These conditions are necessary in order to ensure that the cartel’s benefit to the public will exceed the perceived damage from it. Indeed, as detailed below, reviewing the parties' arguments has made it clear that the distinction between "new" and "old" media within the exclusion mechanism is an evolving issue, the regulation of which should be monitored. However, as noted, the approval and its conditions have been set for a period of five years, of which two have already passed (as the conditions relating to the narrow exclusion mechanism were approved by the Tribunal in June 2011). At the end of that period, it will be possible to revisit the conditions and the way they are being implemented in order to make decisions towards the future. In that sense, our ruling reflects the facts presented in the proceedings, including the experience accumulated in the Israeli market and its existing uses of copyright.

 

The Normative Framework: Between Copyright Law and Antitrust Law

 

25.       Two normative frameworks frame our discussion: copyright law – as a framework that seeks, inter alia, to balance the author's rights in his work and the public interest to enjoy the fruit of the work for the benefit of all, in order to promote culture and knowledge; and antitrust law – which recognizes, inter alia, the possibility of approving a cartel, subject to conditions aimed at protecting the public from the abuse of monopolistic power. Copyright law is currently governed by a relatively new statute – the Copyright Law, 5768-2007 (hereinafter "the Copyright Law"), which replaced the relevant British Mandate statute, while the issues concerning the activity of cartels are regulated by the Antitrust Law.

 

26.       The activity of ACUM should be evaluated and examined according to these two perspectives. As mentioned in the introduction to our judgment, ACUM was established for the collective management of copyright in musical works. From the perspective of copyright, that management should be for the benefit of authors and in the name of protecting their rights, but without neglecting the public's ability to enjoy the works; from the perspective of antitrust law, that management, which constitutes a cartel and monopoly, should be for the benefit of the public and should ensure that public access to the works is not unreasonably denied. More specifically, in order to comply with the provisions of sections 9 and 10 of the Antitrust Law with regard to the approval of a cartel, it has to be ensured that the benefit to the public from such collective management substantially exceeds the damages that it might cause to all or some of the public.

 

27.       In many ways, the controversies that have arisen before us pinpoint once again the dilemmas that underlie copyright law. Recognition of copyright is aimed at encouraging the creation and dissemination of expression but also at balancing this benefit against the costs of limiting access to protected works (cf: Guy Pesach, The Theoretical Basis for the Recognition of Copyright, 31 Mishpatim 359, 410 (2001)). In the words of Vice President (retired) S. Levin:

 

            "In Anglo-American law the basic justification for these laws is perceived as the desire to provide an incentive to the author in order to achieve maximum access to the work by the public at large. This is the heritage of Israeli copyright law" (CA 326/00 Holon Municipality v. NMC Music Ltd, PD 47(3) 658, 671 (2003)).

 

Copyright Management Corporations: ACUM as a Test Case

 

28.       The case before us should be examined not only in light of the general principles of copyright law, on the one hand, and antitrust law, on the other hand, but also in light of the experience accumulated from copyright management through corporations established for such purpose. ACUM is a local corporation that was established back in pre-state Israel (see: Michael Birnhack, Colonial Copyright: Intellectual Property in Mandate Palestine 185-186 (2012)). Nevertheless, more broadly speaking it is merely one of many examples of corporations known as "copyright collection societies" or collective management organizations" (hereinafter "collective management corporations"). Such corporations operate in many countries and thereby provide an answer to a genuine need of authors who cannot routinely manage the grant of licenses to use their works, collect royalties, and enforce copyright law on those who infringe their rights. These corporations manage the rights of many authors collectively and thereby contribute to reducing the costs of negotiating with users and reducing enforcement costs. At the same time, the mechanism of collective management also benefits the public who uses the works because it allows bringing these works to the public on a regular basis. The collective management corporation typically offers users "a blanket license" in relation to the corporation's whole repertoire, thereby saving them the need to negotiate individually with each of the authors of works included in the repertoire. Such users are for the most part broadcasting stations owners, producers, hall owners, and others, through whom the works are made accessible to the public at large (see: Ariel Katz, Monopoly and Competition in the Collective Management of Public Performing Rights, 2 Din Ve'Devarim 551 (2006); Guy Pesach, Associations for the Collective Management of Rights – Another Look at Effectiveness and Fairness, 2 Din Ve'Devarim 621 (2006) (hereinafter "Pesach"); Walter Arthur Copinger, Copinger on Copyright, pp 1790-1794 (16th ed., 2011) (hereinafter "Copinger")).

 

29.       Alongside recognizing the fact that collective management corporations are a well-known and widespread phenomenon, the concern that accompanies their activity is also acknowledged. Collective management of copyright involves a significant challenge from the perspective of antitrust law, considering the fact that it has centralized characteristics and therefore raises the concerns involved in the creation of a cartel, including the concern of acquiring and abusing monopolistic market power, either by demanding high royalties or in other ways. Against those disadvantages, we usually weigh the necessity of such activity for effectively managing copyright and it is therefore common to regard collective management corporations as "natural monopolies" (and, to a certain extent, something of a necessary evil) and to allow them to operate subject to supervisory mechanisms and regulation (see: Ariel Katz, The Potential Demise of Another Natural Monopoly: Rethinking the Collective Administration of Performing Rights, 1 J. Comp. L. & Econ. 541, 544-548, 551-553 (2005) (hereinafter "Katz"); Copinger, pp 1798-1800). It is along these lines that the activity of the two major collective management corporations in the U.S. – the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP) and Broadcast Music, Inc (BMI) – is regulated by special judicial orders ("consent decrees") as part of antitrust law. These orders, whose conditions are revised from time to time, place collective management corporations under a host of constraints in order to ensure their compliance with the competition criteria set forth in antitrust law (for a discussion of the supervisory mechanisms of collective management corporations in the U.S., see: Stanley M. Besen, An Economic Analysis of Copyright Collectives, 78 Va. L. Rev. 383 (1992).) Similarly, collective management corporations that operate in Europe are under supervision, subject to the antitrust law of the European Union (see: Lucie Gaibault & Stef Van Gompe, Collective Management in the European Union, in Collective Management of Copyright and Related Rights 135 (2nd edition, Daniel Gervias ed. 2010); Copinger, pp 1801-1808).

 

The Conditions in Dispute: Public Directors and the Exclusion Mechanism

 

30.       As already mentioned, the controversy before us does not concern the basic authority for ACUM’s operation as a cartel but rather the conditions that have been prescribed for its activity, or, more precisely, two of these conditions. In that sense, the discussion is based on the accepted notion, explained above, which views collective management corporations as something of a "natural monopoly," the existence of which is essential but their activity necessitates supervision and restraint in order to protect the public from the potential negative effects of substantial market power being accumulated by a single entity. The conditions for ACUM’s operation should therefore express the balance between the proprietary right of authors and the public interest in a market free of monopolistic influences, which acquires a unique aspect with regard to the market of creative works that naturally need to be accessible to the public (albeit for a fee).

 

31.       Ultimately, the hearing in this case revolved around two matters: the requirement to appoint directors, and the scope of the rights exclusion mechanism. Both of these need to be examined from the unique point of view that combines the purposes of copyright law with those of antitrust law, paying attention to the balance that both those sets of laws seek to achieve between individual proprietary rights and economic interests, on the one hand, and the public interest, on the other hand.

 

The Appointment of Public Directors: Between the Public Interest and the Interest of the Rights Owners

 

32.       The first condition that was prescribed for the approval of the cartel was to appoint public directors who will constitute a third of the total number of board members (which in practice means appointing four such directors). As aforesaid, ACUM has objected to this condition both in principle and in practice.

 

33.       In principle, ACUM asserted that it is not a public company and therefore there is no justification to enforce on it a supervisory mechanism appropriate to public companies. In this context, it was further asserted that its board of directors includes a delicate balance between all the sectors ACUM represents, which in itself ensures protection of the public interest (article 30.2 of ACUM's current articles of association provides that the company's board of directors shall consist of nine members that include two lyricists, a writer, two easy listening composers, one composer of concert music, one publisher, and two external directors). ACUM also noted that its corporate governance is dispersed and therefore does not raise an "agency problem" of the type with which the mechanism of external directors is designed to deal. ACUM also asserted that in any event it has in place adequate mechanisms to resolve potential disputes and conflicts of interest, including an internal arbitration mechanism as well as the Permanent Conditions that prohibit ACUM from discriminating between its members. According to ACUM, the appointment of public directors would "dilute" the authors' control over their property rights. In practice, ACUM further noted the costs involved in the appointment of the requisite number of public directors, which lead ACUM to be willing to appoint no more than two public directors.

 

34.       According to the Director-General, the need to appoint public directors stems from two factors: first, it will help ensure that ACUM serves the interests of all its member authors, taking into account the interests of individual authors rather than only the group interests of certain categories of authors. Second, the appointments will ensure that at least some of the directors have professional skills in the area of corporate management.

 

35.       With regard to the proportion of public directors on the board, the Director-General's position is that the requirement that no less than a third of the board would be comprised of external directors is justified, since the need for external directors is specifically greater under ACUM’s circumstances, where the corporate structure is dispersed and lacks a distinct controlling shareholder. In this respect the Director-General went on to explain that, in his opinion, ACUM's members need even more protection than "ordinary" shareholders, considering the fact that their livelihood depends on the corporation and they cannot sell their shares to "realize their profits."

 

36.       Having reviewed all this, we have reached the overall conclusion that ACUM's case in this respect should be dismissed.

 

37.       The appointment of public directors – that is, directors who are not employees or shareholders of the company – is one mechanism which allows supervising the behavior of the company, its managers, and its controlling shareholders and helps dispel the various agency problems involved in its activity (see: Irit Haviv-Segal, Company Law, 429, 438 (2007) (hereinafter "Haviv-Segal")). It can be said that the essential contribution of the public director lies in the "external dimension" that he brings to the board's work – as someone who reviews matters referred to the board from a broad, objective, and balanced perspective that also takes into account the public implications of its activity. The provisions of section 240(a1)(1) of the Companies Law, 5759-1999 (hereinafter "the Companies Law"), according to which a public director shall have professional skills or accounting and financial expertise, ensure that his appointment will add a professional dimension to the company that will contribute to its satisfactory management (see: Joseph Gross, The New Companies Law, 386-387 (Fourth Edition, 2007) (hereinafter "Gross")).

 

38.       The mechanism of appointing public directors is typically operated in the context of the activity of public companies – section 239 of the Companies Law requires a public company to appoint at least two public directors, whilst sections 114 and 115(a) of that Law require a public company's board of directors to appoint an audit committee from amongst its members, on which all the public directors shall serve. In addition, there are laws that impose a duty to appoint public directors to serve on the board of certain corporations whose shares are not held by the public, but whose activity has other public importance. Thus, for example, a mutual fund must appoint at least five directors to serve on its board and the proportion of public directors is the same as required of a public company (see: section 16(a) of the Joint Investments Trust Law, 5754-1994); while an insurance company, as defined in the Control of Financial Services (Insurance) Law, 5741-1981, must appoint public directors who will constitute a third of the total members of its board (see: section 2(1) of the Control of Financial Services (Insurance) (Board of Directors and Its Committees) Regulations, 5767-2007). In addition, the board of directors of a company that manages provident funds is required to appoint an investment committee for each fund it manages, the majority of committee members being qualified to serve as public directors (see: section 11(a) of the Control of Financial Services (Provident Funds) Law, 5765-2005).

 

39.       Having reviewed the case, we are satisfied that the condition concerning the appointment of public directors to serve on ACUM's board is consistent with the purpose underlying the approval of the cartel. Although ACUM is not a public company, it does essentially manage a resource that has clear public aspects. From the point of view of the authors, ACUM provides an essential service, without which it would be difficult for them to produce financial benefit from their works. In many ways, that is also the case from the point of view of the public at large: the protected works belong to the authors (and to whoever has acquired rights in them) but it is important that they are used in such a way that will also benefit the general public. Indeed, these public aspects of ACUM's activity underlie its approval as a cartel. At the same time, ACUM's monopolistic characteristics and its status as a cartel in the domain of musical copyright grant it a public dimension in and of themselves. The requirement to appoint external directors to provide a further layer of supervision over ACUM's activity is therefore called for and inherent to the rationale of the cartel's approval in order to protect both authors and users. It should be noted that making the approval of a cartel conditional upon the appointment of external directors, even when the corporation in question is not a public corporation in the ordinary sense, is not unprecedented. Thus, for example, the approval as a cartel of the recycling corporation that was established as a joint venture of manufacturers and importers of soft drinks in Israel was made subject to a similar condition (see section 4 of the Conditions for the Operation of the Recycling Corporation, as approved in AT (J'lem) 4445/01 Shufersal Ltd v. The Director-General of the Antitrust Authority (November 5, 2001)). The same applies to the approval as cartels of two other collective management corporations: the Israeli Federation of Independent Record Producers Ltd. (hereinafter "PIL") (see section 11.3 of the Conditions for the Operation of the Israeli Federation of Independent Record Producers Ltd., as approved in AT (J'lem) 3574/00 The Israeli Federation of Independent Record Producers Ltd. v. The Director-General of the Antitrust Authority (April 29, 2004)), and the Israeli Federation for Records and Cassettes (hereinafter "IFPI") (see: section 13.3 of the Conditions for the Operation of the Israeli Federation for Records and Cassettes Ltd, as approved in AC (J'lem) 705/07 The Israeli Federation for Records and Cassettes Ltd. v. The Director-General of the Antitrust Authority (February 3, 2011).

 

40.       With regard to authors' protection, there appears to be grounds to the argument concerning the importance of protecting the common interests of ACUM's members, regardless of the “category” to which they belong. Public directors can express "cross-category" interests that concern the benefit of authors generally in their relationship with ACUM, as opposed to the benefit of particular categories of authors. Moreover, without laying out hard and fast rules, it can be said that there is prima facie grounds to the assertion that the importance of the public director institution is in fact greater in a corporation characterized by dispersed ownership, in the absence of controlling shareholders, as is the case with ACUM. The agency problem in companies of this type is characterized by interest gaps between management and shareholders (as opposed to interest gaps between the controlling shareholder and minority shareholders, which are typical of companies that have controlling shareholders). Some view the appointment of public directors as a central mechanism for dealing with such gaps (see Haviv-Segal, pp 438-439). Clear expression of this distinction can be found in the First Schedule to the Companies Law, which contains suggested provisions for the corporate governance of public companies. Paragraph 1 of the Schedule prescribes the recommended percentage of independent directors, distinguishing between companies that do and do not have controlling shareholders. With regard to the latter, the Schedule provides that a majority of the directors should be independent, whilst in the former it provides that it is sufficient for a third of the directors to be independent.

 

41.       Furthermore, even assuming that the present structure of ACUM's board of directors faithfully represents its member authors, that structure does not prima facie guarantee that the protection of authors will also take into account the public interest more broadly. Indeed, a public director's fiduciary duty to the company is no different than that of an ordinary director, in the sense that he too must act for the benefit of the company (see: Gross, p. 406; cf: CA 610/94 Buchbinder v. The Official Receiver, para. 43 (May 11, 2003)). However, the public director will presumably represent a broader, more objective point of view, cognizant of the public implications of the corporation's activity.

 

42.       Moreover, as already explained, the appointment of public directors also has great importance as regards guaranteeing a minimum number of directors with professional managerial skills. In fact, ACUM itself acknowledged the professional advantages of appointing public directors even before the Tribunal's judgment was handed off and the revised version of ACUM's articles of association now require the appointment of two such directors. The fundamental aspect of this controversy has thus somewhat eroded and it has become a matter of extent and degree. We believe that the proportion of directors set forth in the Permanent Conditions – a third of the board members – is not excessive or unreasonable, considering ACUM’s character as a corporation whose ownership is dispersed and especially given the lingering concern of abusing monopolistic power.

 

43.       This discussion, which is "internal" and concentrates on corporate and antitrust law, can be supplemented by an "external" discussion, based on the significance that entities with public aspects have from the perspective of public law. According to this Court's case law, a private corporation whose activity has clear public aspects might be regarded as a "hybrid" entity, which places it under additional duties over and above those it is subject to in accordance with private law. Care must be taken not to overextend the category of hybrid entities in order to avoid eroding the significance of acknowledging a public status and blurring the lines between the public and private spheres. Moreover, under the current circumstances, there is no need to rule on whether ACUM should be regarded as a hybrid entity and a complete discussion of the criteria for the recognition of an entity as hybrid is unnecessary. However, it should be noted that ACUM's activity does entail many of the criteria mentioned in previous case law as characterizing a hybrid entity. Thus, for example, in HCJ 731/86 Micro Daf v. Israel Electric Corporation Ltd PD 41(2) 449 (1987) (hereinafter "Micro Daf"), where the question of hybrid entities was discussed for the first time – in the context of the Electric Corporation's activity – the factors taken into account were the monopolistic aspect of the corporation's activity, the nature of the resource it manages, and the fact that statutory powers have been entrusted to it. These factors were not considered an "exhaustive list" and since then entities which lacked those characteristics, at least to the same extent, have also been recognized as hybrid (see: CA 294/91 Jerusalem Community Hevra Kadisha Burial Society v. Kastenbaum PD 46(2) 464 (1992)). For further discussion, see: Daphne Barak-Erez, Administrative Law vol. 3 - Economic Administrative Law 463-492 (2013)). With regard to ACUM, the monopolistic aspect of its activity is beyond dispute. In Israel, although there are other collective management corporations, including the abovementioned PIL and IFPI, the product they supply – licenses for the broadcasting and public playing of sound recordings – does not substitute the product ACUM supplies. As the Director-General stated in his declaration, ACUM has no direct competitors in its relevant market and although formally nothing stops authors from managing their works themselves, few of them find such course of action practical or worthwhile, so that in fact the vast majority of works for which royalties are paid in Israel are under the management of ACUM. The same applies to the implications that the resource managed by ACUM has on the general public. Although the licenses that ACUM offers are acquired by a relatively small category of users, those licenses feature the right to play the works in public (or make them otherwise available to the public). Hence, they have a very significant effect on public access to the works. In other words, the public aspect of ACUM's activity also derives from the fact that the product it supplies is not in fact the musical works themselves but rather the collective management mechanism, which facilitates (and to a great extent enables) playing those works in public and therefore constitutes a product of clear public importance. Finally, although ACUM does not exercise statutory powers, its approval as a cartel entrusts it with power that derives from a statutory decision established in the Antitrust Law. These characteristics, even if they are insufficient to define ACUM as a hybrid entity in the ordinary sense of the term (and, as aforesaid, we have no need to rule on this issue), do support the basic justification for the Director-General's requirement under the current circumstances. Indeed, the appointment of public directors is ordinarily not imposed on a hybrid entity. However, the fact that ACUM constitutes an entity that owes important duties to the public can serve as a factor in the Director-General's decision to subject a cartel to conditions.

 

The Rights Exclusion Mechanism

 

44.       The other condition at the center of the litigation before us concerns, as aforesaid, the rights exclusion mechanism. Underlying the controversy were two questions: first, is the requirement for the consent of all joint authors of a work in order to exclude it from ACUM's repertoire justified or should that power be held by each of the authors individually? Second, how delicate and precise should the "segmentation" mechanism be with regard to the exclusion ability, as regards the distinction between different types of uses? We shall clarify those questions below.

 

The Rights Exclusion Mechanism: the Consent of All Authors or a Personal Right?

 

45.       The requirement that the exclusion of the work should be conditional upon the agreement of all its authors prima facie imposes a constraint on the right of each of the authors to control the rewards of his work. For that reason it has been criticized by EMI Israel and Anana. In contrast, the position of the Director-General and ACUM is that making the exclusion conditional upon the consent of the other authors is essential to protect both users and authors. The main argument regarding the protection of users relates to the concern that a "liberal" exclusion mechanism that would give an independent exclusion right to each author would impair ACUM's ability to offer sweeping licenses and thereby undermine the basic justification for its existence from the perspective of public interest. With regard to the protection of authors, it is asserted that the ability to exclude rights without the agreement of the other authors would encourage abuse of that power by "powerful" authors at the expense of the other authors of the work. ACUM explained that if each author of a joint work could exclude his rights from ACUM’s repertoire without the agreement of the other authors, it would grant veto power to that author to prevent works from being used by those to whom other authors wish to grant permission. ACUM also emphasized that where the rights in a work are vested in several authors veto power will forever be involved and the remaining question is only which veto power is least damaging: that of an author wishing to prevent the work's exclusion and leave it with ACUM's repertoire, or that of the excluding author to prevent any use of a work contrary to the position of the other authors. According to ACUM, the former is infinitely preferable. Having reviewed the case, we have reached the overall conclusion that we accept the position of the Director-General and ACUM in this respect.

 

46.       We accept as a starting point for our discussion the (reasonable) assumption that the rights in the type of works that ACUM manages are often shared by several authors. This can be illustrated by the typical case of a song. According to copyright law, every song is made up of several independent works, the rights in each of which are vested in different authors – the words of the song are a literary work owned by the lyricist; the music is a musical work owned by the composer. Moreover, there are also cases in which several composers or lyricists collaborate in the process of creating a work and in such cases the circle of rights owners expands even further. Considering this situation, it is easy to understand EMI Israel and Anana's grievances: making the exclusion power conditional upon the agreement of all authors undoubtedly burdens the individual author who seeks to exclude his work. However, this does not suffice. The question before us is whether this burden is justified, considering the purpose of the permanent permit – and our answer to that question is in the affirmative.

 

47.       In order to discuss this question it is necessary to return to the original reasons that led to managing rights through a corporation like ACUM. The most important tool available to ACUM for the collective management of rights is the grant of a sweeping license known as a "blanket license," the advantages of which in terms of transaction costs constitute the basic reason that legitimates ACUM's activity, despite difficulties in terms of antitrust law. Extending the ability to exclude rights from ACUM's management will naturally impair its ability to offer blanket licenses and thereby reduce the public benefit from its operation as a cartel. Over-extending that possibility will impair the public benefit from ACUM’s activity to such extent that it will no longer be the case necessarily that the benefit substantially exceeds the potential damages to the public interest from the cartel's operation. Having considered matters, we are satisfied that the grant of a personal "exclusion right" to each author would amount to such over-extension. Considering the typical ownership structure of musical works, an exclusion mechanism that is not conditional upon the agreement of the other authors effectively means granting authority to a single author, regardless of his part in the work, to exclude the work as a whole from ACUM's blanket license regime. Thus, a user who wishes to make lawful use of the work would have to negotiate with the excluding author in addition to acquiring the sweeping license from ACUM. Such a state of affairs would greatly limit the benefit of the cartel for users to the point of raising doubts as to whether the cartel is indeed "in the public interest," as required by section 9 of the Antitrust Law whenever a cartel is approved.

 

48.       Furthermore – accepting the position whereby the consent of all the authors of a joint work is unnecessary to exclude it would also raise difficulties for the relationship between the authors themselves as it may enable some of the authors – usually the more "powerful" ones – to exploit their exclusion power at the expense of the other authors. This may occur in situations where the user has already acquired most of the rights to use the work by means of a blanket license and merely needs to "supplement" the excluded right. This may give rise to phenomena of "extortion" and "free-riding," so that the remaining owner of the right will demand exceptionally high license fees for his share. We have already discussed the problem of such a state of affairs from the user's point of view. However, in truth, the problem also exists from the perspective of the excluding author making excess profit at the expense of the other authors. This difficulty is intensified in light of the fact that the ability to exclude rights from ACUM's management – given the complexity involved in negotiating with users individually – would essentially be of benefit to powerful rights owners, like large publishers, as opposed to individual, independent authors.

 

49.       It should be noted that we have so far used the expression "joint authorship" in order to describe all the cases in which the rights in a particular song are shared by several authors, although in fact it is prima facie possible to distinguish between two models of joint authorship. One model, of "joint authorship in indefinite shares," relates to two or more authors who collaborated in such way that it is impossible to distinguish the share of each of them in the finished work. In such a case, the work is considered a "joint work" according to section 1 of the Copyright Law. The other model, of "joint authorship in definite shares," involves a finished product, like a song, which is made up of several units, each of which was created by a different author and is a protected work in itself (for example the words of the song, which were written by one author, constitute a literary work; while the music, which was composed by another author, constitutes a musical work). The authors in such a case are not regarded as joint authors according to the Copyright Law, despite the fact that their relationship is substantively founded upon sharing. It is interesting to note that the American copyright law does distinguish between works where the shares of the various authors are inseparable and works where the shares of the various authors are interdependent. Nevertheless, both situations are considered "joint work" (see: Melville B. Nimmer & David Nimmer, Nimmer on Copyright § 6.4 (2002) (hereinafter "Nimmer"). In any event, for the purpose of the present discussion concerning the ability of authors to exclude rights from ACUM’s management we need not consider this distinction. In both cases, splitting the licensing authority would place practical obstacles for using the joint work.

 

50.       In fact, the controversy before us derives not only from the different interests that the various parties represent but also from the fact that the Copyright Law does not expressly regulate the issues to which joint authorship gives rise (see: Michael Birnhack, A Cultural Reading: the Law and the Creative Field, Authoring Rights: Readings in Copyright Law 83, 105-106 (Michael Birnhack & Guy Pesach, Editors, 2009) (hereinafter "Birnhack"); Gilad Wexelman, Corporate Creation and Cooperative Creation, Authoring Rights: Readings in Copyright Law, 167, 177-178 (2009) (hereinafter "Wexelman"). Cf  Margaret Chon, New Wine Bursting from Old Bottles, Collaborative Internet Art, Joint Works and Entrepreneurship, 75 Or. L. Rev. 257 (1996)). In fact, the only arrangement the Law establishes with regard to joint works (as defined in section 1) relates to the period of protection of the work, which is measured according to the age of the surviving joint author, plus 70 years (section 39 of the Copyright Law).

 

51.       Additionally, reference to comparative law does not yield an unequivocal answer, considering the numerous potential approaches to this issue. Thus, for example, subject to certain restrictions, the law in the U.S. vests each of the joint authors with an independent right to permit use of their work even without the consent of the other authors, provided that they are paid their proportional share of the profit produced from the work (see: Nimmer § 6.10; Russ VerSteeg, Intent, Originality, Creativity and Joint Authorship 68 Brooklyn L. Rev. 123, 149-150 (2002)). In contrast, according to the approach prevailing in English law, the agreement of all authors is necessary in order to permit use (see: Copyright, Design and Patents Act 1988, section 173(2). See also: Copinger, p 334.) For the purpose of the ruling before us, we must be cognizant of the fact that the variety of existing approaches regarding copyright management of joint works attests not only to the great complexity of the matter but also to the fact that recognizing authors' proprietary rights does not inherently dictate a particular result.

 

52.       Since there is no specific regulation of the issue of jointly owned copyright within the Copyright Law, we may turn to legislation in other contexts concerning the joint ownership of property rights. Detailed regulation of this sort exists regarding the joint ownership of land in sections 27 to 36 of the Land Law, 5729-1969 (hereinafter "the Land Law"). According to section 9(e) of the Movable Property Law, 5731-1971 (hereinafter "the Movable Property Law"), arrangements concerning joint ownership of land essentially apply to movable property too, "save as may be otherwise provided in a co-ownership agreement." By virtue of section 13(a) of the Movable Property Law, such arrangements also apply to joint ownership of "rights." Nevertheless, reference to the Land Law with regard to the legal regime governing joint authorship should be made with care. As Prof. Michael Birnhack has noted:

 

            "Even if a model of joint authorship is prescribed, the socio-legal institution can be designed in various ways, ranging from management based on the decisions of all owners, through consent-based management, to each author having freedom of use. Selecting the appropriate point on this range should be influenced by an understanding of the law concerning the creative process and the reciprocal relationship between joint authors, between each of them and the work, or anywhere else where the work and its significance are formed" (Birnhack, p 106).

 

Similarly, Dr. Gilad Wexelman has also written:

 

            "A joint work raises problems of a different type, when compared with the joint ownership of tangible resources and applying the doctrines that exist regarding joint ownership of tangible resources to joint authorship is therefore improper and inappropriate. These doctrines do not provide the necessary solutions for joint authorship. The inference deriving from this is that it is appropriate to adopt a broader, different conception of the joint authorship process, rather than a conception influenced by the private property model" (Wexelman, p 178).

 

53.       One way or the other, before we seek to draw an analogy based on the arrangements relating to joint ownership of land, it is important to emphasize that we need not consider the legal regime that governs the relationship between joint authors as an independent issue. The question of joint authorship should be analyzed in the case before us merely in the particular context of a joint work's management by a collective management corporation like ACUM – which naturally goes beyond the default rules that apply to joint authorship. In any case, under the circumstances,  reference to the existing legal arrangements regarding the management of joint rights should serve merely as a framework and a starting point for the discussion.

 

54.       The arrangement prescribed in the Land Law concerning joint ownership is based on a concept of management by majority decisions, except for matters that go beyond ordinary management and use, in which unanimous agreement is required. In this respect, section 30 of the Land Law provides:

 

            (a)       The owner of a majority of the shares in any joint property may determine all matters relating to the ordinary management and use of the property.

 

            (b)       A joint owner who considers himself aggrieved by a determination under subsection (a) may apply to the Court for directions and the Court shall decide as seems just and expedient under the circumstances of the case.

 

            (c)       Any matter outside the scope of ordinary management and use requires the consent of all the joint owners.

 

55.       The joint owners of a land can agree upon a different method for the management of their rights but, as provided in section 29 of the Land Law, this is the arrangement that applies "unless otherwise provided in a joint ownership agreement" (subsection (c)) (see also: CA 810/82 Zol Bo Ltd. v. Zeida PD 37(4) 737 (1983); CA 663/87 Nathan v. Greener PD 45(1) 104 (1990)).

 

56.       At the same time, section 31(a)(1) of the Land Law provides that each joint owner may, without the consent of the other joint owners, make reasonable use of the joint property, provided that he does not prevent another joint owner from conducting such use. In other words, none of the joint owners of land may stop his fellow owners from using the property, so long as it applies to reasonable use.

 

57.       What can be learned from these arrangements for the case in question? Applying the arrangement prescribed in section 30, mutatis mutandis, leads to the conclusion that the requirement of a "unanimous" decision is appropriate insofar as management or use out of the ordinary is involved. It can therefore be argued that the management of copyright through an entity like ACUM is the ordinary, accepted method worldwide for the management of individual authors' rights, and departing from that arrangement therefore constitutes an "extraordinary" decision outside the ordinary realm of rights management. It should therefore be made unanimously, exactly as provided by the conditions that have been approved.

 

58.       Indeed, as stated above, the considerations relevant to joint ownership of land are not necessarily apt with respect to joint authorship. Thus, for example, the arrangement contained in the Land Law can be seen as "hostile" to a state of joint ownership, recognizing that joint ownership of land may burden its efficient management. Section 37 of the Land Law therefore provides that "each joint owner of immovable property is entitled at any time to demand the dissolution of the joint ownership." Yet, joint authorship is not a "pathological" condition. On the contrary, the process of authorship frequently involves collaboration – either direct or indirect – between several authors and dissolving the joint authorship should not be regarded as socially desirable. It is also likely to be more difficult to appraise the value of the work for the purchase of one of the joint authors' shares than severing the joint ownership of land. Consequently, as already mentioned, the analogy from the Land Law should be drawn with all due care. However, even taking into account the difference between joint ownership of land and joint authorship, it does appear that the requirement of unanimous consent for the exclusion mechanism is proper. Particularly because joint authorship is a "natural" condition and typical of many works, it is appropriate to be apprehensive about an exclusion mechanism that is based on each of the authors having an individual right of action, reinforcing the status of strong authors and burdening public access to the works, as explained below.

 

59.       Examining the rule with regard to the reasonable use of jointly owned land also leads, prima facie, to a similar conclusion. By drawing an analogy based on section 31(a)(1) of the Land Law it can be inferred that leaving the work under the management of ACUM constitutes reasonable use, considering the fact that it is the typical, widespread method for the collection of royalties. According to this logic, there appears no justification for adopting an exclusion mechanism that enables a joint author, who so desires, to prevent his fellow author from making reasonable use of the work, by excluding it from the collectively managed repertoire.

 

60.       It should be noted that this Court has previously considered the question of collaboration between joint authors, in CA 1567/99 Sivan v. Sheffer PD 57(2) 913 (2003) (hereinafter "Sivan"). Under the circumstances of that case, we recognized the right of each of the joint authors to terminate a contract that had been made in connection with the use of the rights when the contract was breached. Can it therefore be inferred that it would be proper in the current case to permit each of the joint authors to individually decide on exclusion? Despite the apparent similarity between the situations, in fact they are quite different and the conclusion should therefore be different too. In Sivan the issue was the rescission of a contract due to its breach and ipso facto it was possible to rely on the principle that whosever right has been infringed on is not required to forgive the infringement. This result is supported by considerations deriving from the law of obligations and in particular from the issue of multiple creditors. In contrast, in the case at hand, the question is posed for the purpose of delineating the ordinary rules of management, in the absence of any alleged breach. The relevant considerations are thus different, and so is the result that they dictate. Indeed, in Sivan the Court has made a clear distinction between these two questions. In fact, it noted that it was not ruling on the question of unilateral exercise of copyright in a joint work, which is more similar to the present case, and it went on to state that section 31(a)(1) of the Land Law prima facie makes it possible to adopt a flexible approach in such cases (Sivan p 942).

 

61.       Taking a broader view, it appears that the position presented to us by EMI Israel and Anana does not give proper weight to the effect of high transaction costs and free-riding in the management of multiple ownership resources, a phenomenon referred to as "the tragedy of the anti-commons" alongside the better-known term "the tragedy of the common property" or "the tragedy of the commons" (see generally: Michael Heller, The Tragedy of the Anticommons: Property in the Transition from Marx to Markets, 111 Harv L. Rev 621 (1998); James Buchanan & Yong J. Yoon, Symmetric Tragedies: Commons and Anticommons, 43 J. L. & Econ. 1 (2000)). Indeed, the narrow exclusion mechanism that the Tribunal approved appears more suitable for dealing with these phenomena. In connection with joint authorship, “the tragedy of the anti-commons” is manifested in sub-optimal use of the work as a result of uncoordinated behavior by its owners. In a legal regime where a license to use a particular work necessitates the agreement of all its owners, each of the owners might act to maximize his own profits by claiming a high fee for agreeing to its use, without considering the negative externality that such behavior for the other owners. Ultimately many users will find it difficult to meet the overall price required of them and the work will be used to a lesser extent, thus harming both the joint authors and the public, whose access to the work has been limited. It is common to believe that the solution to this problem is one of the major advantages embodied in the activity of collective management corporations (see: Katz, p 561; Francesco Parisi & Ben Depoorter, The Market for Intellectual Property: the Case of Complementary Oligopoly in The Economics of Copyright 162, 168-169, Wendy J. Gordon & Richard Watt eds. 2003 (hereinafter "Parisi & Depoorter")). Since dealing with the market failings associated with joint authorship is one advantage that justifies the monopolistic activity of corporations like ACUM, great importance is attributed to the design of an exclusion mechanism that will not frustrate that advantage by vesting veto power in each joint author who wishes to preclude use of a joint work.

 

62.       Ultimately, even under the narrow exclusion regime joint authors can agree in advance, contractually, on the scope of their understandings with regard to the work's exclusion from collective management. In fact, the narrow exclusion regime merely provides the default with regard to the inclusion of a joint work in the repertoire managed by ACUM. Insofar as the authors wish to agree on a different decision-making mechanism with respect to the management of joint works, they are at liberty to do so. Presumably such an arrangement, made before any of the parties is in a position for extortion or "free-riding," will help limit the coordination difficulties asserted by EMI Israel and Anana with regard to obtaining the consents necessary for the exclusion of a joint work. In view of the aforesaid, the default mechanism prescribed – according to which in the absence of an agreement between the joint authors to the contrary, the consent of all authors is necessary to exclude the work from management by ACUM – is appropriate.

 

The Rights Exclusion Mechanism: the Degree of Segmentation and the Distinction between New and Old Media

 

63.       As mentioned above, the arguments by EMI Israel and Anana also revolved around the fact that the "exclusion packages" defined in the Permanent Conditions do not distinguish between uses for the purpose of "old media" and uses for the purpose of "new media." In this respect Anana reiterated the case that it made before the Tribunal concerning the impairment of authors' ability to exhaust the full financial potential embodied in their works by excluding the works from management by ACUM solely with regard to "new media," and concerning the damage caused to Anana itself, having prima facie relied upon the previous exclusion mechanism in excluding rights that it will now have to restore to ACUM’s management.

 

64.       In contrast, the Director-General and ACUM argued before us that categorizing the necessary permissions according to types of media will allow ACUM members to abuse their power against users by forcing them to purchase specific uses (for example using the work on a cellular platform) in addition to the general fee for the license awarded through ACUM. In addition, ACUM mentioned that the adoption of a "liberal" exclusion regime enabling a precise "segmentation" of the excluded uses of any work would involve a significant logistic and financial burden on its ability to manage copyright of its repertoire.

 

65.       Deciding between the conflicting positions in this respect has proven to be more complex than the parties' arguments revealed. In truth, as we explain below, both positions are extreme and fail to fully address the difficulties they entail. Consequently, at present, we believe that the exclusion mechanism approved by the Tribunal should be upheld, provided that the question of excluding "new media" – subject to conditions and constraints – will be comprehensively reviewed towards the renewal of the cartel’s approval. We shall explain our said position.

 

66.       The present exclusion mechanism, as expressed in section 2.3 of the Permanent Conditions, enables an author to exclude his rights completely, in respect of all their potential uses. Moreover, the mechanism allows excluding the rights in respect of some of the uses, yet solely in accordance with one of four alternatives – "the exclusion packages" that stand at the center of the discussion. Because of their importance, we shall lay them out in full below:           

 

            "2.3.1  Excluding the rights for audiovisual broadcasting, including synchronization and recording for the purposes of such broadcasting, and including the provision of interactive and/or on demand services and any similar service, including by television, Internet, telephony or mobile phone.

 

            2.3.2   Excluding the broadcasting rights by means of audio, including recording for the purposes of such broadcasting, and including the provision of interactive and/or on demand services and any similar service, including by television, Internet, telephony or mobile phone.

 

2.3.3   Excluding the right of copying. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that excluding the right of copying does not include the right of copying for broadcasting purposes.

 

2.3.4   Excluding the right of imprinting and/or recording. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that excluding the right of imprinting and/or recording does not include the right of imprinting and/or recording for broadcasting purposes".

 

67.       The alternatives at the center of the present controversy are the first and the second (and to a limited extent also the fourth, insofar as the exercise of the right of copying is aimed at integrating a musical work in the soundtrack of an audiovisual work). These alternatives deal with uses that make the work available to the general public – its broadcasting on television or radio, making it accessible by means of "streaming" technology, which enables viewing or listening to content through the Internet without copying it to the user's computer, and the like. The main distinction that the exclusion mechanism makes in this context is between presenting the work by audiovisual means and presenting it by audio only. Thus, for example, given the present situation, an author can be represented by ACUM for the purpose of playing songs on the radio but not for using them in the format of television content.

 

68.       Presumably, maximum protection of the author's rights and his financial interests should have enabled every author to make specific exclusion decisions as much as possible – even with reference to a specific work in a particular use. Along these lines, ACUM's present exclusion mechanism permits, as aforesaid, limited "segmentation" by types of use. However, it has been argued before us that this does not suffice. The dispute revolved around the degree of precision required by segmentation. While the present segmentation mechanism essentially distinguishes between audio and audiovisual uses, EMI Israel (supported by Anana) also wishes to distinguish between "old media" – like television and radio – and "new media" – such as the Internet and cellular phone services. This position was presented to us as warranted by technological progress and the launching of new channels to use works, as well as the protection of the author's prerogative to manage the works he owns. However, as we explain below, this position raises fundamental and practical difficulties and thus cannot be adopted in the format in which it was presented.

 

69.       It should be stated that the question of excluding "new media" should first be considered in light of the two perspectives that fashion the discussion as a whole – that of copyright law and that of antitrust law. However, in this context, it is important to bear in mind another point of view which relates to the interface between law and technology and focuses on the adaptation of the legal framework to technological developments as well as its implications to future technological development, for better or worse (see and compare: Dotan Oliar, The Copyright-Innovation Trade-Off: Property Rules, Liability Rules and Intentional Infliction of Harm, 64 Stan. L. Rev. 951 (2012)).

 

70.       At the outset, we should consider the fact that the ability to exclude "new media" that EMI Israel seeks to adopt relies primarily on a technological distinction between "old" and "new" communication platforms. This distinction is replete with difficulties. The world of communications is characterized by constant, rapid technological development. More importantly, the technological aspect of this area is characterized by a phenomenon sometimes called "technology collapse": with the development of technology the walls that separate various media platforms gradually collapse and different types of technology "collapse" into each other, creating new interfaces. Thus, for example, a movie that is distributed through the Internet is also available for viewing on a smartphone, while traditional radio stations also broadcast songs and programs by streaming technology over the Internet. Given this technological reality, the distinction between "old media" and "new media" is not dichotomous, nor is it permanent or stable. In fact, EMI Israel and Anana did not even explain how these categories should be defined in their view, and settled for giving clear-cut examples (such as using a song as a ringtone), which were insufficient to delineate the boundaries of the distinction. Their case therefore left many practical questions unanswered. For example, no explanation was given as to whether the transmission of television broadcasts through the Internet to be viewed on smartphones would, according to the proposed approach, require a license for "new media" or "old media" or in any event how would this example be classified to one category or the other. The rapid, constant development of new communication technology guarantees that questions of this type will not remain theoretical. In this context, we should note the interesting case of the American company MobiTV, which at the beginning of the 21st century developed technology that enabled receiving satellite or cable broadcasts and viewing them on mobile phones. A dispute (which gave rise to several legal proceedings) arose between MobiTV and ASCAP, one of the two largest collective management corporations in the U.S. The dispute concerned the purchase of a blanket license necessary to legitimate the transmissions, as a result, among other things, of MobiTV's objection to being charged a "new media" rate even though the content it offered its customers was the same as broadcast by traditional means (although ultimately the judgment did not rule on this question directly. See: United States v. ASCAP, 712 F. Supp. 2d 206 (SDNY 2010)). With regard to the controversy relating to the classification of MobiTV's services as "new media," see also its preliminary response in the legal proceeding it initiated (Applicant Mobitv, Inc's Pre-Trial Memorandum at 25, United States v. ASCAP, 712 F. Supp. 2d 206 (SDNY 2010)).

 

71.       Insofar as the distinction between "new media" and "old media" is intended to extend to situations in which the content of radio and television programs is transmitted through the Internet to computer screens or by cellular phone services to mobile phone screens, adopting this distinction is likely to have a "chilling effect" on the use of the works in "old media" too. This is because users would presumably refrain in advance from integrating excluded works in productions intended for "old media," if only given their concern of future marketing constraints in "new media." Thus, for example, when a television program is produced, certain songs might not be included in it – as a cautionary measure – so as not to impair the possibility of broadcasting the program over the Internet too. Such indirect implications are not always clear "in real time" to an author who wishes to exclude his work, but recognizing them might also be weighed against the distinction proposed by EMI Israel and Anana.

 

72.       Another aspect to be considered is the likely implications of the exclusion mechanism on cyberspace users. In their arguments before us EMI Israel and Anana concentrated on institutional and corporate users, such as large communications companies, thereby presenting only a partial perspective on the matter in dispute. However, the exclusion mechanism they sought to adopt is not intended to apply only to such users. In fact, a sweeping exclusion of "new media" uses is likely to lead, without distinction, to difficulties for small website operators, including, for example, Internet radio operators, for which the ability to contract with collective management corporations constitutes a lawful, practical way for making regular use of a wide variety of works (and indeed some believe that the activity of collective management corporations is of especial importance for authorized use of musical works over the Internet. See, for example: Daniel Gervais, The Landscape of Collective Management Schemes 34 COLUM. J. L. & ARTS 591, 601 (2011) (hereinafter "Gervais, Landscape"). For a discussion of the importance of collectively managing works in a digital environment, see also: Recommendation 2005/737/EC on collective cross-border management of copyright and related right for legitimate online music services [2005] OJ L276/54 (hereinafter "the 2005 EC recommendation"); Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on collective management of copyright and related rights and multi-territorial licensing of rights in musical works for online uses in the internal market (July 11, 2012) (hereinafter "the 2012 proposed directive"). See also Copinger, pp 1816-1826).

 

73.       The effects of the requirement to distinguish the use of new technologies on making works accessible to the public should also be considered in view of past experience in similar contexts. Thus, for example, in New York Times Co. v. Tasini 533 US 483 (2001) (hereinafter "Tasini"), the US Supreme Court considered whether a newspaper (the New York Times) could upload articles by freelance writes to a computer database. After lengthy litigation, the US Supreme Court accepted the position of the writers who argued that the license previously given to the newspaper was merely for the purpose of printed publication, as opposed to electronic media. Following the judgment the newspaper had to acquire permission from the writers to publish their articles in the database. Yet, since the newspaper believed that taking such action would not be financially viable, the result in practice was the removal of the articles from the database, thereby denying public access to them. We do not need to go into the merits of the judicial ruling in Tasini insofar as it relates to the understandings between the newspaper and its writers at the relevant times. In fact, the ruling in Tasini is not directly relevant to the technological aspects of the publication format and is instead focused on whether uploading the articles to a general computerized database (of numerous articles from various newspapers and journals) could be construed as a newspaper publication (indeed, in another case of similar circumstances the Supreme Court of Canada held that a newspaper could copy articles published in its printed edition to digital CDs containing articles of that newspaper alone. See: Robertson v. Thomson Corp. 2006 SCC 43 (2006)). Nevertheless, the results of this case embody an important lesson. Taking the broader view it teaches us that an arrangement that does not take into account the dynamic nature of uses might prove to burden and damage the public interest. Taking a forward-looking view, it appears that experience teaches us that it is difficult to base licenses for use on a distinction between technologies as this might subsequently frustrate broad access to cultural assets (see also: Francesco Parisi & Catherine Sevcenko, Lessons from the Anticommons: The Economics of New York Times Co. v. Tasini, 90 Ky. L. J. 295 (2001-2002)).

 

74.       What is the experience of other legal systems regarding the exclusion of "new media"? On the face of it, this is an important question, considering the fact that the challenges of technology in the area of copyright are by no means unique to Israel. However, for the reasons detailed below, the benefit of a comparative study has proven limited at the present stage of developments in the area.

 

75.       Truth be told, reference to legal developments in Europe and the U.S. shows that the exclusion of "new media" is often recognized as possible. Presumably, this reinforces the position of EMI Israel and Anana. However, studying matters in depth indicates that this experience has limited application to the case before us, because, among other reasons, the issue under consideration here is still in the early stages of formulation, trial, and controversy in other systems too.

 

76.       The two major collective management corporations in the U.S. – BMI and ASCAP – recently permitted two of their members (including global EMI) to exclude the rights owned by them from collective management for the purpose of certain aspects of the works' use in "new media" (as detailed on their websites – http://www.bmi.com and http://www.ascap.com). Yet, it is important to note that the ability to do so is embodied in the decisions of the corporations themselves rather than the result of external regulation. Moreover, the American rights management corporations operate in a different way than ACUM in the sense that they manage only one type of rights – public performance rights, which concern the permission to perform the work in public, to broadcast it, or to make it available to the public (but not the permission to copy the works or integrate them in audiovisual productions). That is, the starting point for the exclusion is a market of rights that is more "split" than the market in which users and authors operate in Israel. This background is likely to influence the factors relating to the desirable exclusion mechanism. Subsequently, it should be noted that reference to the exclusion of "new media" from administration by collective management corporations in the U.S. is not made in "all or nothing" terms, and in fact includes certain restrictions. For example, BMI's most up to date announcement on the matter (as published on its website) has clarified that the ability to exclude "new media" is aimed at cases where the work's use necessitates more than one type of license, while ASCAP has emphasized in addition that exclusion is possible with regard to making works accessible to the public exclusively through "new media," and does not apply to users that are broadcasters. Finally, and this is a major point, it cannot be ignored that some of the decisions on these matters are very recent (for example, BMI's announcement, of February 11, 2013, was published long after the litigation between the parties before the Tribunal had ended). It is therefore difficult to draw inferences from other legal systems' sustainable experience in this area. In fact, it can be said that at this stage the secondary effects of the "shock waves" that the new reforms have created for users have not yet been fully clarified, although the existence of such "shock waves" is already apparent. For example, we may point to a new development – lawsuits brought by users against management corporations to reduce the fee charged for a "blanket license," since "the blanket" no longer covers "new media" too (for instance, the claim brought against ASCAP by a large Internet radio company called Pandora at the end of 2012, which is still pending. For reports in the media about the case, see, for example: Don Jeffrey, Pandora Media Sues ASCAP Seeking Lower Songwriter Fees (November 6, 2012, available at http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-11-05/pandora-media-sues-ascap-seekin... Ed Christman, Pandora Files Motion to Keep Low Publishing Rates (June 20, 2013) available at http://www.billboard.com/ biz/articles/news/digital-and-mobile/1567890/pandora-files-motion-to-keep-low-publi-shing-rates).

 

77.       In principle, European law permits a rights owner to join a collective management corporation even when he seeks to reserve the use of the rights on the Internet or through CDs (see: Commission Decision of August 6, 2002 in case COMP/C2/37.219 Banghalter/Homem Christo (Daft Punk) v. SACEM. See also: section 5(3) of the 2005 Commission recommendation and the 2012 proposed directive, mentioned above). Nevertheless, it is important to bear in mind that this arrangement is also the result of factors irrelevant to Israeli reality, primarily the desire to reach a standard, coordinated pan-European regulation where there are multiple collective management corporations.

 

78.       Another factor that should be mentioned parenthetically involves the broader context in which the exclusion mechanism is embodied, with regard to the acceptance of the Conditions towards authors' freedom of action and freedom of choice. In this context, for example, it is significant that the Permanent Conditions ensure the right of each of ACUM’s members to contract with users individually and to offer them individual licenses to use certain works alongside the management of those works by ACUM, without excluding them from its repertoire (section 2.4 of the Permanent Conditions). This is similar to the U.S. practice and different from the norm in Europe, where most collective management corporations require exclusivity from their members in respect of all rights in their work (see: Gervais, Landscape, p 598). Indeed, it is possible that this course of action will not be frequently used and it is likely to be significant mainly from the perspective of users who do not require blanket licenses but rather individual licenses for certain works. However, from a more general perspective, this mechanism creates something of a balancing effect on ACUM's coercive power (see also and compare: Parisi & Deporter, pp 170-172).

 

79.       More generally, it can be said that EMI Israel and Anana’s requirement to allow a sweeping exclusion of "new media" uses was based on the assumption that they are entitled to enjoy the fruits of the cartel while realizing the financial potential embodied in the works they manage to its fullest. That is a mistake. Indeed, once ACUM's activity was recognized as a cartel, which raises concern of abuse of monopolistic power against the public, it can no longer be said that ACUM members are entitled to fully exercise their proprietary rights while enjoying the benefits of the cartel. Although the cartel has been approved, its approval was made subject to conditions. Those conditions bear a price that ACUM and its member authors must pay in order to balance the excess benefits such membership confers and to ensure that the public is protected against the concerns involved in the cartel's activity. In fact, what we have previously stated regarding the exclusion of a work without the consent of all joint authors is also appropriate with regard to the issue of segmentation – the adoption of a segmentation mechanism that enables the exclusion of works based on a technological distinction between new and old media, without reservation, might reduce the benefit that ACUM’s activity yields for the public to such extent that may undermine the justification of its approval as a cartel.

 

80.       We can therefore sum up and say that even if the ability to exclude "new media" uses should not be outright dismissed, EMI Israel and Anana have at present failed to lay a substantial foundation for the considerations and details of the exclusion mechanism they wish to adopt, regarding, inter alia, the ability of such a mechanism to provide an answer to the concerns indicated above. For that reason, we cannot accept their position. We should parenthetically emphasize that we have not ignored the possibility that the ability of an author to manage his works independently in the realm of "new media" might prove to be significant for some authors, including "small" or independent ones. The Internet is a flexible technological platform that is far more accessible to private agents than traditional media. It allows direct, convenient, and relatively easy communication between the rights owner and the individual user and thereby yields more direct patterns of consumption, sometimes dramatically reducing transaction costs and thus enabling "small" authors to profit from their works without the assistance of collective management mechanisms (see: Casey Rae-Hunter, Better Mousetraps: Licensing, Access and Innovation in the New Music Marketplace, Journal of Business & Technology Law 7(1) 35, 39 (2012)). However, this is merely one of many considerations and it has not been argued before us. Thus, for example, in contrast, the ability to exclude "new media" might actually be damaging to small authors in particular given the "dilution" it would generate in the value of blanket licenses. Consequently, as a general rule and as already mentioned, the question of "new media" should be revisited comprehensively as part of the cartel's re-approval at the end of the five-year period allotted to it. This is based on the understanding that one cannot rule out in advance the possibility that a delineated and limited format of "new media" exclusion (insofar as such a format is proposed in the future) might enable interested authors greater independence in the management of their works, without impairing the interests of the public at large, to an extent that will undermine the reasons underlying the cartel's approval.

 

81.       In other words, the precise definition of the "exclusion category" sought in respect of "new media" is likely to have a decisive impact on whether the overall exclusion mechanism yields a balanced result. An important, albeit not the only, aspect of this definition relates to the phenomena of "technology collapse" and "content leakage" that we have already considered. As previously mentioned, a sweeping, generalized definition of "new media" regarding the exclusion ability would yield uncertainty in respect of the scope of the excluded uses, might lead to many users being charged double fees (not only by ACUM but also by authors themselves), and would create a "chilling effect" from the users’ perspective, as they might refrain from including an excluded work in productions intended for "old media" based on their concern that new media marketing will be limited in future. In contrast, a narrower definition of excludable uses, particularly a definition that focuses on uses designated for new media (for example the production of a ringtone based on an existing tune) would help reduce the awkwardness that numerous exclusion possibilities yield, moderate the negative effects of "content leakage" between different technological platforms from the users’ perspective, and reduce the damage caused to their financial interests. In this context, we may add that part of the negative experience accumulated from the operation of the broad exclusion mechanism (in the scope of the Provisional Conditions for ACUM’s activity before their 2009 amendment) resulted from the fact that it granted complete flexibility with regard to the exclusion format and did not consider the significance of the term "new media" nor did it regulate the boundaries of the exclusion options related to it.

 

82.       To complete the picture it should be noted that the issue of excluding rights in "new media" from collective management as part of a cartel's approval in Israel has not arisen for the first time in ACUM’s case. As already mentioned, the Tribunal had authorized in the past the activity of two other collective management corporations that were also considered a cartel – PIL and IFPI. In both cases the conditions for the approval regulate the corporation members’ ability to exclude rights from collective management in accordance with a predetermined "exclusion basket," and include several categories concerning various Internet and mobile phone uses (see: section 3.3 of the conditions for the operation of IFPI and section 2.2 of the conditions for the operation of PIL). Recognition of this is prima facie relevant to the discussion. However, we should consider the fact that both those entities deal with the management of producers rights (the owners of sound recordings), an area which is not identical to the area in which ACUM operates (management of composers, songwriters, and arrangers rights). We expected the parties before us to refer to this comparison – one way or the other – but they failed to do so. Each of them clung to the position of "all or nothing" and sided, respectively, either with a complete exclusion of "new media" or an absolute negation of the ability to exclude new media uses. Thus, the option of excluding "new media" and the conditions for it were not fully addressed.

 

83.       What emerges from all the aforementioned is this: reviewing the implications of excluding "new media" shows that it is not necessarily justified to completely negate the option to exclude works for the purposes of "new media." Nevertheless, there are clear indications that this applies only to a limited exclusion mechanism, which concentrates on certain types of "new media" uses and strives to minimize the harm caused to users. Such an exclusion mechanism cannot be based merely on a technological distinction between "old media" and "new media" which allows a sweeping exclusion of all uses of the latter type – as proposed by EMI Israel and Anana. In any event, examining the possibility of another exclusion category concerning "new media" and fashioning the boundaries of that category should be done with care after studying the positions of all interested parties and all the relevant facts. As aforesaid, this matter is for the Tribunal to consider when the extension of the cartel's approval arises. Our position is also supported by the temporary nature of the approval – for only five years. At the end of that period (two years of which have already passed), the Tribunal will revisit the approval of the cartel, at which time it can also reconsider the scope of the exclusion mechanism's "segmentation," on the basis of five years’ experience with the operation of a "narrow" exclusion mechanism. That experience will join with lessons already learned from the operation of an unlimited exclusion mechanism (as part of the Provisional Conditions) and will help the Tribunal evaluate the possibility of adopting a balanced, intermediate alternative that will permit the exclusion of limited uses for the purposes of "new media," without undermining ACUM’s purpose as a collective management corporation. Presumably, by the time the Tribunal considers the extension of the cartel's approval, international experience on this issue will also be established which will enrich the set of facts before the Tribunal.

 

84.       To sum up, our opinion is that the conditions for the permanent approval should be left as they are for the time being, including the issue of excluding works for the purposes of "new media," based on the assumption that the Tribunal will be able to revisit this issue when the current conditions expire. It should be emphasized that this does not express any substantive holding regarding the result to which the Tribunal should reach on this or any other issue, beyond the general statement that the possibility of permitting a limited, well-defined exclusion of "new media" uses should not be ruled out. On the basis of the up-to-date facts laid out before it, the Tribunal will presumably reach a correct decision regarding the proper and most effective way to do so, insofar as it deems fit to follow such path.

 

Conclusion

 

85.       The appeals before us revolved around ACUM’s activity, yet they necessitated a broad discussion with regard to the collective management of copyright, considering not only the complexity of jointly owned works that derive from the talents of several authors but also the complexity of the variety of uses in a constantly changing technological world. At the present time we have reached the overall view that according to the facts before us we should not intervene in the conditions attached to the cartel's approval – from the perspective of balancing the proprietary rights of all authors against the public interest of accessibility to works that are part of the general cultural repertoire and it is therefore important to avoid placing substantial barriers to their use. We have not ruled out the possibility that in future the proper balance between authors’ rights and the public interest might dictate a different result with respect to integrating the distinction between different types of "new media" and "old media" in the rights exclusion mechanism. To a great extent, this issue represents the challenge of collectively managing rights in the modern era with its changing technological and business environment, where the practice of collective management is more essential than ever but also raises more serious difficulties and complexities than ever. The answer to these challenges (both with regard to "the segmentation mechanism" and with regard to other matters discussed before us) lies in a delicate, changing balance between the relevant interests. As we have mentioned, this balance might be affected by changes in technological platforms and business practices, by studying new information, and by lessons derived from ACUM’s activity in Israel and the operation of collective management corporations worldwide.

 

86.       In conclusion, I would suggest to my fellow justices to dismiss both appeals. ACUM would bear the Director-General's costs in the amount of NIS 20,000. EMI Israel would bear the Director-General's costs in the amount of NIS 40,000 and Partner's costs in the amount of NIS 10,000.

Justice Z. Zylbertal

 

I concur.

 

Justice E. Rubinstein

 

A.        I concur with the comprehensive opinion of my colleague, Justice Barak-Erez.

 

B.        Without wishing to gild the lily, I would like to add brief remarks. We are dealing with ACUM, a special entity established in 1936, during the British Mandate, to protect the rights of authors and artists in their intellectual property and it is as though it has always been a fundamental Israeli institution. Indeed, perhaps if we could start over today it would have been possible to think of other ways of organization for this purpose, not necessarily a private company, but such is the situation we are facing, in which we are called upon to have our say. However, even given the current situation, the challenges of dealing with the rights of those in need of ACUM’s services are ever-changing, especially with the dynamic technology, and it is not without reason that my colleague qualified the second part of her opinion with regard to the exclusion mechanism, by looking to the future.

 

C.        With regard to public directors, the Tribunal was indeed right in its decision. In my opinion, the more the better, provided that these directors do their work faithfully as agents of the public and it is to be hoped that this is the norm, in which case the financial expense involved is justified. Regarding their duties, see Prof. J. Gross, Directors and Officers in the Era of Corporate Governance (Second Edition, 2011) Chapter I, p 1 et seq and the references there; and see also Amendment No. 8 to the Companies Law (2008) with regard to the possibility of appointing independent directors; I. Bahat, Companies, 12th edition, 5771-2011, 386. My colleague described in detail the circumstances of this case but also added notes drawn from general public law, namely when a particular entity appears to be hybrid, and as derived from this analysis – the fact that ACUM is similar to that model in view of its duties to the public, without deeming it necessary to rule that it is indeed a hybrid entity. I myself would tend to say that we are indeed dealing with a hybrid entity, whether we take a relatively narrow view of it, through the eyes of its direct beneficiaries, or a broader view of the general population of users; see also my comments in ALAA 1106/04 Haifa Local Planning and Building Committee v. The Electric Corporation (2006), paras. C and D.

 

D.        The author A. Harel in his work Hybrid Entities – Private Entities in Administrative Law (5768) enumerates (pp 118-125) criteria for analyzing the hybrid nature of an entity, including a vital public function, providing a service to the public, not-for-profit activity, a monopoly, the concentration of great power that might be abused, and functional public funding. When dealing with a monopoly, as in the case before us, although ACUM is incorporated as a private company, it is painted in bold colors of hybridity, in particular considering the narrow choice given to individuals (ibid, 115). Indeed, in a rapidly changing world of varied technological possibilities for using works, the interest of authors and artists, as well as the general public, is one of fairness towards everyone; see also D. Barak-Erez, Citizen, Subject, Consumer and Government in a Changing Country (2012), 119, 121, who characterizes an entity as hybrid, when, inter alia, it serves as an actual substitute for government involvement. In the case before us, as implied above, the matter could have presumably been dealt with through a regulatory framework and this component justifies, in my view, a thorough discussion of the issue of public representatives. Indeed, before us is a private company, yet this is merely its framework and shell while its content is significantly broader; even the name attests to its belonging to the public realm – the Association of Composers, Authors and Publishers. ACUM's articles of association (as last approved on July 21, 2013 according to its website) include external directors and the controversy consists merely of their number. According to its website, ACUM presently has approximately 7,500 author members; don’t they deserve extensive protection against a potential clash of interests between various groups within the company?

 

E.         Now a few words on the role of external directors, which is the current legal term, or public directors; as we know, the Companies Law, 5759-1999 refers to an external director (article five, sections 239 et seq) but the literature uses this expression interchangeably with public director, as it was termed in the Companies Ordinance (section 96(b)(c)). Indeed, according to the learned author J. Gross (Directors and Officers in the Era of Corporate Governance (2011) 92), the external director "does not represent the regulator or the general public. He owes a fiduciary duty to the company and to it alone and he only has to bear the interest of the company in mind"; and see also Dr. O. Haviv-Segal, Company Law (2007) 438. However, even if this narrow definition is correct in principle, without going into a comprehensive discussion, the current case involves a special instance of a "private-non-private" company, which does not strive to maximize its profits. In this context, see by analogy the statement by Haviv-Segal, ibid, about the external director’s function in restraining "opportunistic behavior" by a controlling shareholder or management: "in this respect the external director can be regarded as the representative of the public shareholders on the company's board of directors." We should also mention (Gross, p 93) that the external director "brings with him knowledge, experience, and objective judgment and might balance the various views within the company, especially when the board of directors is made up of several cohesive groups"; he is "removed from the shareholders' personal interests… can express objective opinions in cases where differences have arisen between various groups in the company and balance the different interests in the company…". By analogy, this statement is presumably consistent with the present case, despite ACUM's "private" corporate framework. Therefore, the external directors have a particularly important role from the broad, overall perspective of the interests of ACUM's members generally as well as the public at large; see also Hadara Bar-Mor, Corporate Law III (5769-2009) 307-309. Thus, we should not intervene in the ruling of the Tribunal on this matter.

 

Regarding my colleague's remarks concerning the rights exclusion mechanism and old and new media, what can be inferred from them is a lesson in complexity and arbiter humility. We are dealing with money and maximizing authors’ benefit but the question is whether the baby won’t be thrown out with the bathwater. My colleague pointed out the difficulties and her conclusion is that more experience and study is necessary in order to reach a proper balance (see para. 82). My sense is that this appears difficult and challenging; the technological means are constantly changing before our very eyes, along with their implications to the issue before us, and hence solutions are likely to be short-lived. The regulator, the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority, has an extremely important role in this respect since the Tribunal has only what its eyes can see, while the Director-General is equipped with available monitoring tools. Finally, this summer I have had the opportunity to serve as a "secondary partner" in three intellectual property decisions. Their common denominator is the complexity caused by time, complexity of different types, technological and economic. Studying the fascinating collection CopyrightReadings in Copyright Law (M. Birnhack & G. Pesach, 5769-2009) reveals a variety of insights that will concern us a great deal in the future. Apart from the need to plough through the specific material, the constant changes, perhaps more than in any other area of civil law, also place the courts, and equally so – the regulatory entities, under weighty responsibility. The tension between property and competition, and between the long, short and medium term, poses real challenges. The professionalism of the regulators – be it the Patent Office or, as aforesaid, the Director-General of the Antitrust Authority – helps courts in making their rulings but does not relieve them of their responsibility. In these matters comparative law may also be useful. The bottom line is that this judgment ought to be a starting point for lessons to be learned; over, but not done.

 

Held as per the opinion of Justice D. Barak-Erez

 

September 3, 2013 (Elul 28, 5773)

Full opinion: 

Dan Bus Urban v. Yehiel

Case/docket number: 
CA 357/56
Date Decided: 
Friday, March 28, 1958
Decision Type: 
Appellate
Abstract: 

A passenger bought at a reduced price a season-ticket good for 23 journeys on the  omnibuses of the appellant cooperative. At the time of purchase of the ticket, the cost of a single fare was 55 prutot. Before the passenger had used up the whole of the ticket, the Ministry of Transport approved a rise in the fare from 55 prutot to 60 prutot. The appellant inserted a notice in the newspapers stating that tickets such as that held by the respondent would remain valid only until November 15, 1955. On the day following that date, November 16, 1955, the passenger sought to use his ticket on one of the appellant's omnibuses, but the ticket collector refused to recognize it.

 

The passenger brought an action in the Magistrate's Court, claiming as damages the value of the remainder of the unused ticket. The Magistrate dismissed the claim. The passenger appealed to the District Court which, by a majority, allowed the appeal.

 

The omnibus cooperative appealed to the Supreme Court.

 

Held: (following Martin-Baker Aircraft Co. Ltd. and Another v. Canadian Flight Equipment Ltd.) that if the appellant cooperative desired unilaterally to change the agreement between itself and the passenger it must give reasonable notice, and in the present case a notice of 19 days was not reasonable. The appeal of the cooperative was accordingly dismissed and the claim of the passenger upheld.

 

 

Voting Justices: 
Primary Author
majority opinion
majority opinion
majority opinion
Full text of the opinion: 

C.A. 357/56

 

DAN BUS URBAN, INTER-URBAN PETAH TIKVA AND GREATER TEL AVIV COOPERATIVE SOCIETY LTD.

v.

YITZHAK YEHIEL

 

 

In the Supreme Court sitting as a Court of Civil Appeal

[March 28, 1958.]

Before Olshan P., Silberg J. and Sussman J.

 

 

Contract - Omnibus season-ticket - Unilateral variation of conditions by bus company - Reasonable notice required - Breach of contract.

 

            A passenger bought at a reduced price a season-ticket good for 23 journeys on the  omnibuses of the appellant cooperative. At the time of purchase of the ticket, the cost of a single fare was 55 prutot.1) Before the passenger had used up the whole of the ticket, the Ministry of Transport approved a rise in the fare from 55 prutot to 60 prutot. The appellant inserted a notice in the newspapers stating that tickets such as that held by the respondent would remain valid only until November 15, 1955. On the day following that date, November 16, 1955, the passenger sought to use his ticket on one of the appellant's omnibuses, but the ticket collector refused to recognize it.

 

            The passenger brought an action in the Magistrate's Court, claiming as damages the value of the remainder of the unused ticket. The Magistrate dismissed the claim. The passenger appealed to the District Court which, by a majority, allowed the appeal.

 

            The omnibus cooperative appealed to the Supreme Court.

 

            Held: (following Martin-Baker Aircraft Co. Ltd. and Another v. Canadian Flight Equipment Ltd.) that if the appellant cooperative desired unilaterally to change the agreement between itself and the passenger it must give reasonable notice, and in the present case a notice of 19 days was not reasonable. The appeal of the cooperative was accordingly dismissed and the claim of the passenger upheld.

           

Israel case referred to:

 

(l) C.A.42/53 A. Yehezkeli v. I. Shaposhnik and Another (1955) 9 P.D. 333.

 

            English case referred to:

 

(2)       Martin-Baker Aircraft Co., Ltd. and Another v. Canadian Flight Equipment Ltd., Martin-Baker Aircraft Co., Ltd. v. Murison. (1955) 2 All E.R. 722.

 

Caspi for the appellant.

Toister for the respondent.

 

SUSSMAN J. This is an appeal from a judgment of the District Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa sitting as a Court of Appeal which, by a ma­jority, set aside the judgment of the Magistrate's Court of Tel Aviv-Jaffa. The Magistrate had dismissed the claim of the respondent, the plaintiff in the court below, while the District Court gave judgment in his favour. The amount of his claim was for 360 prutot which in the appeal had shrunk in effect to 30 prutot. But the dispute raised a question of principle and in so saying I do not intend to criticise the respondent for considering the matter of sufficient importance to warrant his having recourse to the courts.

 

2. The subject of the dispute is a "season-ticket at reduced price" valid for 23 journeys, which was sold to the respondent by one of the booking clerks of the appellant cooperative which runs a public omnibus transport service in Tel Aviv-Jaffa.

 

            In the Road Transport Rules (Passenger Services), 1954, which were published in "Kovetz Hatakanot" (Official Regulations), No. 463, the Minister of Transport fixed the scale of fares which the cooperative was entitled to charge a passenger using its service. In the addendum attached to the rules it was provided as follows (at p. 1067):

           

            "3. Season-ticket at reduced price.

            (a) ............

The price of season-tickets for 23 journeys is the same as the price of 20 journeys on all routes."

           

            The figure "55" was printed on the season-ticket in question very conspicuously.

           

3. The respondent bought the ticket in question in the month of October, 1955, and managed to use it for 17 journeys. On November 16, 1955, he boarded an omnibus on Route No. 4 of the appellant cooperative, on which the fare until then had been 55 prutot. The ticket collector refused to allow the respondent to travel with the season-ticket which he held. The reason given was that the fare for the journey had gone up in the meantime and that the ticket was no longer valid. Indeed in the schedule of "fares for journeys as from October 28, 1955", which was sent to the appellant by the Ministry of Transport, the fare for the journey on route No. 4, as from that date, was raised from 55 to 60 prutot. On the eve of the increase, on October 27, 1955, the appellant published a notice in the daily newspapers in the following terms: -

 

            "Season-tickets issued at reduced prices that are in the possession of the public will remain valid until November 15, 1955, for use on the same routes on which they  are valid today."

           

            As a result of this notice, the respondent was not allowed to use his season-ticket when he got on bus No. 4 on November 16, 1955. But the ticket collector explained to him that the appellant would be prepared to refund to him the value of the part of the ticket that had not yet been used.

           

4. The respondent sent to the appellant a notarial notice demanding refund of the damage caused to him as a result of the breach of its contractual obligations towards him. In a letter from its lawyer dated December 20, 1955, exhibit P/3, the appellant answered to the effect that the season-ticket did not entitle the respondent "to make so many journeys on a particular bus route" but that the respondent had purchased the right to make a number of journeys the price of each one of which was 55 prutot and that he could still continue to use his ticket even after the increase in the fares on those routes where the fare was 55 prutot. At the same time the appellant offered in the letter to refund the cash value of the unused part of the ticket.

 

5. The respondent refused both offers and lodged a claim for 360 prutot - the price of six omnibus journeys at the increased price - the cause of action being a breach of contract.

 

            The magistrate dismissed the claim on two grounds. Her reasons were that as the price of tickets had been fixed by the authorities the travelling public was protected from arbitrary increases in the fares. "In these circumstances it is possible to plead that the use of the season-ticket as issued was valid only so long as the fare for the journey remained the same as at the time when the ticket was bought; the passenger being a party, as it were, to the change in the fare through the authorities who control fares." In any event. said the magistrate, and this was her second reason - there has been sufficient time until the fifteenth of November for the respondent to use up the ticket in accordance with the original conditions. And the plaintiff himself, in claiming damages, had not done what was necessary to mitigate the loss as he should have done by using up the ticket in full until the date fixed by the appellant.

 

            Before I continue further with the facts of the case I would observe that this contention - that the respondent had failed in his duty to mitigate the loss - was not pleaded in the statement of defence of the appellant and that the magistrate was wrong in raising the point herself (A. Yehezkeli v. I. Shaposnik and another (l).)

           

6. The respondent appealed to the District Court and there the learned judges were divided in their opinion. The majority considered that the appellant had indeed committed a breach of the agreement it had made with the respondent. The minority judge however gave it as his opinion that there was no agreement to transport the respondent in its buses at all, but that the respondent had "converted money which was general legal tender for money of another sort which was legal tender only amongst the ticket collectors" of the appellant cooperative. It was as if for the sum of one pound and one hundred prutot he had purchased 23 tokens each one of which would entitle him in the future when paying his bus fare to the sum of 55 prutot. According to the view of the minority judge, the appellant cooperative had not broken its agreement, for even after the increase in the fares each of the squares in the ticket was still worth 55 prutot which the appellant was willing to return to the respondent in cash. The District Court therefore by a majority entered judgment against the appellant for the sum of 360 prutot whereas the minority judge held that the respondent was entitled to only 330 prutot. Hence the appeal before us.

 

7. I must confess that at first I was almost of the opinion that the minority judge was right.

 

            I was inclined to the view that buying the ticket was like buying so many stamps of 100 prutot each. This would not prevent the Postmaster-General from increasing, on the very next day, the postage rate payable on letters. And a person who bought the stamps could not claim that he was entitled to the right to send his letter to its destination at the old rate on the grounds that he had bought the stamps before the rise in rates. But the "agreement" with the post office is unlike any other agreement because the rights of the post office are statutory and are regulated by the provisions of section 3 of the Post Office Ordinance1). However, the consensual basis notwithstanding, one party may buy in advance a coupon of a certain value which may be given in payment, when occasion arises, while at the time of such purchase no agreement for the sale of an article or the rendering of a service has been created; and the coupon only constitutes a kind of private currency.

 

            When I examined the pleadings, however, it became clear that this contention was not what was pleaded at all in the statement of defence. In Paragraph 9 of that statement the Cooperative pleads "that the ticket must be considered as a pre-payment at the time of its purchase for 23 journeys at a certain price and not for journeys on certain routes." From this it seems to me that the parties agree that a contract had been made between them whereby the appellant undertook to transport the respondent in its omnibuses. And the language of the regulations above mentioned under which the season-ticket was issued supports this view. For the regulations speak of "season-tickets for 23 journeys" that are sold at a reduced price, as if 23 separate tickets had been sold and even in his letter to the respondent, exhibit P./3, the attorney of the appellant took the same point. Even so there remains some doubt regarding the ques­tion - did the appellant undertake to transport the respondent on those routes where at the time of the purchase of the ticket their fare per journey was 55 prutot or on those routes where the fare per journey would be 55 prutot at the time when the plaintiff was transported by the appellant?

           

8. Counsel for the appellant has stressed the point that the ticket had the figure "55" stamped on it and did not contain a description of the omnibus routes and at first glance this fact would seem to support the contention of the appellant. For if it had intended to sell tickets for specific routes, why were these routes in respect of which the ticket was valid not mentioned? But this hypothetical reasoning is contradicted by the language of the regulations under which the ticket was issued and sold, because the regulations provided for the sale of season-tickets of 23 journeys valid for all routes!

I take this to mean that the appellant was selling not a ticket of a certain value that would entitle its holder to transport of a certain value and price whenever required by him but a ticket that would entitle him to the right to make 23 journeys on certain bus routes. Because of the fact that the fare for the bus journey is the same on a number of routes - as for example routes numbers 4 and 5 - the appellant did not bother to print separate tickets for the different routes where the fare for the bus journey was 55 prutot, but issued a season-ticket of one kind that was valid for omnibus travel on all these routes. But there is no doubt that the appellant sold the ticket in compliance with the regulations and for this reason the number "55" was used only as a mark to indicate briefly the various routes - such as numbers 4 and 5 - where the fare per journey was 55 prutot, as if they had been set out on it.

 

9. Even so, did the ticket entitle the respondent to make 23 journeys on the above routes for an unlimited period of time? Although I have said that when the respondent purchased the ticket the parties had at that time made an agreement with regard to the 23 journeys on the omnibus, they did not define all the terms of the agreement except that the respondent was given the right from time to time to get on the bus on the routes indicated and to be taken to his destination. The question then is for how long a period did the respondent have to exercise this right? Suppose, on the one hand, that some one had purchased a ticket which afterwards he kept in his pocket-book for many years and finally just as the appellant had decided to suspend a route in order to keep up with the changing needs of the times - he came and claimed the right to use his old ticket. His claim would be refused. On the other hand, if the appellant had the right to cancel the route the day after it had sold the ticket, then for what purpose did the appellant sell a ticket valid for 23 bus journeys? This too is unlikely.

 

            In a similar matter it was said in Martin-Baker Aircraft Co., Ltd. v. Canadian Flight Equipment Ltd. (2), at page 732:

           

            "It is to be borne in mind that this agreement is an agreement in a commercial or mercantile field... and I do not feel that the law merchant would normally look at such an agreement as this as being an agreement intended to constitute permanent relationships... The Common Law, in applying the law merchant to commercial transactions has always proceeded, when filling up the gaps in a contract which the parties have made, on the basis of what is reasonable, so far as that does not conflict with the express terms of the contract... where the contract makes no provision for fixing either price or premium or time... then the law is that a reasonable price or reasonable premium or reasonable time, will be implied."

 

            The period for which the season-ticket was valid was not endorsed on it and we must impute to the parties that it was their intention that all the 23 journeys would be made within a reasonable period of time and it is the duty of the appellant to put at the disposal of the respondent the services of its buses during the whole of that period.

           

            10. Did the appellant fix a reasonable period when it published in the press on October 27, 1955, a notice giving passengers a period of 19 days during which they could still use their tickets ? I am of the opinion that it did not.

           

            Let us suppose that a ticket was bought a day before the publication of the notice regarding the rise in the fares and that the purchaser of the ticket was in the habit of travelling in the bus twice a day in order to get to his work. Failing something unusual the card would enable him to travel during 12 working days or two weeks. Of course some travel more frequently than twice a day. But when we come to imply a term such as this in a standard contract - which is imposed, after all, by one party unilaterally - we have to interpret the contract strictly against the appellant so that even extreme cases will be reasonably covered thereby.

           

            The respondent gave evidence to the effect that sometimes he bought two season-tickets and although tickets are not for hoarding as the magistrate pointed out, it is not unreasonable to buy two season-tickets at the same time in order to save standing in the queue. Moreover as one of the majority judges of the District Court said there could be times when the ticket is not used either because the owner is ill. away on business or on vacation. and there are other occasions that one can think of as well, such as when one uses a taxi in the rush hour when it is difficult to get into an omnibus.

 

            One has to take all these facts into consideration when one comes to fix the period during which the ticket is valid. I agree with the majority judges that 19 days is too short a period. For this reason the District Court was correct in holding that the appellant had broken its contract and I am of the opinion that the appeal must be dismissed.

           

OLSHAN, P. I concur.

SILBERG, J. I concur.

 

Appeal dismissed.

Judgment given on March 28, 1958.

 

1) The plural of prutah. This was the smallest coin used in Palestine in the early centuries of the present era. It was revived by the State of Israel where 1000 prutot = I.L. 1. It has since been abolished.

1) post office Ordinance, section 3 :

Power to fix rates and charges            3. The postmaster General may prescribe the rates and sums to be charged for such postal and other services as may be undertaken by the Postmaster General and the circumstances according to which those rates and sums are to be charged.

Daaka v. Carmel Hospital

Case/docket number: 
CA 2781/93
Date Decided: 
Sunday, August 29, 1999
Decision Type: 
Appellate
Abstract: 

Facts: Appellant was admitted to the hospital for an operation on her left leg, and she signed a consent form agreeing to the operation. Two days later, after being placed on the operating table and receiving sedatives in advance of undergoing anesthesia, she was asked to sign a consent form for a biopsy operation on her right shoulder. She did so, and the biopsy was performed and did not reveal malignancy. After being released from the hospital, her shoulder remained stiff. Appellant sued the hospital for negligence, claiming negligence in failing to receive her informed consent, in the decision to conduct the biopsy, and in the treatment she subsequently received. The trial judge dismissed the claim.

 

Held: The Court granted the appeal through a plurality opinion written by Justice Or, in which President Barak, Deputy President Levin, and Justices Cheshin, Strasberg-Cohen, and Englard concurred. Justice Or held that there was no negligence in the decision to perform the biopsy, they way it was performed, or in the post-operative treatment, but that the hospital was negligent in not receiving Appellant’s informed consent to the operation. There was no causal connection, however, between failure to obtain informed consent and the damage caused by the operation, because Appellant would almost certainly have agreed to the operation, had she been informed of its nature and risks. Appellant was not entitled to recover for her bodily damage, but she was entitled to recover for the violation of autonomy in not obtaining her informed consent, which is a separate head of damage in tort claims. Justice Strasberg-Cohen wrote separately to say that determining a causal connection in a hypothetical situation – e.g. whether Appellant would have agreed to the operation had her informed consent been sought – should be done through the evaluation of chances test, in which a patient may recover proportional damage if the chance that he or she would have agreed to the operation is more than negligible, even if it is not more 50%. Because there was a 50% chance that Appellant would not have consented to the operation, Appellant should be awarded half the physical damages, in addition to compensation for violation of autonomy. Justice Beinisch dissented, holding that Appellant would not have consented to the operation and that she was therefore entitled to full recovery for the bodily injury suffered. Awarding compensation for violation of autonomy should be reserved for rare cases which do not include this one.

Voting Justices: 
Author
dissent
Primary Author
majority opinion
Author
concurrence
Author
concurrence
majority opinion
Author
concurrence
majority opinion
Full text of the opinion: 
 

CA 2781/93

Miassa Ali Daaka

v.

1. Carmel Hospital, Haifa

2. Health Fund of General Association of Workers in Israel

The Supreme Court Sitting as the Court for Civil Appeals

[August 29, 1999]

Before President A. Barak, Deputy President S. Levin, and Justices T. Or, M. Cheshin, T. Strasberg-Cohen, D. Beinisch, I. Englard

Facts: Appellant was admitted to the hospital for an operation on her left leg, and she signed a consent form agreeing to the operation. Two days later, after being placed on the operating table and receiving sedatives in advance of undergoing anesthesia, she was asked to sign a consent form for a biopsy operation on her right shoulder. She did so, and the biopsy was performed and did not reveal malignancy. After being released from the hospital, her shoulder remained stiff. Appellant sued the hospital for negligence, claiming negligence in failing to receive her informed consent, in the decision to conduct the biopsy, and in the treatment she subsequently received. The trial judge dismissed the claim.

Held: The Court granted the appeal through a plurality opinion written by Justice Or, in which President Barak, Deputy President Levin, and Justices Cheshin, Strasberg-Cohen, and Englard concurred. Justice Or held that there was no negligence in the decision to perform the biopsy, they way it was performed, or in the post-operative treatment, but that the hospital was negligent in not receiving Appellant’s informed consent to the operation. There was no causal connection, however, between failure to obtain informed consent and the damage caused by the operation, because Appellant would almost certainly have agreed to the operation, had she been informed of its nature and risks. Appellant was not entitled to recover for her bodily damage, but she was entitled to recover for the violation of autonomy in not obtaining her informed consent, which is a separate head of damage in tort claims. Justice Strasberg-Cohen wrote separately to say that determining a causal connection in a hypothetical situation – e.g. whether Appellant would have agreed to the operation had her informed consent been sought – should be done through the evaluation of chances test, in which a patient may recover proportional damage if the chance that he or she would have agreed to the operation is more than negligible, even if it is not more 50%. Because there was a 50% chance that Appellant would not have consented to the operation, Appellant should be awarded half the physical damages, in addition to compensation for violation of autonomy. Justice Beinisch dissented, holding that Appellant would not have consented to the operation and that she was therefore entitled to full recovery for the bodily injury suffered. Awarding compensation for violation of autonomy should be reserved for rare cases which do not include this one.

Israeli Supreme Court Cases Cited:

[1]        CA 3108/91 Reibe v. Veigel, IsrSC 47 (2) 441.

[2]        CA 560/84 Nachman v. Histadrut Health Fund, IsrSC 40(2) 384.

[3]        CA 4384/90 Vaturi v. Leniado Hospital, IsrSC 51 (2) 171.

[4]        CA 470/87 Alturi v. State of Israel – Ministry of Health, IsrSC 47(4) 146.

[5]        CA 58/82 Kantor v. Moseib, 39(3) 253.

[6]        CA 5049/91 Histadrut Klalit Health Fund v. Rachman, IsrSC 49 (2) 369.

[7]        CA 434/94 Berman (Minor) v. Moore Institution for Medical Information Ltd, IsrSC 51(4) 205.

[8]        CA 6643/95 Cohen v. Histadrut Klalit Health Fund, IsrSC 53 (2) 680.

[9]        FHC 7015/94 Attorney General v. Anonymous, IsrSC 50 (1) 48.

[10]     HCJ 2481/91 Dayan v. Jerusalem District Commissioner, IsrSC 48(2) 456

[11]     HCJ 693/91 Efrat v. Director of Population Registry of the Ministry of the Interior, IsrSC 47(1) 749.

[12]     HCJ 7357/95 Baraki Peta Humphries (Israel) Ltd. v. State of Israel, IsrSC 50(2) 769.

[13]     HCJ 4330/93 Ganem v. Tel-Aviv District Committee of the Bar Association Committee, IsrSC 50(4) 221.

[14]     CA 5942/92 Anonymous v. Anonymous, IsrSC 48(3) 837.

[15]     CA 1233/94 Cohen v. Attorney General (unreported).

[16]     HCJ 50161/96 Horev v. Minister of Transportation, IsrSC 51(4) 1; [1997] IsrLR 149.

[17]     CA 7155/96 Anonymous v. Attorney General, IsrSC 51(4) 160.

[18]     LCA 1412/94 Ein Kerem Medical Association v. Gilad, IsrSC 49(2) 516.

[19]     CA 4837/92 “Eliyahu” Insurance Company v. Borba, IsrSC 49(2) 257.

[20]     CA 243/83 Jerusalem Municipality v Gordon, IsrSC 39(1) 113.

[21]     CA 4500/90 Hershko v. Aurbach, IsrSC 49(1) 419.

[22]     CA 558/84 Carmeli v. State of Israel, IsrSC 41(3) 757.

[23]     CA 1730/92 Matzrava v. Matzrava (unreported).

[24]     LCrim 6795/93 Agadi v. State of Israel, IsrSC 48(1) 705.

[25]     CA 915/91 State of Israel v. Levi, IsrSC 48(3) 45.

[26]     CA 50/91 Sabin v. Minister of Health, IsrSC 47(1) 27.

[27]     CA2989/95 Korantz v. Sapir Medical Center “Meir” Hospital, IsrSC 51(4) 687.

[28]     CA 429/82 State of Israel v. Sohan, IsrSC 42(3) 733.

[29]     CA 283/89 Haifa Municipality v. Moskovitz,, IsrSC 47(2) 193.

[30]     CA 37/86 Levi v. Sherman, IsrSC 44(4) 446.

[31]     CA 2934/93 Soroka v. Hababu, IsrSC 50(1) 675.

[32]     CA 414/66 Fishbein v. Douglas Victor Paul by Eastern Insurance Service, IsrSC 21(2) 453.

[33]     CA 591/80 Chayu v. Ventura, IsrSC 38(4) 393.

[34]     CA 437/73 Aik (minor) v. Dr. Rosemarin, IsrSC 29(2) 225.

[35]     CA 145/80 Vaknin v. Beit Shemesh Local Council, IsrSC 37(1) 113.

[36]     FH 24/81 Honovitz v. Cohen, IsrSC 38(1) 413.

[37]     CA 20/80 Fleisher v. Laktush, IsrSC 36(3) 617.

[38]     CA 410/83 Petrolgas Israeli Gas Company (1969) Ltd .v. Kassero IsrSC 40(1) 505.

[39]     CA 231/84 Histadrut Health Fund v. Fatach IsrSC 42(3) 312.

[40] CA 679/82 Netanya Municipality v. Tzukim Hotel Ltd. (not published).

[41]     CA 355/80 Nathan Anisivmov Ltd v. Tirat Bat Sheva Hotel Ltd, IsrSC 35(2) 800.

Israeli District Court Cases Cited:

[42]     CC (B. Sheva) 88/84 Assa v. Histadrut Health Fund, 1987 DC 32(3).

United States Cases Cited:

[43]     Rogers v. Whitaker (1992) 67 Aust. L.J. 47.

[44]     Chappel v. Hart (1998) 72 Aust. L.J. Rep. 1344.

[45]     Salis v. United States 522 F. Supp. 989 (1981).

[46]     Kramer v. Lewisville Memorial Hosp. 858 S.W. 2d 397 (1993).

[47]     Falcon v. Memorial Hosp. 462 N.W. 2d 44 (1990).

[48]     Canterbury v. Spence 464 F. 2d 772 (1972).

[49]     Hartke v. McKelway 707 F. 2d 1544 (1983).

[50]     Sard v. Hardy 379 A. 2d 1014 (1977).

[51]     Bernard v. Char 903 P. 2d 667 (1995).

[52]     Memphis Community School Dist. v. Stachura 106 S. Ct. 2537 (1986).

[53]     Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92 (1914).

[54]     Natanson v. Kline 350 P. 2d 1093 (1960).

[55]     Cobbs v. Grant 502 P. 2d 1 (1972).

English Cases Cited:

[56]     Smith v. Barking Havering & Brentwood Health Authority (1989) (Q.B. – unreported).

[57]     Lachambre v. Nair [1989] 2 W.W.R. 749.

[58]     Alexander v. Home Office [1988] 2 All E.R. 118 (C.A.).

[59]     Chatterton v. Gerson [1981] 1 All E.R. 257 (Q.B).

[60]     Bolitho v. City and Hackney Health Authority [1997] 3 W.L.R. 1151 (H.L.).

[61]     Davies v. Taylor [1972] 3 All E.R. 836 (H.L.).

[62]     Bolam v. Friern Hospital Management Committee (1957) 2 All E.R. 118 (Q.B.).

[63]     Airedale NHS Trust v. Bland [1993] 1 All E.R. 821 (H.L.).

[64]     St. George’s Healthcare NHS Trust v. S. [1998] 3 All E.R. 673 (C.A.).

[65]     Sidaway v. Governors of Bethlem Royal Hospital [1985] A.C. 871.

Scottish Cases Cited:

 [66]    Goorkani v. Tayside Health Board [1991] S.L.T. 94.

Canadian Cases Cited:

[67]     Reibl v. Hughes (1980) 114 D.L.R. (3rd) 1.

[68]     Arndt v. Smith (1995) 126 D.L.R. (4th) 705.

[69]     Arndt v. Smith (1997) 148 D.L.R (4th) 48.

[70]     Hopp v. Lepp (1980) 112 D.L.R. (3rd) 67.

[71]     Malette v. Shulman (1990) 67 D.L.R. (4th) 321.

[72]     Hollis v. Dow Corning Corp. (1995) 129 D.L.R. (4th) 609.

Israeli Books Cited:

[73]     D. Barak-Erez, Avlot Chukatiot [Constitutional Torts] (1994).

[74]     I. Englard, Yesodot Haachraut Benezikin, Dinei Nezikin – Torat Hanezikin Haclallit [Foundations of Liability in Tort] in [The General Doctrine of Torts], (G. Tedeschi, ed. 2 ed. 1977).

[75]     G. Shalev, Dinei Chozim [Contracts Law] (2nd Ed. 1995).

[76]     3 A. Barak, Parshanut Bimishpat [Interpretation in Law], Parshanut Chukatit [Constitutional Interpretation] (1994).

Israeli Articles Cited:

[77]     A. Shapira, Haskama Mudaat Letipul Refui- Hadin Hamatzui Veharatzui [Informed Consent to Medical Treatment], 14 Iyunei Mishpat (1989) 225.

[78]     R. Gavison, Esrim Shana Lehilchat Yardor – Hazechut Lehibacher ViLikachei Hahistoria [Right to be Elected], Gevurot LeShimon Agranat (Barak et al. ed 1987) 145.

[79]     Y. Gilad, Al Hanachot Avoda, Intuitzia Shiputit Veratzionaliut Bekeviat Gidrei Achrayut BeRashlanut [Borders of Negligence], 26 Mishpatim (1995-1996) 295.

[80]     A. Porat, Dinei Nezikin: Avlat Harashlanut alpi Pesikato shel Beit Hamishpat Haelyon Minekudat Mabat Theoretit [Tort of Negligence], Sefer Hashana Shel Hamishpat BeYisrael – 1997 (Rozen ed. 1997) 373.

[81]     R. Shapira, Hamechdal Hahistabruti shel Dinei Haraayot – Chelek 1 – Bikorot Mesortiot [Omission in Evidence Law], 19 Iyunei Mishpat (1995) 205.

[82]     A. Porat, Doctrinat Hanezek Haraayati: Hahatzdakot LeImutza Veyisuma Bematzavim Tipussim shel Ivadaut Begrimat Nezakim [Doctrine of Evidentiary Damage], 21 Iyunei Mishpat (1998) 191.

Foreign Books Cited:

[83]     I. Englard, The Philosophy of Tort Law (1993).

[84]     W.L. Prosser, W.P. Keeton On the Law of Torts (5th ed.,
 W.P. Keeton et al. 1984).

[85]     H. Street, M. Brazier, On Torts (9th ed., M. Brazier 1993).

[86]     D. Giesen, International Medical Malpractice Law (1988).

[87]     I. Kennedy, A. Grubb, Medical Law (2nd ed. 1994).

[88]     R. Nelson-Jones, F. Burton, Medical Negligence Case Law (2nd ed. 1995).

[89]     H. McGregor, On Damages (15th ed. 1988).

[90]     M. Jones, Medical Negligence (2nd ed. 1996).

[91]     M.J. Powers, N.H. Harris, Medical Negligence (2nd ed 1994).

[92]     H.L.A. Hart, T. Honor, Causation in the Law (2nd ed. 1985).

[93]     J. Katz, The Silent World of Doctor and Patient (1984).

Foreign Articles Cited:

[94]     M.M. Shultz, From Informed Consent to Patient Choice: A New Protected Interest, 95 Yale L.J. 219 (1985-1986).

[95]     P.H. Schuck, Rethinking Informed Consent, 103 Yale L.J. 900 (1993-1994).

[96]     A.D. Twerski, N.B. Cohen, Informed Decision Making and The Law of Torts: The Myth of Justiciable Causation, U. Ill. L. Rev. 607 (1988).

[97]     F. Carnerie, Crisis and Informed Consent: Analysis of a Law-Medicine Malocclusion, 12 Am. J. L. and Med. 55 (1986).

[98]     D. Hermann, The Basis for the Right of Committed Patients to Refuse Psychotropic Medication, 22 HOSPLW 176 (1989).

[99]     R.B. Dworkin Medical Law and Ethics in the Post-Autonomy Age, 68 Ind. L.J. 727 (1992-1993).

[100]   R. Macklin, Symposium: Law and Psychiatry Part II: Some Problem in Gaining Informed Consent From Psychiatric Patients, 31 Emory L.J. 345 (1982).

[101]   R. Crisp, Medical Negligence, Assault, Informed Consent, and Autonomy, 17 J. Law & Society 77 (1990).

[102]   M.R. Flick, The Due Process of Dying, 79 Calif. L. Rev. 1121 (1991).

[103]   W.S. Malone, Ruminations on Cause-In-Fact, 9 Stan. L. Rev. 60 (1956-1957).

[104]   A. Porat, A. Stein, Liability for Uncertainty: Making Evidential Damage Actionable, 18 Cardozo L. Rev. 1891 (1996-1997).

[105]   D. Manderson, Following Doctors’ Orders: Informed Consent in Australia, 62 Aust. L.J. 430 (1988).

[106]   M.A. Somerville, Structuring the Issues in Informed Consent, 26 McGill L.J. 740 (1980-1981).

 

[107]   J. Raz, Autonomy, Toleration, and the Harm Principle in Issues in Contemporary Legal Philosophy 313 (Gavison ed. 1987).

[108]   J. Katz, Informed ConsentMust it Remain a Fairy Tale?, 10 J. Contemp. H.L. & Pol’y 69 (1994).

[109]   C.J. Jones, Autonomy and Informed Consent in Medical Decisionmaking: Toward a New Self-Fulfilling Prophecy, 47 Washington & Lee L. Rev. 379 (1990).

[110]   J. Keown Burying Bolam: Informed Consent Down Under, 53 Cambridge L.J. 16 (1994).

[111]   D. Feldman, Secrecy, Dignity, or Autonomy? Views of Privacy as a Civil Liberty, 47 Cur. Leg. Prob. 41 (1994).

[112]   M.A. Bobinski, Autonomy and Privacy: Protecting Patients from their Physicians, 55 U. of Pitt. L. Rev. 291 (1993-1994).

[113]   N.P. Terry, Apologetic Tort Think: Autonomy and Information Torts, 38 St. Louis U. L.J. 189 (1993-1994).

Miscellaneous:

[114]   Restatement 2d, Torts.

Appeal against judgment of the Nazareth District Court (Judge G. Ginat) of January 29, 1993 in CC 425/90.

The appeal was allowed in part by the majority, in accordance with the opinion of Justice T. Or

For Appellant – Akiva ben Chaim, Elad Cohen

For Respondents – Ricardo Weiss

JUDGMENT

 

Justice D. Beinisch

This is an appeal of the judgment of the District Court of Nazareth )Judge G. Ginat) in CF 425/90 of March 29, 1993, which rejected the appellant’s claim for damages for physical harm that she sustained as a result of the biopsy performed on her shoulder in the respondents’ hospital.

The Facts

1. Appellant is disabled, born in 1959, who since birth has suffered from a deformity in the sole of her left foot. Sometime during 1987, Appellant also began suffering from pains in her right shoulder. After symptomatic treatment failed to help, x-rays were done, followed by bone mapping, resulting in a diagnosis of “diffusive absorption.”

On January 5, 1988, Appellant was hospitalized in the “Carmel” hospital – Respondent 1 – for an operation on her left leg. Two days later, on January 7, 1988, Appellant was operated upon and a biopsy was performed on her right shoulder, because of a suspicion of a growth on the shoulder and the need for a clear diagnosis as to the cause of the diffuse absorption, which had shown up in the bone mapping. The change in the operation was apparently the result of the doctor’s decision, immediately before the operation, that the finding in the shoulder necessitated an operation that was more urgent than the operation in the leg.

On the day of hospitalization, Appellant was asked to sign a form recording her consent to an operation on her leg. Two days later, when she was actually on the operating table, having already received sedatives given to patients prior to being taken from the orthopedic ward to the operating theatre, she was asked to sign a consent form for an operation on her shoulder.

The operation did not reveal anything, and after five days of hospitalization, the appellant was released from the hospital and referred for continued treatment in the hospital’s outpatient clinic.

After the operation, Appellant’s shoulder remained stiff, and the parties agree that she has a disability of 35%. Similarly, it is not disputed that if not for the biopsy, presumably the shoulder would not have become stiff, except that the respondents maintain that the injury is rooted in the appellant’s unwillingness to move her shoulder.

On November 30, 1988, Appellant underwent the operation on her leg, and as a result there was a significant improvement in the condition of the leg. At the same time, she underwent manipulation on the shoulder to improve its mobility. On December 28, 1989, Appellant underwent additional manipulation, but to no avail; the shoulder remained stiff.    

Appellant filed a claim against the respondents, demanding compensation for the physical harm to her shoulder caused by the operation. Her claim was exclusively based on the grounds of negligence. Appellant claimed that she had been totally unaware of the doctors’ intention to operate on her right shoulder, becoming aware of the fact only when coming out of the anesthetic. Appellant further claimed negligence in the medical treatment given to her, both regarding the actual decision to conduct a biopsy and regarding the treatment she received after the biopsy.

The Judgment of the Trial Court

2. The honorable Judge Ginat dismissed the claim of negligence in all its aspects.

Regarding the allegation of negligence in the execution of the biopsy, the judge ruled that even Appellant’s expert, whose opinion was the basis of the claim, did not categorically state that there was no justification for conducting a biopsy on the basis of the findings that were before the doctors. In the trial judge’s view, this was sufficient grounds for dismissing the allegation of deviation from appropriate professional standards on the part of the treating doctors in their decision to conduct the biopsy.

Regarding Appellant’s claim that she never consented to the biopsy operation, the trial judge determined that already prior to her hospitalization, Appellant had been aware of the problem with her shoulder, and that nothing in the evidence substantiated her claim that she was shocked when finding out that her shoulder and not her leg had been operated upon. He further ruled that he had no doubt that at a certain stage during the admission procedure into the hospital, there had been a hitch in the sense that the appellant initially signed a consent form for the operation on her leg, and only at the last moment, just before the biopsy was conducted, was she asked to sign another consent form which included the correct description of the anticipated treatment. In the lower court’s view, the aforementioned hitch was insufficient to substantiate the claim that Appellant had not consented to the conduct of the biopsy:

In these circumstances there is no escaping the conclusion that there was no defect in the decision to conduct the biopsy. I am also of the opinion that the plaintiff consented to the treatment after being explained that it was the appropriate medical treatment…

In these circumstances, given the appellant’s total denial of having received any information regarding the anticipated treatment for her shoulder, and given my rejection of her denial, I am unwilling to hear an alternative factual allegation from her to the effect that she had received information on the matter but that it was incomplete.

The trial judge further stated that the sole grounds for the action relied upon by Appellant was negligence, and that such claim required proof of the causal connection between the negligence and the damage. Since Appellant had not proved that her shoulder was damaged as a result of breach of the obligation to supply her with information, her claim should be dismissed, even assuming, arguendo, that the appellant had not received complete information prior to the biopsy.

Regarding the allegation of negligence in the medical treatment after the operation, the trial judge ruled that there was no foundation for the appellant’s claim that different physiotherapeutic treatment would have prevented the damage to her shoulder. The trial judge did not totally endorse the doctors’ claim that conceivably a greater degree of effort on the appellant’s part would have prevented the damage to her shoulder. Nonetheless, he ruled that absent any claim regarding a defect in the execution of the biopsy, and having dismissed the claim regarding the nature of the physiotherapeutic treatment given to the appellant, it was not possible to establish negligence in the medical treatment, and such negligence could not be inferred from the actual occurrence of the damage itself.

3. In her appeal, Appellant claimed that even if the tort of battery was explicitly claimed in the complaint, the lower court was nonetheless mistaken in its failure to address it, given that the factual components of the tort of battery were fully described in the complaint.

On the merits of the issue, counsel for the appellant contended that the lower court erred in its rejection of Appellant’s claim that she had not consented to the operation. He argued that even if prior to the operation, the appellant had suffered from certain medical problems in her shoulder, this fact by itself did not contradict her claim that she was shocked upon finding out that her shoulder had been operated upon.

In summations, Appellant further claimed that respondents’ doctors had been negligent in their actual decision to perform the operation, which was allegedly performed without justification, and that they were negligent in the post surgical treatment. It was further claimed that respondents bear the burden of proving the absence of negligence, under the rule that “the thing speaks for itself” and that the court erred in its failure to apply that rule to the circumstances of the case.

During oral arguments in the appeal, Appellant focused on the question of the absence of consent to the operation on the shoulder. He claimed that in this case, the elements of the tort of battery had been proven, and that the respondents were therefore liable for damage caused to the appellant by the operation, even in the absence of proof of a causal connection regarding the full extent of damage sustained by Appellant. CA 3108/91 Reibl v. Veigel (hereinafter: “Reibl”) [1] (Shamgar, P). He further added that the case law trend to recognize medical treatment given without consent as constituting the tort of battery had been reinforced following the enactment of the Rights of the Patient Law, 1996 (hereinafter: Patient’s Rights Law).

Respondents countered by claiming that the appeal addresses issues of fact, not law, in which this court does not generally intervene.

Respondents further asked the Court to reject the claim regarding transferring the burden of proof, arguing that, in any event, they had satisfied this burden by proving that they had not been negligent in the treatment they gave to Appellant, both in the operation itself and the post surgical treatment.

4. We are satisfied that no negligence was proven on the respondents’ part regarding the decision to perform the operation on Appellant’s shoulder, nor in the treatment given to Appellant in order to overcome the invalidity caused by the operation, including both the physiotherapy and the additional operations. In this context, there are no grounds for interference with the findings and conclusions of the trial court, grounded in the testimony of the doctors, which it preferred over the medical expert opinion submitted by the appellant.           

Nevertheless, the court’s conclusion and dismissal of the claim caused us considerable consternation, to the extent that it was based on the absence of the appellant’s consent to the operation or on her alternative claim that even if she had given consent, under the particular conditions in which it had been given, it could not be considered “informed consent.”

5. Before addressing the legal conclusions dictated by the proven facts, it is necessary to briefly describe the factual picture regarding the circumstances of the dispute over Appellant’s consent to the operation on her shoulder.

Appellant suffered from pains in her shoulder during the months preceding the operation. As indicated in the affidavit and examination of Dr. Sharvit, the treating orthopedist, and from notes appearing in the patient’s file in the Health Fund during the period preceding the operation, Appellant was sent for a number of tests, including a bone scan. The health file indicates that on November 27, 1987, in view of the scan findings, Dr. Sharvit recommended that the appellant be sent for a biopsy. Until the appellant’s actual hospitalization, no date was set for the recommended biopsy.

As described above, the appellant was hospitalized on January 5, 1988 for an operation on her leg, and she also signed a consent form for the operation. The hospital documents, the illness summary and treatment record, submitted as exhibits, indicated that Appellant had been admitted to the hospital for an elective operation on her leg. On January 7, 1988, the operation date, Dr. Antol – the surgeon who operated on Appellant – wrote the following:

It has become clear that she has been suffering from pains in her right shoulder for half a year; the shoulder was examined (bone scan, x-ray), which indicated Rt. Proximal Humerus Steolitic Lesion. The finding was explained to the patient who agreed to the conduct of a biopsy and at this stage to defer the Triple Arthrodesis.

This note was written by Dr. Antol, who testified that he had informed the appellant of the need for the operation on her shoulder on the morning of the operation, when she was lying on the operating table, after discovering that she had signed a consent form for the operation on her leg.

The trial judge ruled that despite the circumstances under which the information and explanation regarding the intended operation were given to the appellant, immediately before the operation, and not in the customary manner, in view of her existing knowledge of her medical history and previous treatment, she understood the nature of the intended operation. From the judge’s findings, it further emerges that had the consent form signed on the operating table been the sole evidence of the appellant’s consent, he would not have ruled that the appellant was aware of the anticipated operation. However, the consent that she gave must be considered against the background of the information she possessed prior to her hospitalization.

The trial court examined the question of liability from the perspective of the tort of negligence, according to claims raised by Appellant, because even during the trial at the District Court, the claim of lack of consent was one of the central claims made by the appellant’s attorney, and he did not raise the claim of battery.

The following questions therefore arise: If the judge was correct in ruling that the appellant gave her consent to the operation, could it be regarded as “informed consent?”; if not, what is the requisite conclusion with respect to the respondents’ liability in tort?

Negligence or Assault

6. The question is therefore whether medical treatment given without the explicit, intelligent consent of the patient, and without knowledge of all the facts regarding the odds and risks of the treatment, is included within the tort of battery. The question has perturbed many researchers and scholars dealing with torts and has also substantially occupied the courts.

Our case law ruled a long time ago that under particular circumstances, this kind of treatment constitutes the tort of battery:

The problem is whether the prospects and risks involved in the examination were explained to the plaintiff prior to his consent. If explained to him, then his consent is effective and binding and the doctors cannot be impugned with battery or any other tortious act by reason of having performed the examination. If the plaintiff did not receive a complete explanation of the risks, then his consent is meaningless and the examination will be regarded as an act of battery, constituting a tort.

CA 560/84 Nachman v. Histadrut Health Fund [2] at 387.

For this reason, according to this rule, compensation must be awarded for damage caused to a patient treated without his having properly consented to the treatment, even absent proof of the breach of the duty of care, and even absent proof of a causal connection between the failure to provide details as legally required and any damage sustained by the patient. See Reibl [1] 509-510.

Considerable reservation has been expressed regarding the resort to the tort of battery as a way of classifying medical treatment. Inter alia, there is uneasiness in imputing anti-social behavior, tainted by wantonness, to medical treatment that was intended entirely to help the other person:

It would appear that there are many for whom the use of the term “battery” in the context of medical treatment is both morally and intellectually repugnant. This is a term which is commonly understood as implying anti social behavior – hitting a person in the face, for example. Stigmatizing a doctor as “an attacker” by reason of medical treatment given to the patient creates discomfort, especially for those adopting judicial decisions. This explains their hesitation in regarding the criminal offense of battery, or the tort of battery as an appropriate tool for adjudicating cases in which medical treatment was provided without appropriate disclosure of information regarding risks and alternatives.

A. Shapira, Haskama Mudaat Letipul Refui – Hadin Hamatzui Veharatzui [77] at 231.

In his book, The Philosophy of Tort [83], Prof. Englard explains that the transition from use of the tort of battery to the doctrine of “informed consent,” based on medical negligence, is the result of the discomfort occasioned by imputing doctors with wanton anti-social behavior, when their sole intention was to assist the patient:

The retreat from the doctrine of battery has been explained by the discomfort of treating doctors, who genuinely care for the well-being of the patient, under a doctrine aimed at sanctioning anti social conduct, usually perpetrated with the worst kind of intentions. Courts were reluctant to stigmatize the physicians with the label of having committed battery, lumping them into the same category as murderers, robbers and bar-room trollers.

Id. at 162.

In her article, “From Informed Consent to Patient Choice: A New Protected Interest” [94], the author M.M. Shultz writes:

Discomfort with treating doctors under a doctrine aimed at antisocial conduct has prompted most jurisdictions to limit the battery action to those relatively unusual situations where a medical procedure has been carried out without any consent, rather than where the consent has merely been insufficiently informed. The modern allegation of battery typically arises when consent to a particular procedure is given and a different or additional procedure carried out.

Id. at 226.

In accordance with this approach, in most states with tort law resembling our own, use of the tort of battery for dealing with medical treatment given without “informed consent” has all but disappeared. Broadly speaking, it is generally accepted that the tort of battery is only resorted to when the patient received no information at all about the type of treatment proposed for him, or was not informed of an inevitable consequence of the treatment, or if the treatment actually provided was substantially different from the treatment of which the patient was informed. Needless to say, the tort of battery will be recognized when the consent was obtained by misrepresentation.

 On the other hand, in cases of absence of “informed consent”, as opposed to the absence of any consent to medical treatment, the focus in the assessment of tortious liability has moved toward the tort of negligence. In this context, the scholar Prosser writes:

A rapidly growing form of medical malpractice litigation involves the doctrine of “informed consent”, which concerns the duty of the physician or surgeon to inform the patient of the risks involved in treatment or surgery. The earliest cases treated this as a matter of vitiating the consent, so that there was liability for battery. Beginning around 1960 however it began to be recognized that the matter was really one of the standard of professional conduct, and so negligence has now generally displaced battery as the basis for liability.

W.L. Prosser, W.P. Keeton, On the Law of Torts [84] at 189 -190.

The distinction between the absence of consent, in which the treatment may be considered as battery and the absence of “informed consent” which is included in the category of the tort of negligence, also ensures the conceptual distinction between “guilt” and “duty,” where failure to discharge a duty is substantively related to the tort of negligence.

In England, too, where the tort of battery is still used more extensively than in the United States and Canada, it was ruled that the patient’s signature on a consent form affirming that the nature of the operation was explained to the patient is not sufficient, unless he or she actually received a proper explanation of the treatment and its risks. The absence of an explanation regarding the risks of the treatment, as opposed to the absence of an explanation of the substance and nature of the treatment, does not vitiate the consent for purposes of battery, but it does constitute a breach of the doctor’s duty, imposing liability for negligence. See H. Street, M. Brazier, On Torts [85].

This distinction was addressed by Judge Laskin, in his judgment in the Canadian Supreme Court:

I can appreciate the temptation to say that the genuineness of consent to medical treatment depends on proper disclosure of the risks which it entails, but in my view, unless there has been misrepresentation or fraud to secure consent to the treatment, a failure to disclose the attendant risks, however serious, should go to negligence rather than to battery. Although such a failure relates to an informed choice of submitting to or refusing recommended and appropriate treatment, it arises as the breach of the anterior duty of due care, comparable to the legal obligation to the duty of care in carrying out the particular treatment to which the patient has consented. It is not a test of the validity of the consent.

Reibl v. Hughes (1980) [67] at 10-11.

It should be noted that the trend toward applying the tort of negligence to situations of medical treatment given without informed “consent” does not altogether obviate resort to battery in the context of medical treatment. This claim, however, is limited to special cases in which medical treatment was given in the total absence of consent to treatment on the patient’s part, or when the patient was not informed of its inevitable result.

The tort of negligence in place of battery in cases of a lack of “informed consent” to medical treatment has gradually become accepted in Israeli case law. In his judgment in CA 4384/40 Vaturi v. Leniado Hospital (hereinafter: Vaturi [3]), Justice Mazza dealt with the doctor’s duty to provide information to the patient regarding the medical treatment, within the framework of the duty of care which is one of the foundations of the tort of negligence:

The doctor’s duty to inform the patient of the information he or she has and its possible consequences derives from the general duty of care which the doctor and the hospital owe to the patient. It is based on our right to know about ourselves. This is an expression of the autonomy of the private will of every person, which expresses our human dignity. See CA 1412/94 Hadassa Medical Association Ein Kerem v. Gilad at 525 (Barak, J.). The doctor’s duty of disclosure is not absolute and does not always extend to all the details of the medical treatment. For example, there is no need to provide the patient with information regarding a remote risk attendant to receiving a vaccination that all people receive, and the necessity of which is not disputed. CA 470/87 Alturi v. State of Israel – Ministry of Health at 153. But where the choice of the medical path or the receipt of medical treatment involves substantial risks, the doctors are obliged (subject to certain exceptions) to provide the patient with the information reasonably required in order to reach an intelligent, informed decision whether or not to choose this particular treatment path, with its attendant risks. See Sid-away v. Bethlem Royal Hospital Governors at 655c (per Lord Scarman); the Koheri case, supra, at 171. This at all events is the most minimal parameter of the duty. Its fulfillment by doctors is intended to serve a practical purpose. It constitutes a part of the duty of care imposed upon the doctor in respect of the patient he is treating. If the duty is breached, and the patient suffers damage as a result, the breach may give the patient a right to indemnification based on negligence.

Vaturi [3] at 182 (emphasis added – D.B.).

In accordance with this evolving approach, and considering the particular circumstances of the case before us, my opinion is that the appellant’s case should be dealt with within the framework of the tort of negligence. Resort to the tort of battery for the provision of medical services should be left for those extreme cases in which the medical treatment was given against the patient’s will, or cases in which the treatment was substantially different from the treatment to which the patient agreed, or when the patient did not receive any information regarding the nature of the treatment or its inevitable consequence.

On the basis of this distinction, the case before us can be distinguished from the Reibl case [1], in which, during the course of the operation, the doctor decided to perform an operation that differed from what had been agreed upon in advance, without such a possibility even having been presented to the patient prior to that time, and without there being any urgency to the matter.

In Appellant’s case, the decision to perform the operation was taken by the doctors with the intention of reaching a clear diagnosis, and in order to verify the suspicion of a growth, in view of findings which were discovered in Appellant’s shoulder. According to the findings of the lower court, Appellant was aware of the need for this treatment, even though the evidence indicates that until she was brought into the operating ward, she did not think there would be a need to the perform an operation on her shoulder during the duration of this hospitalization.

Under these circumstances, it was necessary to clarify whether the manner in which the appellant was informed and the manner in which her consent was obtained indicate negligent conduct on the doctors’ part. This in fact is what the lower court did.

Duty of Care

7. Like the District Court, I too believe that the appellant’s case should be examined within the framework of negligence, but my conclusion differs to that of the trial judge. In my opinion, it was proven that the doctors of the hospital were negligent regarding the procedures that preceded the biopsy. Their negligence was expressed in the fact that, in the first place, they did not discharge their obligation to apprise the appellant of the need for a biopsy during the hospitalization in question. The appellant did not receive timely notice of the intention to postpone the operation on her leg, and it was only in the operating room that she received the pertinent details regarding the operation that she was to about to undergo, when she was already sedated and in a state that was inappropriate for making a decision.

 For a patient’s consent to medical treatment to his or her body to be regarded as “informed consent,” the patient must receive appropriate information regarding his or her condition, the nature of the treatment recommended and its purpose, the risks and prospects entailed, and the reasonable alternatives to the treatment proposed. Having the patient sign a consent form is inadequate for the purpose of informed consent. On the nature of the patient’s signature on the consent form for an operation when the patient is in the operating theater or being brought to the theater, Giesen writes that:

It may be doubtful, indeed, whether such a single act of disclosure will ever suffice if made only shortly before the proposed treatment, such as on the very eve of an operation which has already been scheduled, and the information will undoubtedly come much too late when given to a patient already under sedation, or to a patient on his way to the operating theatre, or to a patient in the anteroom of the operating theatre. “A patient is entitled to have enough time and an environment to enable him or her carefully to consider his or her position.”

D. Giesen, International Medical Malpractice Law [86] at 393.

Today an entire chapter of the Patient’s Rights Law deals with “informed consent.” The law does not apply to our case because of the date in which it came into force, but it nonetheless indicates the legislative tendency. Section 3(b) of the law provides that “in order to obtain informed consent, the physician shall give the patient the medical information reasonably required by him in order to decide whether or not to consent to the treatment proposed …”; For this purpose, medical information includes: the nature of the procedure, its purpose, the benefit expected, its risks and prospects, and alternative treatments, all as specified in the law.

Appellant’s case does not require discussion of the question of the scope of the duty imposed on the doctor regarding receipt of the patient’s “informed consent.” As a rule, the question is not simple. Generally, where the operation or treatment is not intended to prevent immediate danger and can be postponed without aggravating the situation, enabling the patient to formulate a decision with the relevant information at his or her disposal, the duty of disclosure becomes broader. Naturally, the degree of risk entailed by the treatment is also relevant to the duty of disclosure, and clearly there are exceptions which exempt the doctor from giving full and detailed information in certain extraordinary cases. For example, emergency cases that require urgent treatment, or cases in which the expected danger is negligible when contrasted with the treatment’s benefit, or when the patient’s condition is such that the disclosure itself may be harmful to him or her. These exceptions now find statutory expression in the Patient’s Rights Law, but, as stated, they are not relevant to the case at hand. See CA 470/87 Alturi v. State of Israel-Ministry of Health [4].

The question of whether a duty of care should be established according to the criteria of the reasonable doctor or the expectations of the reasonable patient was deliberated extensively by courts in different countries, but it does not relate to this appeal. Standard hospital practice for orderly signing of a consent form for operation, after explanation of the prospects, risks and alternatives, expresses accepted law regarding “informed consent.” The duty of giving the information necessary to obtain informed consent to an operation is a duty imposed upon the doctor and owed to the patient; its violation constitutes a breach of the duty of care, and it therefore constitutes negligence. Hence, a doctor is obliged to provide the patient with the information reasonably necessary for the patient to adopt a decision regarding his or her consent or non-consent to an operation or medical treatment.

In our case, given that the doctors deviated from what was considered by Respondent 1 to be accepted practice, we need not examine the broad question concerning the scope of doctor’s duty to give information to the patient. The director of the Orthopedics department in Respondent 1 during the relevant period was Dr. Shweppe. He testified that prior to every operation, it was customary to assemble the entire medical staff and have them meet with the patient, to discuss the case and the anticipated treatment. Dr. Shweppe did not recall whether there had been such a consultation in the appellant’s case, but the trial judge saw no reason to assume any deviation from the practice in this particular case. [But in fact – trans.], absent any medical records, it was for the respondents to discharge the burden of showing that such a consultation was actually conducted. CA 58/82 Kantor v. Moseib [5] at 259; CA 5049/91 Histadrut Klalit Health Fund v. Rachman v. Rachman [6] at 376. The doctors were unable to recall whether there had been such a consultation. Appellant testified that such consultations had been conducted prior to her previous operations in the hospital, but not prior to the operation on her shoulder. Dr. Antol’s memorandum in the patient’s chart from the operation day, together with his court testimony on the matter, support the conclusion that the need for a shoulder operation became clear immediately prior to the operation itself, and that the appellant was informed of the need in the circumstances described above, without any prior consultation. Moreover, the operation itself involved inherent dangers, as demonstrated by the fact that the appellant was harmed, even if negligence was not proven regarding the actual performance of the operation and the post-surgical treatment given to Appellant. The existence of this kind of danger clearly explains the duty of complete disclosure to the patient prior to the treatment.

Under those circumstances, the doctors were duty bound to apprise the appellant of the nature and the gravity of their fear that a tumor had developed in her shoulder. They should have explained to her whether there was a real suspicion of a tumor. They should have apprised her of the operation’s importance and its urgency. They also should have explained to the appellant that there was a chance that the treatment would cause paralysis.

Having the appellant sign the consent form for the operation at such an advanced stage, as described above, is not accepted practice, and it certainly is not the practice which should be accepted and practiced by doctors for obtaining consent. The possibility intimated to her by the treating doctor in the Health Fund, two months before her hospitalization, that she might require a biopsy, does not constitute a full disclosure of information which is required for the patient in order to adopt a decision and give informed consent to the conduct of such an operation. See CC (PAPP) 88/84 Assa v. Histadrut Health Fund [42].

All of the above indicates that Appellant’s doctors violated their duty to fully apprise Appellant of the biopsy operation that she was about to undergo, and it was not proven that, under the circumstances, they were exempt from fulfilling their duty as stated. As such, it can be determined that Appellant’s doctors violated a duty which is part of the duty of care incumbent upon them as doctors providing medical treatment, and in so doing – they were negligent.

The Causal Connection to the Damage

8. The holding that respondents were negligent in the disclosure of information to the appellant and in the manner in which they obtained her consent to the operation compels an examination of the causal connection between respondents’ negligence and the damage caused. The trial judge rejected the appellant’s blanket claim that she had no advance knowledge of the shoulder operation and did not consent to it; accordingly, he was not prepared to address her alternative claim regarding the absence of complete information. Even so, the trial judge ruled that:

Even under the assumption (which I do not share) that the plaintiff did not receive complete information prior to the biopsy, I still have no evidence before me that the damage caused to the plaintiff’s shoulder resulted from the violation of Defendant 2’s obligation to provide all the relevant information to the plaintiff … I received no evidence that under these or any under conditions the plaintiff would not have consented to the performance of the biopsy. There was no proof of a causal connection between the damage that was caused and the doctors’ alleged violation of their duty.

The question is: What issue should be examined by the court when assessing the causal connection, in order to determine the existence of the tort of negligence in cases of absence of “informed consent?”

The question of the causal connection when the damage is not the result of negligent treatment but rather due to the absence of sufficient information for there to have been “informed consent” of the patient is a complex question. Having recognized that this kind of negligent behavior on the doctor’s part is a possible cause of damage, the question is therefore whether or not the patient would have willingly accepted the treatment proposed had the patient been fully informed.

Usually in this kind of negligence action, the patient wants compensation for the direct damage caused by the treatment. The damage in the case of absence of “informed consent” is not caused as a result of negligent treatment. It is rather the result of the bare fact of medical intervention, even if it was not done negligently. Under these circumstances, the causal connection is assessed on the basis of the degree of damage to the autonomous will of the patient and the negation of the patient’s capacity and ability to prevent the treatment given to him or her. In other words, there must be an assessment of the possibility that the patient would have prevented the treatment had he or she been given the information.

9. States that recognized the grounds of “informed consent” as the breach of a duty that creates the tort of negligence have deliberated the manner of proving the causal connection regarding the damage due to the necessity of retroactively assessing a hypothetical occurrence. See Arndt v. Smith (1995) [68] (in Canada); Salis v. United States (1981) [45] (in the United States).

In Israel, in a similar case in which the patient did not receive complete details regarding alternative treatments, Justice Mazza wrote the following:

The causal connection for our purposes does not require a holding in accordance with the accepted causality tests … these tests, which are intended to enable decisions in accordance with the probability indices, are not appropriate for cases in which the court must make a hypothetical assessment of the particular patient’s response had the doctors given him or her details in advance regarding the risks and prospects of a particular medical treatment.

Vaturi [3] at 191.

In that case, the court concluded that when proving the existence of a causal connection requires resolution of the theoretical question of “what would the patient have decided had he or she been given the complete information,” it is not enough to find that an analysis of the probabilities [i.e. more likely than not – ed.] has failed to show that the patient would have chosen not to receive the treatment. According to that approach, while there is no justification for awarding the injured party full compensation for damages absent sufficient proof of the causal connection, it would be wrong to deny any compensation just because the negligent action of the tortfeasor prevented the patient from proving that the negligence caused his or her damages. Accordingly, the holding in that judgment was that in such a case, an assessment is made of the chance that proper disclosure of the information would have caused the patient to refuse the treatment. The degree of damage owed by the tortfeasor will be determined in accordance with the assessment of the likelihood of refusal.

The proof of the causal connection to the damage in circumstances of failure to disclose details regarding medical treatment is complex and raises a number of problems. Legal scholars have disputed the question of whether to adopt the path of an assessment of likelihood in a case of a hypothetical question concerning “informed consent.” See Shultz’s article, supra [94] at 286-87 and Giesen’s book, supra [86] at 354-55, both of which endorse the view of assessment of likelihood.

As opposed to the approach of these scholars, the Court has a practical concern regarding the possibility of substantiating a claim in tort with the possibility of compensation, when the causal connection has not been proven at the level of proof normally accepted in a civil trial. The concern is that such a possibility will open the floodgates in other areas too, and thereby lead to a glut of claims and the imposition of an untenable burden on the medical system and on the legal system too. See Kramer v. Lewisville Memorial Hosp. (1993) [46] at 406; Falcon v. Memorial Hosp. at 64-68.

Personally, my view is that there must be a distinction between proof of negligence in regular negligence cases and proof of negligence when negligence consists of the failure to give informed consent to the treatment. Due to its special character, negligence in the latter category should be determined as a function of the degree of chance, and not in accordance with the balance of probability, provided that this rule is qualified and does not confer entitlement to compensation except in those cases in which it can be determined that there is a significant chance that the patient would not have consented to the treatment.

10. In the case before us, I gave considerable thought to the question of whether a causal connection had been proven between the negligence of the doctors and the hospital in receiving the appellant’s consent to the conduct of the examination and the damage that was caused to her. I also examined the possibility of resolving the question of the causal connection in accordance with the method mentioned above, of assessing the likelihood of refusal and not in accordance with the probability balance. After much consideration, I arrived at the conclusion that in present circumstances, I need not decide the question of whether the assessment of likelihood should be established as the proper test for the causal connection in cases of the absence of informed consent. My reason is that the respondents’ responsibility for Appellant’s damages was proven even in accordance with regular evidentiary tests of balance of probability.

As stated above, the test regarding the existence of a causal connection in a negligence claim occasioned by failure to receive informed consent is, whether the patient would have consented to the treatment had he or she been informed of all the relevant facts. This test is conducted according to the criterion of the reasonable patient under similar circumstances.

We use an objective test of the reasonable patient in order to try to establish the truth regarding the particular patient. Clearly, there is a tremendous practical difficulty in ascertaining the position of the patient at the relevant time, because the question arises only retroactively, at a time when the patient is suffering from the results of the treatment. In numerous judgments, the courts have noted that it is inhuman to expect a person suffering from treatment received to give credible testimony about what he or she would have done at the time of adopting the decision, had he or she been aware of all its possible consequences.

In any event, this difficulty was one of the central considerations that led courts in the United States and Canada to prefer the objective test, adapted to the circumstances, as the criterion for establishing the causal connection. See Canterbury v. Spense [48] at 791; Arndt v. Smith (1997) [69].

Accordingly, the courts that adopted this criterion also ruled that the injured patient’s testimony should not be accorded conclusive weight, even though it is relevant evidence which helps clarify the truth. See Hartke v. McKelway [49] at 1551; Sard v. Hardy [50] at 1026; Bernard v. Char [51] at 670.

In order to determine the probability of whether the patient would have refused the treatment, the court must consider the type of treatment received by the patient and its degree of urgency as opposed to its risks. Within these parameters, it ascertains the patient’s probable response according to the criterion of the reasonable patient in similar circumstances. According to this criterion, a causal connection can be established between the failure to disclose information in violation of the duty of caution and the damage actually caused by the treatment. This objective test does not obviate the need for an assessment relating to the particular patient who has come before the court. The court assesses the degree of damage to the patient’s ability to exercise judgment against the background of the conditions and the manner in which the patient received the information and the entirety of data and circumstances relating to the patient’s physical and mental condition. Against that background, the court makes a judicial assessment, estimating how the patient might have acted were it not for defendants’ violation of their duty. The Canadian court gave the following explanation of the objective test as it relates to the subjective circumstances of the injured patient:

I think it is the safer course on the issue of causation to consider objectively how far the balance in the risks of surgery or no surgery is in favour of undergoing surgery. The failure of proper disclosure pro and con becomes therefore very material. And so too are any special considerations affecting the particular patient.

...

The adoption of an objective standard does not mean that the issue of causation is completely in the hands of the surgeon. Merely because medical evidence establishes the reasonableness of a recommended operation does not mean that a reasonable person in the patient’s position would necessarily agree to it, if proper disclosure had been made of the risks attendant upon it, balanced by those against it. The patient’s particular situation and the degree to which the risks of surgery or no surgery are balanced would reduce the force, on an objective appraisal, of the surgeon’s recommendation.” Reibl [67] at 16 (Leskin, J.).

This test was cited approvingly by the Canadian Supreme Court in its a recent judgment. Arndt [69].

11. The lower court totally rejected the appellant’s account regarding her surprise upon discovering that it was her shoulder and not leg that was operated upon, because it assumed that her prior knowledge regarding the necessity of the operation sufficed to negate the defect in the manner of receiving her consent. Having said that, under the circumstances, the previous information was not sufficient to receive the required consent to the treatment given to her, and in the absence of any proof of prior consultation and transmission of information concerning the nature of the treatment and its attendant risks, it was for the court to ascertain how the appellant would have behaved had she received the necessary information under appropriate conditions.

I considered whether the appellant’s case should be returned to the lower court, in order for it to deal with the existence of the causal connection and to assess the probability of the appellant’s refusal to the operation, had she had all the information. However, I have reached the conclusion that on the basis of the evidence presented by the parties, and in consideration of all the facts before us, it can be determined that the causal connection between the non-disclosure and the damage has been proven.

Respondents did not adduce evidence to substantiate the alleged conclusion that the anticipated risk of the operation was negligible and did not necessitate prior notification to the appellant of its nature. Assuming that the appellant was treated professionally and not negligently, and that the treatment given after the operation was proper, the necessary conclusion is that the disability caused to the appellant was a risk that was endemic to the treatment given to her. In any event, having claimed that the risk of the treatment they gave was not negligent, the respondents bear the burden of proving that the operation was urgent, and that the anticipated danger to the appellant as a result of the operation itself was negligible to a degree that it would not have affected the appellant’s decision had she been informed of it.

As stated, such evidence was not submitted. In the special circumstances of this case, there is sufficient grounds for the assumption that a reasonable patient would have preferred to conduct an additional consultation with an expert regarding the need for the examination, in view of its endemic danger, given that the examination itself had previously been postponed, and in view of the fact that, as it became clear in retrospect, the operation was of doubtful necessity.

I am prepared to assume that in an ordinary case in which the examination was intended to ascertain whether a growth had developed, a reasonable patient would have adopted a different approach, especially if there was urgency in early discovery, and absent any alternative method of clarifying the matter.

However, the appellant’s case is a special one. She was hospitalized in order to rectify a deformity in her leg, which was the result of a birth defect. Under these circumstances, one may assume that as a woman who was disabled from birth, she would have been particularly wary of the endangering the functioning of her right arm, had she been aware of such a danger.

Furthermore, the concern leading to the operation was apparently, from the outset, not regarded as being of any particular urgency. The appellant waited for the operation for more than two months, and a date for the operation was not actually set until her hospitalization. In their affidavits for the District Court, which were found to be credible, Respondent 1’s doctors described the suspicion that led to the decision to perform a biopsy. Dr. Schweppy’s affidavit states that “we decided that the results of the rentogen and the bone scan indicated pathological problems, and that in order to obtain a totally clear picture, there was a need for a biopsy, because there was no definitive diagnosis.” The treating doctor, Sharvit, stated that “the findings provide concern of the existence of a growth … when I determined in the Lin clinic that there is a suspicion of growth of cartilage.”

These comments, viewed together with the other evidence, indicate that the decision to perform a biopsy was not based on an urgent need for an immediate diagnosis.

Considering the degree of negligence involved in the non-disclosure of the information, the way in which the appellant’s consent to the operation was obtained, and the particular circumstances of her case, it can be determined that if the appellant had been aware of all the relevant details regarding the nature of the examination and the risks involved, she would not have agreed to the examination at the date and in the manner that it was performed. For this reason, I conclude that there was proof of the causal connection between the non-disclosure of complete information and the damage caused to the appellant from the treatment she received.

12. After writing my judgment, I had the chance to review the comprehensive judgment of my colleague, Justice Or, and I will add my comments regarding its proposed method of compensation.

I wholeheartedly concur with the credo expressed by my colleague regarding the importance of the individual’s right to autonomy. I think that in principle there ought to be recognition of the possibility of compensation for the violation of that right, though not necessarily in the context of the doctrine of “informed consent.” It appears to be desirable to extend the right of separate compensation for violation of individual autonomy to cases in which a patient was denied the right to decide whether medical treatment would be administered. Still, in the context of non-disclosure of information regarding medical treatment, difficult questions arise when assessing the appropriateness of compensation for this kind of damage, independent of the treatment’s results.

13. The critique of the approach allowing compensation for violation of autonomy in the context of non-disclosure of information, irrespective of the consequences of the medical treatment, has two focuses. The first focus is analytic, concerning the essence of the doctrine of informed consent. The second focus concerns appropriate judicial policy.

Analytically, the doctrine of informed consent is based on the special status granted to the violation of individual autonomy, to the extent that under certain circumstances, such a violation is equivalent to medical negligence, in the sense that it entitles the victim to full compensation for all the consequences of the medical treatment.

When we chose the path of the tort of negligence, we ruled that in cases of failure to disclose information that is relevant and significant about the possible results of the treatment, the doctor’s breach of his or her duty to the patient consists of the fact of non-disclosure. The theory of negligence based on non-disclosure of sufficient information to the patient is based on a number of things, one of the most central being the violation of individual autonomy. Remedy for a violation of that kind will be protected even when it is not specified separately as an aspect of the damage. The various components of the “informed consent” doctrine were summed up as follows by the learned P.H. Shuck:

[I]nformed consent does not simply pursue the contract law goals of individual autonomy, efficiency, and anti-statism; it also advances two related ideas, fault and duty, that pervade and moralize tort law.

Rethinking Informed Consent [95] at 902.

According to supporters of the doctrine of “informed consent”, medical negligence in the disclosure of information justifies compensating the patient for the treatment’s consequences. The assumption is that in principle it is possible to prove the causal connection between the failure to give information and the treatment’s consequences. Legal literature indicates that as a rule, those favoring the compensatory approach for violation of individual autonomy in the context of non-disclosure of medical information are also of the view that in principle there is no recognition of the causal connection between negligence in the disclosure of information and the consequences of the treatment; from their perspective, compensation awarded for violation of autonomy is a substitute for the doctrine of informed consent. As such, it seems that the opinion stating that in the absence of informed consent, compensation can be granted for the violation of individual autonomy, regardless of the consequences of the medical treatment, is consistent with the view of those who dispute the doctrine of informed consent as a part of medical negligence. See Prof. Englard’s book [83] at 607; A.D. Twerski, N.B. Cohen, Informed Decision Making and The Law of Torts: The Myth of Justiciable Causation [96].

Needless to say, the most “blatant” cases of violation of autonomy in medical treatment (for example when the medical treatment is given without the patient having given any consent at all, or where there was absolutely no disclosure of the inevitable result of the treatment) are treated by tort law under the tort of battery. In these extreme cases of non-consent, compensation will be given for the damage in its entirety, even without proof of the causal connection.

The distinction between a blatant violation of autonomy, addressed via the tort of battery, and non-disclosure as a part of medical negligence was dealt with by the Australian Supreme Court in its judgment in Rogers v. Whitaker (1992) [43]. In that judgment, the court distinguished the right to autonomy which is protected by the tort of battery from negligence in giving information, which requires a balance between the duty of the treating doctor and the patient’s right to receive the relevant information:

The right of self-determination is an expression which is, perhaps, suitable to cases where the issue is whether a person has agreed to the general surgical procedure or treatment, but is of little assistance in the balancing process that is involved in the determination of whether there has been a breach of the duty of disclosure.

Id. at 52.

 The Canadian Supreme Court recently criticized the view that gives the patients’ right to decide an independent and separate status from the subject of medical negligence being discussed here:

The suggestion that loss of choice as such merits compensation is related to the suggestion that failure to advise of risk of medical intervention negates the patient’s consent, making the physician’s intervention - tortious battery. This Court unanimously rejected this approach in Reibl v. Hughes.

Arndt [69] at 62 (McLachlin, J.).

In this context, one can also mention the judgment in Vaturi, which emphasizes the complex connection between the duty of the doctor giving medical treatment and patient autonomy. Id. at 181-82.

14. In terms of appropriate judicial policy, I think that when dealing with the question of “informed consent,” though my colleague’s approach is intended to enhance the right to individual autonomy, paradoxically, his approach weakens it. The fear is that this approach will lead to a limitation of the compensation given to the victim of a treatment administered without giving him or her information, and it may even encourage the courts to avoid dealing with the complex question of the causal connection between failure to receive “informed consent” of the patient and the results of the treatment he received. This possibility was raised by Cohen and Twersky in their article in support of the separate claim of damage for the violation of autonomy. Twersky & Cohen [96] at 648.

In considering whether to adopt an approach that makes do with compensation for violation of autonomy, I think that the fear of the victim’s compensation being limited to nominal compensation outweighs the benefit of enhancing the autonomy of the individual. On the other hand, full acceptance of my colleague’s approach allows compensation even in cases in which the treatment was successful and the patient satisfied, if it becomes clear that the patient was not initially presented with full details regarding the treatment. It is doubtful whether this result is desirable.

It should be noted that other legal systems similar to our own have not accepted the rule that compensation can be granted by reason of violation of autonomy in the context of non-disclosure of information, regardless of the results of the medical treatment. I was unable to find a single judgment in which the courts awarded compensation exclusively for violation of autonomy, as distinct from compensation awarded for damage caused as a result of the treatment.

It should be emphasized here that a distinction must be made between compensation for violation of autonomy and compensation for shock or mental trauma upon becoming aware of the grave consequences of unexpected treatment, a distinction made in both of the judgments cited in my colleague’s opinion. See Goorkani v. Tayside Health Board (1991) [66]; Smith v. Barking Havering & Brentwood Health Authority (1989) [56].

These judgments are in accordance with the English approach to liability in the absence of “informed consent.” As indicated above, the position of English law on the subject of “informed consent” differs from that of other common law countries, and English law has yet to confer it with the same scope as it has in the United States and Canada. See I. Kennedy, A Grubb, Medical Law [87] at 172-202; R. Nelson-Jones, F. Burton, Medical Negligence Case Law [88] at 102.

15. Furthermore, recognition of the violation of individual autonomy as an individual claim of damage, while commendable, is still in its “infancy,” and its definition and the way it will be formulated still need to be developed. While tort law grants compensation for non-pecuniary damage, the proposed claim of damage still lacks precise and clear criteria for its application. Moreover, I find it difficult to accept the analogy proposed by my colleague, namely compensation for violation of constitutional rights. For it is unclear whether the damage for a constitutional tort is evaluated according to the criteria of the tort of negligence. This is a complex question which merits a separate discussion. See D. Barak-Erez, Avlot Chukatiot [Constitutional Torts] [73] at 243 and subsequent text. See also Memphis Community School Dist. v. Stachura [57] at 2544 – 45.

16. To conclude: It seems that these problems necessitate particular caution when assessing the cases in which compensation may be made for violation of autonomy as an independent tort and whether it should be done in cases of negligent non-disclosure of medical information. We must decide when and according to which criteria the damage will be assessed. In principle, I think that the introduction of this new claim of damage should initially be assessed in the framework of cases in which there was a blatant violation of human dignity and individual autonomy, where that kind of violation constitutes the main focus of the damage. On the other hand, matters that can be classified as medical negligence should generally be assessed within the context of results of the treatment.

 

In any event, compensation for violation of individual autonomy should not be allowed to undermine the doctrine of informed consent. Accordingly, in my view, compensation for violation of autonomy should only be awarded in rare cases, which I have not deemed it appropriate to define at this stage.

17. In light of my conclusion, were my opinion to win a majority, I would propose that the appeal be accepted and the case returned to the District Court for it to hear evidence regarding the damage caused to the appellant, so that the court can assess the level of compensation for that damage.

Justice T. Or

1. Unfortunately, I cannot concur with the conclusion of my colleague, Justice Beinisch. I will clarify my position below.

2. I accept that the discussion in the district court proceeded on the assumption that the respondents or doctors in their employ were found to be tortuously liable for the tort of negligence and not the tort of assault. Negligence is therefore the only ground we must decide in this appeal.

Within this framework, those responsible for providing medical treatment are obliged to compensate the patient for all bodily damage sustained as a result of the breach of their duty to receive his or her full consent to treatment. In my view, those responsible for giving medical treatment must also compensate the patient for all non-pecuniary damage sustained as a result of the violation of the patient’s right to autonomy, if the medical treatment is administered to the patient without his or her informed consent. The first part of my opinion discusses the respondents’ obligation to compensate the appellant for her bodily damage. My conclusion, which I will explain shortly, is that there was no proof of the required causal connection between the failure to receive the appellant’s informed consent and the bodily damage that she sustained. In the second part of my judgment, I will discuss the obligation to compensate a patient – in our case, the appellant – for non-physical damage sustained due to the violation of patient autonomy in giving medical treatment without the patient’s informed consent. I will first deal with the factual background and then discuss the above-mentioned questions.

The Principle Facts and the Dispute

3. I accept the conclusion reached both my colleague, Justice Beinisch, and the District Court that there was no proof of negligence in the actual decision to perform a biopsy on the appellant’s shoulder, the manner in which the biopsy was performed, or the appellant’s post-operation treatment to address its consequences. These conclusions are well grounded in the District Court’s findings, which were based on evidence that it found reliable. As my colleague explained, there are no grounds for our intervention in these findings.

The claim against the respondents’ doctors therefore focuses on their failure to inform the appellant of the risks and the prospects of the biopsy (hereinafter: the biopsy), creating a situation in which the appellant cannot be regarded as having given her “informed consent” to the biopsy. Here, too, I concur with my colleague that this constituted negligence in the way the doctors who treated her received her consent to the biopsy. However, before doing so, I must stress that, under the circumstances, the biopsy was a medical necessity which any reasonable doctor would have performed.

4. The principle facts regarding the biopsy are as detailed below:

(a)   As the trial court determined:

Around the middle of 1987, plaintiff began suffering from constant pain in the right shoulder, by day and by night. When systematic treatment was to no avail, rentogen photos were taken, followed by a bone-mapping. The latter test indicated ‘a diffuse absorption’ – which is a pathological finding. According to Dr. Eric Sharvit, the orthopedic specialist who treated the plaintiff in Defendant 2’s clinic: “I observed an irregularity in the diffuse absorption, cysts and unremitting pains; diffuse absorption is a pathological finding. No absorption can ever be normal. In mapping, the reason always shows up. It may be cancer, an undiagnosed fracture, or an infection. It may also be a growth…. There was something suspicious that required further clarification.

And further on:

According to Dr Eli Sharvit’s affidavit of April 22, 1991, he examined the plaintiff’s right shoulder on the dates September 8, 1987, October 20, 1987, and November 27, 1987. Sharvit stated that at the end of the examination of November 27, 1987, in the framework of the consultation group, and after everybody had seen her and examined her file, it was unanimously agreed that a biopsy was necessary (emphasis added – T.O.).

As Dr. Sharvit clarified in his testimony, “there was a concern about a destructive process which would be irreversible.” He went on to say that:

[T]here was no explanation for the absorption evidenced by the bone mapping, and a biopsy was therefore required in order to reach a clear diagnosis.

In addition to the above, the district court accepted Dr. Sharvit’s account of events in paragraph 8 of his affidavit:

In other words, I spoke with the plaintiff and, regarding her shoulder, I explained that she would have to have an operation in order to identify the problem, because the findings provided grounds for suspicion of a growth, and an operation was the only way of clarifying the matter. We had this conversation on October 20, 1997, when I determined that there was a suspected growth of cartilage.

The court also referred to the testimony of Dr. Schweppy, affirming it:

The head of the Orthopedic Department in Carmel Hospital at the time of plaintiff’s hospitalization of the plaintiff was Dr. Yitzhak Isadore Schweppy. Dr. Schweppy testified in court that the bone mapping indicated “an aggravated diffusive absorption near the humerus” and that the technician conducting the bone mapping had written (September 1, 1987) “Nature of absorption unclear. Recommend further examination.” According to Schweppy, “the photograph indicates a pathological finding and the mapping also shows these signs. The mapping states that there is no unequivocal finding. All of this, in my opinion, necessitates a biopsy.

In view of all this, and since appellant’s expert, Prof. Stein, did not explicitly contest the need for a biopsy, the court concluded that it was medically necessary to perform it, and there are no grounds for our intervention in this finding. 

(c) Appellant maintained that she had never had problems with her shoulder, that she had never made any complaints in that regard, and that the entire issue of the biopsy came as a total surprise to her. Her version was rejected by the district court in view of the trust it placed in Dr. Sharvit. Relying on examinations performed on the appellant – a photograph of shoulder and mapping of shoulder – the court rightfully concluded that appellant had suffered from shoulder pains and that she was well aware of the “problem” she had with her shoulder.

(d) The court further noted that the appellant almost admitted to having been spoken to regarding the shoulder, prior to the biopsy. It was apparently referring to the following paragraph in her testimony, in which she said:

Prior to the anesthetic I asked why the operation was on the arm and not on the leg. After they performed the operation I asked them.

Para.12.

In this paragraph she had a slip of tongue, indicating that already prior to the operation she asked “why the operation was on the arm.” In other words, she was aware that they were about to operate upon her shoulder. Even so, she immediately “corrected” herself.

At all events, as stated, the entirety of the evidence indicates that the performance of the biopsy was required, as customary in similar cases, to rule out the serious suspicion of it being a cancerous growth.

5. In her judgment, Justice Beinisch explains why the conduct of the operating doctor should be regarded as negligent. I accept that regardless of appellant’s general awareness of the need for such an operation, the doctor failed to discharge his duty to explain to the appellant the importance of the operation and its necessity as opposed to its risks, in order to ensure that the appellant’s consent would indeed be “informed consent.” Prior to the operation there may indeed have been a period of time during which appellant knew that she was about to undergo a biopsy. Nonetheless, the circumstances in which her consent was obtained indicate that she did not give her informed consent. The appellant was initially summoned to the operating room for an operation on her leg. While she was in the operating room, immediately prior to the operation, it was clarified to her that they intended to perform a biopsy on her shoulder, without making the associated risks clear to her, as required. I therefore accept my colleague’s conclusion that there was negligence on the part of the treating doctors in their performance of the biopsy without giving the required explanation of its risks.

The district court determined that appellant had given her “informed consent” to the biopsy. It reached this conclusion in reliance, inter alia, on the conversation between Dr. Sharvit and appellant in October 1987, about two and a half months before the biopsy. However, the contents of that conversation do not substantiate the court’s conclusion. Even if we accept the court’s reliance on Dr. Sharvit’s testimony, his comments to the appellant regarding the need to perform a biopsy did not constitute an explanation of the risks and prospects of the biopsy as required from a doctor about to perform an operation on a patient. Dr Sharvit’s general comments to the appellant were made when she was already on the operating table, awaiting a different operation for which she had been prepared. Clearly, this could not satisfy the requirement of receiving informed consent, as explained by my colleague in her judgment.

So far, I have traversed a long way along the path leading to my colleague’s conclusions. Nonetheless, in one matter I cannot concur with her conclusion. I refer to the proof of the causal connection between the doctors’ negligence and the bodily damage suffered by the appellant as a result of the biopsy. I do not believe that there was proof of a causal connection between the doctors’ negligence and the bodily damage suffered by the appellant as a result of the biopsy. Consequently, my conclusion is that appellant is not entitled to compensation for this damage. On the other hand, it is my view that those responsible for the appellant’s treatment must compensate her for the violation of her right to dignity and autonomy, which flows from the doctors’ negligence. I will first discuss the question of the causal connection between negligence and the bodily damage.

Appellant’s Right to Compensation for Bodily Damage Caused As a Result of the Biopsy – the Causal Connection

6. Where a plaintiff bases a claim on the grounds of medical negligence, he or she bears the burden of proving, inter alia, a causal connection between the doctors’ negligence and the alleged damage, namely that the negligence caused the damage – that but for the negligence, there would have been no damage. This is the rule for all claims grounded in negligence, including claims in which the tort is imputed to the doctor for negligence in failing to discharge his or her duty of disclosure to the patient prior to receiving consent for treatment. See CA 4384/90 [3]; CA 4341/94 Berman (Minor) v. Moore Institute for Medical Information Ltd [7]; see also Shapira [77] at 236. Consequently, it was incumbent upon the appellant to prove that had she received the requisite explanation regarding the biopsy – the importance of the biopsy, compared to its risks – she would not have given her consent to its performance. Should it transpire, however, that even after such an explanation, the appellant would still have agreed to perform the biopsy, it can no longer be said that it was the doctor’s failure to receive her “informed consent” that actually caused the damage that occurred as a result of the biopsy. In other words, in such a case, one cannot say that it was the absence of such consent that caused the damage.

The question is: what would have happened had the appellant actually received all the requisite and relevant explanations regarding the operation and then been asked to give her consent to the biopsy? Upon receiving the information, would she have refused to undergo the biopsy, which would have prevented the damage caused to her by its performance? The answer is not clear:

There are considerable difficulties in responding to the hypothetical causal question of what would have happened if they had conducted themselves in accordance with the law. The response is necessarily dependent on guesses and conjecture, especially with respect to the question relating to hypothetical human responses.

I. Englard, Yesodot Haachraut Benezikin, Dinei Nezikin – Torat Hanezikin Haclallit [74] at 230-39.

The kind of matter being dealt with here poses a particular difficulty: determining whether a patient would have agreed to the operation had he or she possessed all the relevant facts prior to giving consent. In his book, The Philosophy of Tort Law, Englard deals with the question in all its complexity, especially in view of the fact that these cases are not normally decided exclusively by logical considerations. See Id, Informed Consent: The Problem of Autonomy and Compensation in [74] at 166-67; see also CA 4384/90 [3].

Considering the difficulty in answering that question, the Court’s response must be based on the evidence submitted and considerations of common sense and life experience.

7. The case before us also raises the issue of whether the answer to the question presented above should be given according to a subjective criterion, namely, how would the appellant before us have reacted, or alternatively, according to an objective criterion. In other words, how would a reasonable patient have conducted himself or herself in a similar situation. Another possibility is the mixed criterion: how would a reasonable patient in the appellant’s position have behaved.

Even though my tendency is towards the subjective criterion, with the objective criterion serving as an auxiliary tool in its application, we need not resolve the issue in this case. The reason is that in my view, under the circumstances of this case, both the subjective and the objective criterion lead to the same unavoidable conclusion. It may be presumed, with an extremely high degree of certainty, that the patient would have actually consented to the biopsy even if all the facts that were relevant for receiving her consent had been presented to her. In my view, the possibility or the chances that she would not have agreed to it are particularly low, if not altogether negligible.

8. In her testimony, Appellant did not address the question of whether she would have agreed to a biopsy had she received an explanation of its urgency, its dangers and its prospects. In court, she categorically denied any conversations with her doctors regarding her shoulder. She even denied ever having complained about pains in her shoulder. The court rightly rejected this testimony, considering the proven facts: Appellant had been asked to undergo examinations which included an x-ray of her shoulder as well as a bone mapping, and these were in fact conducted.

However, even though she denied that the subject of her shoulder and the need for the biopsy were raised at any stage, nothing prevented her from addressing the hypothetical question of her consent to a biopsy. Appellant was given the opportunity to explain whether or not she would have agreed and her reasons for either decision. Had she utilized the opportunity and explained her stance, the court would have subsequently examined the credibility of her position and reasons, as well as their reasonability. The appellant was silent on this point, even though her particular considerations for not assenting to a biopsy, if she had them, were known only to her.

And so, on this point, the district court correctly said that: “We have no evidence that in these or other circumstances, the plaintiff would not have agreed to the biopsy.”

9. The court cannot speak in the place of the appellant, who was silent on this matter in her testimony. What the court can do is examine the entire complex of circumstances, even without her testimony, and ask whether it indicates that the appellant, as a reasonable person, would have refused the biopsy, had she received an explanation of its need as opposed to its inherent risks. One must assess the likelihood that disclosure of the requisite information would have led the patient to oppose the performance of a biopsy. In deciding this question, the court must consider the type of treatment that the patient received and the degree of its urgency compared with the risks involved and assess the probable response of the patient according to the criterion of how a reasonable patient would have responded in similar circumstances.

This assessment must relate to the time at which the appellant’s agreement was required, in other words, prior to the biopsy, after being presented with all the relevant data and being asked to decide whether or not she agreed to the operation. Clearly, the answer cannot be based on wisdom after the fact, when it was already clear that the concern regarding a cancerous growth had evaporated and that she had been injured as a result of the operation.

10. The circumstances preceding the biopsy were as follows:

(a) Appellant had complained of severe pains in her shoulder, which lead to the conduct of various examinations. The examinations included an x-ray of her shoulder and bone mapping. These two examinations justified further clarifications, due to the possibility of there being a cancerous growth.

As evidenced by experts’ testimony, which the court relied upon, additional clarification was to have been conducted by way of a biopsy. In their examinations, the experts were not presented with any proposition to the effect that there were other means for conducting that clarification, means that would have posed less risk than a biopsy, which entailed surgical intervention. Nor was the court presented with any evidence from which it could deduce that a biopsy was not the only reasonable measure to confirm or negate the existence of a cancerous growth on the appellant’s shoulder. The circumstances as they were presented to the court indicated the clear necessity of the operation, and any person who cared about his or her health would have given consent, in the absence of extreme unusual circumstances that would have dissuaded the patient from consenting. There was no evidence of such circumstances in this case.

(b) All surgical interventions involve certain dangers. Unfortunately, one of those became reality in the appellant’s case. Even so, it is commonplace that the mere existence of an element of danger does not prevent operations or the performance of examinations which are medically necessary. It must be stressed that in our case, no evidence was submitted of any particular risks, beyond the ordinary risks attendant to any surgical intervention, which are involved in the performance of a biopsy. By itself, the fact that the appellant was injured as a result of the operation provides no indication about the nature of the risks that are part of the biopsy performed on the appellant.

(c) My colleague, Justice Beinisch, suggested that had appellant been apprised of the need for the biopsy as opposed to the risks entitled therein, then presumably, like any other any reasonable patient, she would have preferred to receive a second opinion regarding the need for the examination. I do not accept this presumption. As early as October 1987, it had been explained to the appellant that an operation would be necessary in order to examine the problem. Sec. A of Dr. Sharvit’s affidavit. Appellant denied that the meeting with Dr. Sharvit ever took place, and we heard nothing from her to indicate that she would have consulted with an additional expert had the need for a biopsy arisen. In this context, I will mention that Appellant had long been in the treatment of doctors in respondents’ orthopedic department, and she would naturally trust them. The same doctors had both recommended and performed other operations on the appellant without her having consulted an additional expert. Furthermore, in view of the proven need to perform a biopsy, it is reasonable to assume that any additional expert would have recommended the same examination. These facts help us understand the testimony of the respondents’ experts, upon which the district court saw fit to rely.

11. On the basis of these data, in my opinion, not only was there no proof that Appellant would not have agreed to the biopsy had she been presented with all the information necessary in order to receive her consent, but the circumstances indicate that she would actually have agreed to it. The examination was required in order to ascertain the existence of a serious risk to her health as a result of a cancerous growth, and Appellant had previously put her trust in the respondents’ doctors; these factors and all the other circumstances, too, point very clearly in this direction. Like any reasonable person, the appellant would have agreed to it.

Admittedly, despite the fact that at the end of November 1987, the medical team of the Orthopedic Department of the hospital determined that there was a need for a biopsy, it was not actually performed until January 7, 1988. Arguably, in view of the clarification required regarding the shoulder, it would have been appropriate to recommend the performance of the biopsy at an earlier date. The question as to why this didn’t happen was not clarified in the district court, because the witnesses were not fully examined on this matter. Even so, when the appellant was brought to undergo the leg operation, the doctors considered the biopsy operation urgent to a degree that gave it priority over the leg operation that the appellant required. This fact indicates a dimension of urgency in the performance of the biopsy.

12. My conclusion that there was no proof of a causal connection between breach of the duty to receive the informed consent of the appellant and the performance of the biopsy is based on considerations similar to those adopted by other courts in the past in rejecting similar claims for compensation for bodily damage in tort actions. I will cite two examples.

In Smith [56], an operation was performed on plaintiff’s spine. The operation involved a risk factor of a 25% chance that three of the plaintiff’s limbs would be paralyzed. Plaintiff was not informed of this risk prior to the operation, and as a result of the operation, she was indeed inflicted with paralysis in three limbs. She subsequently filed suit, demanding compensation for the bodily damage.

Based upon the doctors’ testimonies, the court ruled that the doctors were negligent in their failure to inform the patient of this risk. Even so, the action under this head of damage was rejected because it was determined that a causal connection between the omission of failing to inform about the risk of that damage and the damage that was actually caused had not been proven. The court noted that the evidence presented did not indicate any particular factors that might have influenced the plaintiff’s subjective position regarding the question of whether to receive the treatment or not. As for specific factors regarding the treatment, the court pointed out, inter alia, that failure to treat the patient within a short period of time would have left the plaintiff paralyzed in all the limbs of her body. Furthermore, the danger to which she would have been exposed if the operation had not succeeded would not have been more severe than the danger that she could have expected had she not undergone the operation. On the other hand, had the operation succeeded, it would have postponed the plaintiff’s disability for a significant period of time. The court therefore concluded “unhesitatingly” that there was a strong likelihood that the plaintiff would have agreed to undergo the operation even had she received full information and that it was “in the highest degree unlikely” that the plaintiff would have refused to undergo the operation. Consequently, the court rejected the plaintiff’s claim for compensation based on the bodily damage caused to her.

The court acted similarly in Goorkani [66]. In that case, a man was treated with a particular medicine for an eye disease from which he suffered. Treatment with this medicine for a period exceeding a few months, at the dosages being given to the plaintiff, involved a high risk of infertility. In spite of the ongoing nature of the treatment, which extended for over a year and a half, plaintiff was not informed of the danger. The treatment solved his problem of vision, but the risk of infertility materialized, culminating in a suit for damages compensation.

The court ruled that in failing to give the information, the doctors breached their duty of care to the plaintiff. Nonetheless, his claim for compensation for bodily damage was rejected in the absence of the causal connection between the breach and the stated damage. In its ruling, the court considered the fact that the treatment was given to the plaintiff during his studies, while he was working towards an engineering degree. At that time, his motivation to complete his studies was particularly strong. As such, the problems regarding his vision caused him severe anxiety and even led to emergency hospitalization for treatment of this problem. Considering the fact that at that time of his life, the plaintiff was also experiencing marital problems, the court’s view was that even had he been informed of the danger of infertility, the plaintiff would have taken that risk in order to save his vision. In other words, the path of action chosen by the plaintiff would not have changed, even had the doctors discharged their duty to give him all the relevant information. Plaintiff’s claim was therefore rejected under this head of damage, in the absence of a causal connection between the violation and the damage.

I did not cite these two examples in order to prove that that the conclusion in the two aforementioned cases regarding the absence of a causal connection was the necessary conclusion in those cases. I cited them only in order to illustrate that when negligence is proven regarding the failure to receive informed consent for the operation, the court will not be afraid to determine, on the basis of the facts of the case, that there was no causal connection between the negligence in not receiving informed consent to the operation and the bodily damage caused by the operation.

13. My conclusion is therefore that the appellant is not entitled to compensation for bodily damage caused to her as a result of the biopsy. In view of this result, I need not express my opinion as to what the result would have been, had it been possible to prove that the balance of probability indicated that Appellant would have refused to receive the treatment had she been aware of all the relevant facts. For example, had it been possible to determine that there was a 30% chance that she would have refused to undergo a biopsy, the question might have arisen as to whether to give monetary expression to the loss of that chance, as a result of the breach of the duty to receive the appellant’s informed consent to the biopsy. It has been argued that in such a case, the appellant should be entitled to compensation calculated as a function of the degree of probability that she would have refused to perform the biopsy. My colleague, Justice Strasberg-Cohen, adopted this position in her opinion in this case, similar to her position in CA 6643/95 Cohen v Histadrut Klalit Health Fund [8] (see also Justice Mazza’s opinion in CA 4384/190 [3]). In the example that I gave, this would mean that appellant would be entitled to compensation equivalent to 30% of the damage caused as a result of the biopsy.

In view of my conclusion regarding the causal connection, under the facts of this case, I will not express my opinion on the question, and it will remain open, pending deliberation and decision in an appropriate case.

14. This completes our discussion of whether or not Appellant is entitled to compensation for bodily damages, but it does not complete my judgment. The additional question requiring resolution is whether compensation should be awarded to the appellant for the non-bodily damage sustained by her due to the violation of her autonomy, deriving from the fact that an operation was performed on her body without her having given her informed consent. I will now examine this question.

IntroductionThe Right to Autonomy

15. The point of departure for this discussion is the basic recognition that every person has a fundamental right to autonomy. Every individual has the right to decide his or her deeds and wishes in accordance with his or her choices, and to act in accordance with those choices. The right to autonomy is, in the language of that definition, “his or her independence, self-alliance and self contained ability to decide.” F. Carnelli, Crisis and Informed Consent: Analysis of a Law-Medicine Malocclusion [97], n.4 at 56. In a similar vein, Justice Cheshin stated that: “the law recognizes the autonomy of the individual to formulate his or her will as he or she considers appropriate, for his or her own ‘good’; it is the individual who decides his or her own ‘good’: his or her ‘good’ is his or her will, and his or her will is his or her ‘good.’ A person’s ‘will,’ whether explicit or implied, includes that person’s ‘good.’ A person’s ‘good’ is inseparable from his or her will.” FHC 7015/94 Attorney General v. Anonymous [9] at 95-96. A person’s right to shape his or her life and fate encompasses all the central aspects of his or her life: place of residence, occupation, the people with whom he or she lives, and the content of his or her beliefs. It is a central existential component of the life of every individual in society. It expresses recognition of the value of every individual as a world unto himself or herself. It is essential for the self-determination of every individual, in the sense that the entirety of an individual’s choices constitutes his or her personality and life. See D. Herman, The Basis for the Right of Committed Patients to Refused Psycho-tropic Medication [98].

16. The individual’s right to autonomy is not expressed only in the narrow sense of the ability to choose. It also includes another –physical – dimension of the right to autonomy, relating to a person’s right to be left alone. HCJ 2481/93 Dayan v. Commander of Jerusalem District [10] at 470-72. The import of the right is, inter alia, that every person has freedom from unsolicited non-consensual interference with his of her body. Dworkin made this point when addressing this aspect of individual autonomy:

It is a physical concept rather than an intellectual one. If you touch me or eavesdrop on me, you have injured my autonomy by invading my space. If you actually do something to change my body, you have injured my autonomy by changing the very constitution of what I am.

R.B. Dworkin, Medical Law and Ethics in the Post-Autonomy Age [99] at 733.

17. The recognition of a person’s right to autonomy is a basic component of our legal system, as a legal system in a democratic state. R. Gavison, Esrim Shana Lehilchat Yardor – Hazechut Lehibacher Vilikachei Hahistoria [78]; HCJ 693/91 Efrat v. Commissioner of the Population Registry in the Ministry of Interior (Efrat) [11] at 770. It constitutes one of the central expressions of the constitutional right of every person in Israel to dignity, a right anchored in the Basic Law: Human Dignity and Liberty. Indeed, it has already been ruled that one of the expressions of right to dignity is “the freedom of choice of every person as an individual being” and that this reflects the conception that every person … is a world in himself or herself and an end unto himself or herself.” HCJ 7357/95 Baraki Petar and Humphries (Israel) Ltd. v. State of Israel, (hereinafter, Baraki Petar and Humphries [12] at 783-84) (Barak, P.). President Barak further noted that, “The autonomy of individual will is a basic value in our legal system. Today it is anchored in the constitutional protection of human dignity.” HCJ 4330/93 Ganem v. Tel Aviv District Committee of the Bar Association (Ganem) [13] at 233-34. In this context, President Shamgar gave the following explanation of human dignity:

Human dignity is reflected, inter alia, in the ability of a human being as such, to freely form his or her personality at his or her own free will, to express ambitions and to choose the means of realizing them, to make his or her own volitional choices, not to be subjected to arbitrary coercion, the right to fair treatment by any authority or any other individual, to benefit from the inherent equality of all human beings …

CA 59942/92 Anonymous v. Anonymous [14] at 42.

18. The right to autonomy is “a framework right.” 3 A. Barak, Parshanut Bimishpat [Interpretation in Law], Parshanut Chukatit [Constitutional Interpretation] [76] at 357-58. Accordingly, this right served as a basis for deriving numerous specific rights. For example, it was the basis of the right of every person to choose his or her family name (Efrat [11]); for the right of the criminally accused not to be present at trial against their will (Baraki Peta Humphries, supra [12]; it was accorded weight regarding the question of appointing a guardian for another person (CA 1233/94 Cohen v. Attorney General [15] paras. 4,5, (Strasberg-Cohen, J.)). It was the basis for the fundamental right of every person to freedom of movement in Israel. HC 5016/96 Horev v. Transportation Minister [16] at 59-60 {256-57} (Barak, P.). It was also the basis of a person’s right to choose his or her own attorney to represent the person in court. Ganem, supra [13]. It was also given significant weight regarding the question of whether and to what extent one can recognize the validity of the adoption of an adult person, based on the approach that “In our times, when ‘human dignity’ is a protected, constitutional right, we must give effect to the individual's desire to concretize his or her own personal being …” CA 7155/96 Anonymous v. Attorney General [17] at 175 (Beinisch, J).

19. A person’s right to dignity and autonomy are cardinally important in the context of medical treatment. Medical treatment is part of the inner core of a person’s right to control his or her life. The impact it may have on a person’s lifestyle and quality of life may be direct and often irreversible. Accordingly, the derivative of a person’s right to autonomy is the right to receive information regarding the medical treatment he or she receives in a hospital. LCA 1412/94 Hadassah Medical Association, Ein Kerem v. Gilad [18] at 525. In the same vein, it was held that a person may not be pressured, either directly or indirectly, into consenting to an operation on his or her body which he or she does not want by way of reducing the compensation to which he or she is entitled. CA 4837/92 “Eliyahu” Insurance Company v. Borba [19]. This expresses the conception that “a medical operation constitutes an assault on a person’s body, and a person must retain autonomy over his or her body to decide whether he or she desires such an assault or not.” Id. at 261. The patient is entitled to refuse treatment, even if its advantages exceed its disadvantages and its prospects outweigh its dangers. The central focus of the decision to perform medical treatment is primarily the patient’s rights as a person, especially his or her right to dignity and autonomy, and only to a lesser extent, the medical repercussions of his or her decision. See R. Macklin, Symposium: Law and Psychiatry, Part II: Some Problems in Gaining Informed Consent from Psychiatric Patients [100] at 349-50. See also Justice Mazza’s opinion in CA 4384/90 [3] at 181.

The right to autonomy is also the main foundation of the doctrine of informed consent under which, subject to certain exceptions which are not relevant here, no medical procedure can be performed on a person’s body unless his or her informed is given. CA 3108/91 [1] at 91. In this context, the rule is that “where the choice of a medical course or the receipt of medical treatment involves substantial risks, doctors are obliged (subject to exceptions) to provide the patient with the information that is reasonably necessary for him or her to reach a personal and informed decision as to whether or not to choose the particular medical treatment and to take the risks involved. CA 4384/90 [3] at 182 (Mazza, J.). The decision concerning medical treatment … “must be an individual decision which first and foremost takes into account the will and choices of the patient himself..” Id. Justice Dorner summarized this point well in CA 434/94 [7]:

The patient is not an object. The patient is a subject who bears the consequences of the risks and chances that the doctor takes when choosing the manner of treatment. As such, the patient has the basic right, flowing from the autonomy of the individual, to make an informed decision, i.e. with awareness of the relevant facts, whether to agree to medical treatment being proposed to him or her.

Id. at 212.

20. Parenthetically, it should be noted, in order to provide a complete picture, that in 1996, the Patient’s Rights Law was enacted. The purpose of the law is “to establish the rights of a person applying for, or receiving medical treatment and to protect his or her dignity and privacy.” Sec. 1. The law prescribes, inter alia, a detailed arrangement regulating the subject of the patient’s informed consent to medical treatment Sec 13-15. This law does not apply in our case, given that it was enacted after the biopsy was performed on the appellant.

Violation of Autonomy: A Remunerable Damage Under the Tort Ordinance [New Version]

21. Returning to the case before us. As I indicated above, under the circumstances of this case, the duty to receive appellant’s informed consent to the biopsy on her shoulder was not discharged. This was a violation of appellant’s basic right, as a human being, to dignity and autonomy. Does this fact confer the appellant with a right to compensation, even if the appellant suffered no bodily damage as a result of the failure to receive her informed consent?

The first question to be addressed in this matter is whether or not the damage involved in the harm to the patient’s dignity and autonomy is “damage” in the sense of the Tort Ordinance [New Version]. In my view, this question must be answered affirmatively. The term “damage” is defined in Section 2 of the Tort Ordinance [New Version]. The definition is broad, including “loss of life, loss of assets, comfort, bodily welfare or reputation, or detriment thereof, or any other similar loss or detriment.”

In the framework of this definition, protection is given to numerous intangible interests. As such, compensation is awarded for non-pecuniary damage, such as pain and suffering, which are part of the bodily damage caused to a victim. The breadth of the definition led to the ruling that any harm to bodily comfort, pain and suffering, even without physical expression, even if not accompanied by any bodily damage of any kind, may constitute remunerable damage in a tort action. CA 243/83 Jerusalem Municipality v. Gordon [20] at 139 (hereinafter - Gordon). In accordance with this approach, the Tort Ordinance [New Version] also protects “the victim’s interests in his or her life, comfort, and happiness.” Id. at 141. Accordingly, the Court ruled that a person harassed by reason of a criminal procedure that originated in the negligent adoption of a mistaken criminal procedure against him is entitled to compensation from the prosecuting authority for that damage. Id.

In a series of subsequent judgments, the Court trod a similar path, awarding damages for harming intangible interests of plaintiffs in tort actions. Hence, the Court ruled that the owner of a copyright is entitled to compensation for psychological damage and emotional distress caused by the violation of the right. CA 4500/90 Herschko v. Aurbach [21] at 432 (Levin, D.P.). This was also the ruling regarding damage to a person’s dignity and freedom occasioned by his coerced and illegal hospitalization in a mental health hospital. CA 558/84 Carmeli v. State of Israel (Carmeli) [22] at 772 (Netanyahu, J.). Similarly, the Court ruled that the suffering sustained by a woman whose husband divorced her under circumstances of duress constitutes compensable damage. CA 1730/92 Matzrava v. Matzrava [23], para. 9 (Goldberg, J.).

The same applies to the violation of a person’s dignity and sensibilities which constitute a fundamental head of damages in the tort of assault and in the tort of false imprisonment. See H. McGregor, On Damages at 1024, 1026.

Against this background, I think that the violation of human dignity and right to autonomy caused by the performance of a medical procedure on a person without his or her informed consent entitles him or her to compensatory damages under tort law. The illegal harm to a person’s sensibilities attendant to the failure to respect the basic right to shape his or her life according to his or her own will constitutes a detriment to that person’s welfare and falls within the aforementioned category of “damage.” It matters not whether we regard it as damage to “comfort” or “or any other similar loss or detriment” under the definition of the “damage” in section 2 of the Ordinance. We have dealt with the centrality of the right to autonomy in shaping the identity and fate of a person in the society in which we live. The right to autonomy is central to the formulation of a person’s identity and fate in our society. It is a crucial component of a person’s ability to live as an independent and thinking individual. The inevitable conclusion is that this right is an essential part of a person’s interest in “his or her life, comfort, and happiness” (Gordon [20] at 122), and its violation may entitle the individual to compensatory damages. As Crisp wrote:

One’s well-being is constituted partly by the very living of one’s life oneself, as opposed to having it led for one by others. The fear we have of paternalism does not arise merely from the thought that we know our own interests better than others, but from the high value we put on running our own lives.

R Crisp, Medical Negligence, Assault, Informed Consent and Autonomy, [101] at 82.

A person is not an object. Every legally competent person is entitled to have his or her wishes respected by society and its members, in all important matters relating to that individual, provided that he or she does not harm others. LCrim 6795/93 Agadi v. State of Israel [24] at 710. It derives from the recognition of a person’s intrinsic value and of the fact that all people are free. Violation of this fundamental right, other than by force of legal power or right, seriously vitiates individual welfare, constituting damages for which compensation can be awarded.

Violation of Autonomy, Violation of the Doctor’s Duty of Care to the Patient

22. Our affirmative answer to the question of whether the damage discussed entitles its victim to compensation under the Tort Ordinance [New Version] does not terminate the discussion. Where a claim is based on negligence, the victim’s right to compensation depends on whether the tortfeasor owes a duty of care to the victim to prevent that damage. Recognition of this obligation is a function of “considerations of legal policy.” Gordon [20] at 140. Gordon ruled that the tort of negligence also encompasses a duty of care for damage which is neither pecuniary nor bodily, caused to persons within the first circle of risk, in other words, the targets of the injurious activity. In this context, Justice Barak ruled that:

The tort of negligence should provide equal protection to both the victim’s interest in his or her body and money and his or her interest in life, comfort and happiness. Non-pecuniary damage should not be regarded as “parasitical,” only to be tolerated when ancillary to pecuniary damage. It should be recognized as independent damage, meriting compensation as such. Human dignity, a person’s reputation, comfort, and mental well-being are important to proper societal life and must receive the appropriate protection granted to all other pecuniary interests. A person’s body and property are no more important than his or her grief.

Gordon [20] at 142.

Application of these considerations in a case of the type at hand tips the scales in favor of recognizing a victim’s right to compensation for non-pecuniary damages. The tortfeasor – who was responsible for providing the treatment – is clearly capable of anticipating the damages that will ensue from the violation of the person’s basic right to autonomy should the person fail to receive the information necessary to decide whether or not to undergo the treatment. See CA 195/91 State of Israel v. Levy [25] at 65-66 (Shamgar, P).

The person responsible for providing treatment and his or her patient are connected by relations of “proximity” within the tort law meaning of the term. This term refers to the component of duty of care, and it relates to “a special connection of different kinds between the tortfeasor and the victim.” It serves as “a means of control and supervision over the borders of responsibility by delimiting the “circles of danger.” Y. Gilad, Al Hanachot Avoda, Intuitzia Shiputit Veratzionaliut beKeviat Gidrei Achrayut BeRashlanut [79] at 322. A particularly close and intimate connection exists between the patient and the person responsible for his treatment in view of the treatment’s potentially far-reaching implications for the patient’s life and welfare. Against this background it was ruled that the patient-doctor relationship is predicated on a relationship of trust which “is the basis of the patient’s readiness to place his or her life, health, and welfare in the doctor’s hands.” CA 50/91 Sabin v. Minister of Health [26] at 34 (Shamgar P.). The patient undergoing a medical procedure is in the primary circle of risk of suffering harm if, prior to that procedure, the patient does not receive all the relevant information. Recognition of the patient’s right to compensation will not create broad circles of obligations which we cannot anticipate in advance. Consequently, the proximity requirement derives from the consideration that “according to any consideration of legal policy, there is a (normative) duty to anticipate non-pecuniary damage to a person who happens to fall within the primary circle of danger. In other words the person who was the target of the injurious action.” Gordon [20] at 142.

Furthermore, the nature of the relationship between the patient and doctor is such that the doctor is in a better position to prevent these kinds of damages. It must be remembered: The doctor enjoys an absolute advantage in knowledge over the patient. As a rule, the patient lacks the tools that would enable him or her to make an independent assessment of the various matters relating to the treatment. The patient does not have the fundamental corpus of knowledge that would enables him or her to direct questions to the treating doctor about all aspects of the particular medical procedure being considered. In other words, the doctor responsible for the treatment is fully equipped to adopt all measures that are necessary to prevent the damage that may be incurred by the patient due to a failure to provide important information prior to the actual treatment. Recognition of the patient’s right to compensation for violation of his autonomy in a case where this duty was breached may also help contribute to the duty actually being fulfilled [in other cases – ed.]. It may be of assistance in preventing situations such as ours, in which the doctors ascribe minimal significance, if any, to the patient’s opinion regarding the medical procedure, which in their opinion should be performed on the patient’s body.

Rejection of Considerations Against Recognizing the Obligation to Compensate for the Violation of Autonomy

23. Are there any counter-considerations, tipping the scale against recognizing the obligation to compensate for violation of a patient’s autonomy?

a) One possible consideration concerns the fear of what is referred to as “defensive medicine.” By that I mean the practice of medicine focused on the doctor’s protection against potential liability as distinct from the focus on the patient’s welfare. See the detailed comment of my colleague, Justice Strasberg-Cohen, regarding this concern; CA 2989/95 Korantz v. Sapir Medical Center – “Meir” Hospital at 698-99; A. Porat, Dinei Nezikin: Avlat Harashlanut alpi Pesikato shel Beit Hamishpat Haelyon Minekudat Mabat Theoretit [Tort of Negligence], [80] at 37. In our case, this fear would be manifested by providing unnecessary, superfluous information to the patient with the intention of exempting the doctor from possible liability. But in fact, “flooding” the patient with unnecessary information can actually violate the patient’s autonomy to the extent that it prevents him or her from exercising effective and meaningful discretion before deciding whether to undergo the medical procedure.

In my opinion, however, this fear should not be accorded significant weight in our case. Irrespective of whether or not we recognize an obligation to compensate for violation of the patient’s right to autonomy, it is still the doctor’s duty to give the patient all essential information of importance for the patient’s decision whether or not to consent to a particular medical procedure. This is the derivate of the doctor’s general and concrete duty of care which he owes to the patient, and which today is anchored in the Patient’s Right Law.

Our case is not concerned with broadening the existing duty or creating an expanded duty to give the patient information. There are parameters that determine the scope of information that the doctor must give the patient, and we will not broaden them. The obligation to give the patient this information applies, and will continue to apply, only to information of which the patient must be aware in order to decide whether or not to agree to the treatment. The doctor’s failure to discharge his or her duty of disclosure to the patient violates the patient’s autonomy. The determination that such violation of autonomy creates an additional right to compensation in no way affects the nature or the scope of this duty. The scope and the nature of the information which the doctor must give to the patient continues to be a derivative of the patient’s right to decide, on the basis of all the relevant information, whether to agree to the treatment proposed. Even in the legal regime proposed, which recognizes the patient’s right to compensation for the mere fact of the violation of his or her autonomy, the patient would not be entitled to any compensation in a situation in which the doctor failed to give the patient information which was not important to the patient’s decision.

Furthermore, in the current legal regime, doctors are liable for compensation of patients when there is a causal connection between the violation of the duty to receive the patient’s informed consent and the bodily damage caused to the patient. Usually the victim’s compensation award for the mere violation of the patient’s right to autonomy will be relatively small in relation to compensation for bodily damage. We should remember that we are not dealing with punitive or extraordinary damages but rather with compensation for harm to an intangible value, usually of restricted scope. See para. 27, infra. As such, we are not dealing with the broadening of potential professional liability to a degree which could trigger a real fear of widespread adoption of the practice of giving superfluous information to patients. In this context, Englard cites the following statement in his book: “Authoritarianism is deeply embedded in professional practices.” Supra [83] at 165. These comments, which largely reflect reality, tell us that as a matter of fact, we are still a far cry from the situation in which a patient’s autonomy will be violated by being provided with superfluous information. As such, I would not accord significant weight to this consideration.

b) Another risk mentioned in this connection is the danger of high administrative costs due to the court being flooded with claims. Amongst the other factors, there are objective difficulties in adjudicating this kind of tort action, which by definition is vague and intangible. See Porat [80] at 389.

The “flooding” claim has been raised on a number of occasions in the past, when the question deliberated was the existence of a duty of care on the part of the different administrative authorities. See e.g. CA 429/82 State of Israel v. Sohan [28] at 741 (Barak, J); Gordon, supra [20] at 125. Usually the Court has not accorded significant weight to this claim, and in my opinion, rightly so. Experience indicates that none of the cases in which the claim was raised actually triggered the flooding of which we had been warned, including with regard to the subject of compensation for non-pecuniary damage only. Absent, a firm, factual foundation for this claim, I would therefore avoid according any significant weight to this consideration. Furthermore, we must remember that we are dealing here with substantive law, which concerns the rights of individuals to compensation for a violation of one of their basic rights. Courts exist in order to do justice, and in the words of Justice Netanyahu, discussing periodic compensation payments:

The principle of the finality of a judgment, whether it protects a party against being unnecessarily disturbed or protects the court against being flooded with applications for repeated adjudication, is indeed an important matter, but it should not prevail over the primary consideration, which is doing justice between two parties. CA 283/89 Haifa Municipality v. Moskovitz [29] at 727 (emphasis added, T.O).

(c) It was further claimed that that there is no need to recognize a damageable right in cases of the kind before us, because in reality there are numerous patients who do not desire autonomy when receiving medical treatment. For various reasons rooted in the nature of the situation of treatment situation and the nature of the doctor-patient relationship, patients prefer to transfer responsibility for deciding their fate to the doctors treating them. See Englard, supra [83], at 163-65. Consequently, one cannot say that any damage was incurred by these patients due to the failure to disclose the risks and damages occasioned by the treatment they received.

I lack the tools required for an empirical examination of this proposition. I have serious doubts whether most patients voluntarily waive any significant involvement in the decision making process regarding treatment they are about to receive and have no interest in such involvement. Furthermore, compensation for damage awarded for the violation of the right to autonomy is individually based, taking into consideration the particular circumstances of the case. See para. 27, infra. Accordingly, there may be cases in which the evidence indicates that the patient’s right to autonomy was not violated, despite the failure to comply with the legal duty to receive the patient’s informed consent to medical treatment. For example, the patient’s particular subjective preferences may lead the court to conclude that there is no justification for granting the patient compensation for violation of that right. Nonetheless, from a conceptual perspective, this does not preclude recognition of statutory remedy for cases in which the evidence indicates a violation of the patient’s right to autonomy.

As such, I conclude the reasons for rejecting recognition of a duty to compensate for damages caused by the violation of autonomy do not convince me to change my conclusion that such duty should be recognized.

24. This conclusion is buttressed by an additional consideration. Normally, there is a contractual connection binding the patient, the doctor treating him or her, and the institution in which treatment is given. This contract includes an implicit condition whereby the treatment given to the patient will comply with required standards of expertise and reasonability. Providing treatment without receiving the patient’s informed consent to the treatment constitutes a breach of this duty and is therefore a breach of the contractual obligation owed to the patient. See CA 3786 Levi v. Sherman [30] at 462. That violation may entitle the patient to a remedy, inter alia, under section 13 of the Contract Law (Remedies for Breach of Contract), 1970, which provides that “where the breach of contract has caused other than pecuniary damage, the Court may award compensation for that damage at the rate it deems appropriate under the circumstances of the case.” Among other things, the provision entitles the victim of such a violation to compensation for “hurt, suffering, disappointment and emotional pain, and perhaps even for loss of pleasure.” G. Shalev, Dinei Chozim [Contracts Law] [75] at 586. These damages are essentially similar to damages sustained by the patient due to the violation of his or her autonomy. Recognition of a contractually based compensatory right by reason of those damages provides additional support for the conclusion that there should be recognition of a similar duty in the tort context. There is no rational reason for distinguishing between the grounds for a contractual action and the grounds for an action in tort, where both actions flow from the same set of relations.

Case Law Supporting Recognition of Right to Compensation for the Violation of Autonomy

25. In addition to the aforementioned considerations, I will add that over the last few years, the tendency in case law has been to recognize the patient’s right to compensation for damages incurred by reason of the violation of his or her dignity caused by the treating doctor’s failure to provide relevant information, even in situations where there was no proof of a causal connection between the bodily damage caused to the patient and the doctor’s violation of the duty.

In this context, I refer to Goorkani [66], mentioned above in another context. A man received treatment aimed at preventing blindness that was developing due to a sickness from which he was suffering. He was not informed that the treatment was liable to render him infertile. The court determined that there was no proof that the patient’s decision would have been different had he been informed of that risk. Even so, the court awarded compensation for the sum of 2,500 pounds sterling by reason of “the loss of self-esteem, shock and anger at the discovery of his infertility, together with the frustration and disruption which ignorance and sudden shock of discovery brought to the marital relationship.” Id. at 24-25 (emphasis added – T.O).

Similarly, in Smith [56], also referred to above, the court ruled that there was no proof of a causal connection between the paralysis suffered by plaintiff following her operation and the omission of failing to inform her, prior to the operation, of the 25% risk factor of disability. As stated, the [physical damages – ed.] claim was rejected, but the court still awarded plaintiff the sum of 3,000 pounds sterling for the mental shock she sustained upon becoming aware that she had incurred a severe disability, with no prior warning of the possibility of its occurrence. The court arrived at a similar result in Lachambra v. Nair (1989) [57], cited by Edward ([83], n.19 at 172). There, the court ruled that it was not proven – objectively or subjectively - that plaintiff would have not agreed to the performance of the proposed medical procedure, even had he been given all the relevant information. But despite the absence of proof that the tort had caused pecuniary damage, plaintiff was awarded compensation for the sum of $5000, in view of the breach of the patient’s right to receive all the relevant information prior to the medical treatment.

Summing up this point, these judgments evidence a trend which is in conformity with my own conclusion: recognition of the duty to compensate for the mere violation of a person’s autonomy.

26. This concludes my discussion of the patient’s right to compensation for violation of autonomy occasioned by the breach of the duty to receive his informed consent to medical treatment. My conclusion is that there should be recognition of a duty to compensate the patient for this violation. Indeed, if we take a serious attitude to the patient’s right to choose whether and what kind of medical treatment he or she is to receive, then our ruling should be that there is “a price” for the very fact that his or her dignity was harmed because medical treatment was performed on the patient’s body without receiving the patient’s informed consent. See M.R. Fluck, The Due Process of Dying [102] at 141. In her book, Barak-Erez made this point too, arguing that “if tort law purports to protect interests which the legal system considers important, then in accordance with contemporary thinking, the time has come to extend the protection of these laws to individual rights.” [73] at 157.

Violation of Autonomy in Addition to Bodily Damage Caused by Negligence in Medical Treatment

27.  At this point. we must relate to the concern mentioned by my colleague, Justice Beinisch, that recognition of the patient’s right to compensation for the violation of his or her autonomy may paradoxically lead to “a limitation of the compensation given to the victim of a treatment, being content with nominal compensation…” in view of the danger that the courts will avoid “dealing with the complex question of the causal connection”.

These comments rest on the assumption, with which I concur, that as a matter of principle, violation of autonomy and bodily damage constitute two distinct torts, one being supplementary to another and not instead of the other. Compensation for violation of autonomy does not replace compensation for bodily damage. It is supplementary thereto, and attempts to place the injured party as near as possible to his or her original position by way of pecuniary compensation.

Indeed, there are numerous cases in which the claim for compensation occasioned by violation of autonomy will not be the main remedy requested, and the claim will focus on the patient’s right to compensation for bodily damage caused by reason of medical treatment performed without the his or her informed consent. In that framework, the examination required is not limited to ascertaining whether or not there was a breach of the duty to provide the patient with all information required to decide whether not to undergo the treatment. The parties and the court, too, must also decide upon the causal connection between the breach of the duty and the damage actually caused. Indeed, in numerous cases both the evidence and legal argumentation focus primarily on this last question. A question arises as to whether this situation provides cause for concern that the court will take the “easy” path. In other words, the court is liable to determine that there was no casual connection between the breach of the duty and damage caused, even in the absence of any substantive justification for its determination. It could choose this path of action in the knowledge that the patient also has a right to some compensation for violation of his autonomy.

I think that the question ought to be answered in the negative. In my opinion, trial judges deserve credit in the form of the assumption that they will not diminish the substantive rights of a patient to whom remunerable damage was caused as a result of receiving medical treatment without his informed consent. Nor should one forget that judgments in these matters are subject to appeal. Inadequate reasoning for the determination was that there no proof of casual connection between the violation of the duty and the damage that was caused will not stand up to judicial review. Neither is it amiss to mention that in the two English cases mentioned above, which determined that there was no casual connection between the violation of the duty and the actual damage, there was, inter alia, a ruling of compensation for the violation of autonomy and a detailed judicial discussion of the question of the casual connection. Neither of the judgments evidence any sign of an attempt to “avoid” dealing with this complicated question.

In sum, there does not appear to be any substantial foundation for my colleague’s concern. As such, my conclusion is that there ought to be recognition of the tort of violation of right to autonomy as an independent tort under which compensation is awarded to a patient, where there was a breach of the duty to provide him or her with necessary information.

The Extent of the Damage in the Violation to the Right to Autonomy – Generally and in Our Case

28. Having ruled that there is a duty to compensate for damages sustained as a result of violation of autonomy, I will now examine the question of proving the damage and its scope. Naturally, matters relating to the proof and the extent of damage are determined in accordance with the particular data in each individual case and the evidence submitted in court. The substantive criterion for generally determining the amount of compensation to which the victim is entitled is the criterion of restoring the situation to its original [ex ante – ed.] state. This criterion is an individual one. It requires an individual assessment of the gravity of the harm caused to the specific victim. See CA 2934/93 Soroka v. Hababu [31] at 692.

In cases of the kind under discussion, the damage is expressed primarily in the plaintiff’s psychological and emotional response to the fact that medical treatment was performed on the patient’s body without his or her informed consent and the fact that risks materialized of which the patient was not informed prior to agreeing to the treatment See Englard at 164. In assessing the amount of compensation for the damage, there is importance to the severity of the breach of the duty to receive the patient’s informed consent prior to performing the treatment. Failure to provide any manner of significant information concerning the procedure about to be performed is generally more serious than failure to provide part of the substantive information.

Similarly, the graver the danger of which the patient was not informed in terms of possible injury, and the greater the likelihood of it materializing, the more serious the violation of patient autonomy. In other words, there is a proportional relationship between the gravity of the decision from the patient’s perspective, the gravity attaching to a denial of his or her effective involvement in the decision-making process, and the gravity of the violation of the right to autonomy. Thus, to the extent that the potential damage is greater, so too, greater importance attaches to the duty of informing the patient of the potential danger, which in turn impacts on the severity of the violation of the duty and the actual damage caused to the patient by that omission.

Clearly, these guidelines are only general. By definition, the damage in this kind of case involves a predominantly subjective aspect, giving rise to inevitable difficulties in assessing it. Ultimately, the sum of compensation in each particular case, similar to compensation for other non-pecuniary damages, is a matter of judicial discretion, and it is thus determined by making an evaluation based on all the relevant circumstances and the impression of the court. The court must therefore adopt a balanced approach. It should give the appropriate weight to the fact that basic human rights were violated, which dictates an award of appropriate compensation as opposed to a symbolic compensation. On the other hand, considering the difficulties inherent in the procedure of accessing the damage, judicial restraint is required, and exaggerated compensation awards should be avoided/ See Alexander v Home Office [58] at 122, which adopted a similar approach.

Summing up this point, Barak-Erez’s comments are relevant, with the necessary changes, for assessing damage in the case of violation of an abstract constitutional right:

Compensation will be based on an assessment of the degree of offense to the individual’s sensibilities, against the background of the particular circumstances. In view of the essence of this kind of violation of rights, one cannot expect accurate proof of damage, as with the proof required for consequential damages, whether physical or economic. This kind of proof is not possible, given that there is no criterion for general, non-pathological feelings of insult and grief. Courts will have to make an assessment based on the circumstances and also based on the judges’ life experience. The compensation will not be symbolic. It will be based on the assumption the damage was caused….

On the other hand, one can not diverge from principles of tort by awarding compensation which is unrelated to the concrete violation and its circumstances. The sum of compensation cannot and should not reflect the universal value of the right … In the area of torts, compensation is determined according to the damage suffered by the plaintiff himself or herself, and not according to the value of his or her rights from the perspective of another person”.

[73] at 276-77.

Precision is required here. These comments were made in the context of a general thesis, advocating recognition of the citizen’s right to compensation when an authority illegally violates his constitutional right. The question is an important one, concerning judicial recognition of the existence of “constitutional torts,” but it does not arise in the case before us, and I need not express a position on the matter. Even so, the author dealt with the subject of compensation and assessment of the appropriate amount of compensation in the case of a violation of a constitutional right. Her comments are applicable mutatis mutandis to the case before us, in which we are required to determine the sum of compensation for negligence. Furthermore, they express the salient elements of my own views on the subject.

29. In the case before us no detailed evidence was submitted regarding the damage sustained by Appellant. The lack of evidence as such does not vitiate Appellant’s right to compensation for general damage of the violation of her autonomy. When dealing with general damage as opposed to pecuniary damage, the court may, in appropriate circumstances, award monetary compensation even absent specific and detailed proof of concrete damage.

This was the spirit of the Supreme Court ruling in Matzraba [23], mentioned above. That case concerned a woman’s action in tort against her ex-husband who had divorced her against her will, in contravention of section 181 of the Penal Law, 1977. Plaintiff adduced no evidence of the damage caused to her as a result of defendant’s act. Justice Goldberg ruled that nonetheless, there can be no doubt that the plaintiff suffered by reason of the coerced divorce. Justice Goldberg wrote that, in these circumstances:

Even absent proof of concrete damage sustained by plaintiff, the court should have ruled an estimated compensation for general damage that she no doubt suffered as a result of the respondent having severed the marital bond against her will. Para. 9 of the judgment.

Accordingly, Justice Goldberg accepted the plaintiff’s appeal to the extent that it related to the tort grounds on which her claim was based, and he assessed the general damage sustained by her due to her divorce at NIS 30,000.

Justice Netanyahu made a similar ruling in Carmeli [22], which dealt with a plaintiff’s forced hospitalization in an institution for the mentally disturbed. The plaintiff’s action was based on violation of a statutory duty. The judges disputed whether an action on that basis could be substantiated in circumstances in which there were specific defenses regarding the tort of unlawful confinement. The majority answered in the negative and did not even address the question of damage caused to the plaintiff. Justice Netanyahu, having answered in the affirmative, proceeded to address the question of damages. She ruled that even though pecuniary damage was not proven, “general damage was caused by the mere virtue of her [the plaintiff’s – T.O.] forced confinement in a hospital for the mentally disturbed, and such damage does not require proof.” Id. at 772. She therefore awarded an estimated sum of damages, fixing the amount at NIS 10,000 as of the judgment date (May 30, 1984).

The principle evidenced by these judgments is similarly applicable to our case. The judgments cited relate to the tort of breach of statutory duty. Like the tort of negligence that concerns us here, the element of damage is similarly a component of the tort of the breach of a statutory duty. Yet this did not preclude a compensatory award for the general damages caused by the tortuous act. This expresses the general principle whereby there is no need to prove general damage and its scope because the existence of damage and its scope derive from the very fact of the tortfeasor’s breach of his duty. In a similar vein, we can refer to the language of the Second Restatement of the Law of Torts [114], which states the following:

In many cases in which there can be recovery for general damages, there need be no proof of the extent of the harm, since the existence of the harm may be assumed and its extent is inferred as a matter of common knowledge from the existence of the injury as described.

Id. at note ‘a’ of sec. 912.

And in note (b) of section 912, similar comments are made regarding non-tangible damage, to the effect that:

In these cases the trier of fact can properly award substantial damages as compensation for harms that normally flow from the tortious injury even without specific proof of their existence, such as pain from a blow or humiliation from a scar. Evidence to prove that the harm is greater or less than that which ordinarily follows is admissible. The most that can be done is to note such factors as the intensity of the pain or humiliation, its actual or probable duration and the expectable consequences.

 

Considering these principles, I would award the appellant a certain compensation for the violation of her right to autonomy. I dealt above with the circumstances surrounding the appellant’s agreement, noting that they did not comply with the requirements of informed consent. Even if the appellant had general knowledge that they were going to perform a biopsy on her shoulder, the intention to perform the biopsy at the time and the place in which it was done was only made clear to the appellant immediately before the actual performance of the procedure, when she was in the operating room. This did not allow the appellant to exercise real discretion regarding the performance of that particular action on her body, and as such there was a violation of her basic right to control what would be done to her body. In view of the totality of circumstances in this matter and in the absence of any particular detailed evidence of the damage caused to the appellant as a result of that violation, I would award the compensation in the amount of NIS 15,000.

The Result

In view of all of the above, I would grant the appellant’s appeal, and in consideration of all that has been explained, I would rule that she receive compensation in the sum of NIS 15,000. Under the circumstances, I would order the respondents to pay appellant’s expenses in both courts in the sum of 10,000 NIS.

Justice T. Strasberg-Cohen

1. Should appellant be compensated for the respondents’ negligence in the receipt of informed consent for performing the operation on her shoulder? And if so – for which kind of damage? These are the questions to be decided.

My colleagues are divided on the matter. Justice Beinisch maintains that the appellant would not have agreed to the operation had her informed consent been requested, and that she should therefore be compensated for all the damage caused to her by the operation. On the other hand, Justice Or believes that the appellant would have agreed to the operation and is therefore not entitled to compensation for the injury. At the same time, he recognizes a new head of tort - violation of autonomy - and suggests that she be compensated only for that.

Unfortunately, on some of these issues I cannot concur with my colleagues, although our approaches do occasionally converge. In my discussion of the issues at hand, I will rely on the set of facts and its attendant conclusions as determined by my colleague, Justice Beinisch, and to which my colleague, Justice Or, agreed. The first assumption is that no medical negligence was involved in the decision to perform the operation, in the operation itself, or in the subsequent treatment. The second assumption is that the failure to receive the appellant’s informed consent provides grounds for a negligence-based action, and not an assault-based action. The third assumption is that the respondents were negligent by reason of their failure to receive appellant’s informed consent to the operation. What are the implications of this negligence? For the purpose of discussing this question, I briefly present the facts.

2. About one and a half months prior to the operation, the appellant was examined in the Health Fund and told of a suspicious finding on her shoulder requiring a biopsy. No appointment was made for this operation, which was supposed to be elective; the doctor did not indicate any urgency for it, and during the period that elapsed after the examination, nothing was done in preparation for the operation on the shoulder, and no date was set for it. On January 7, 1988, the appellant was hospitalized for an operation on her leg. During the two days following her arrival in hospital, all the arrangements required for her leg operation were made. Records show that no tests were conducted in relation to her shoulder, nor is there record of any consultation at the hospital regarding substituting the leg operation with an operation on the shoulder. While the appellant was in the operating room, prior to the operation on her leg, and after receiving tranquilizers and sedatives, she was asked to consent to an operation on her shoulder instead of on her leg, and such consent was forthcoming. Nothing in the evidence indicates that she received any explanation of why the operation on her leg was replaced by the operation on her shoulder; what was the urgency of the operation on the shoulder necessitating its performance then and there instead of the leg operation, and no less important - she was not informed of the risks involved in performing the shoulder operation. The shoulder was operated on, and the appellant was left with a “frozen” shoulder, suffering from disability.

 

The Case and its Problems

3. As my colleague, Justice Or, noted, the appellant was silent regarding whether or not she would have agreed to the operation had she been asked to give her informed consent since, according to her own testimony – which was rejected by the lower court – she had no idea that an operation was about to be performed on her shoulder. The lower court did not believe her, and there is no cause for intervention in that determination. Nonetheless, the question remains: what would she have done if her informed consent had been sought under the appropriate conditions, having received a full explanation of the risks and prospects of the medical action? Even had she testified on the matter, it is doubtful whether significant weight would have attached to her testimony, and even had she testified that she would not have consented, how much value could be ascribed to such testimony? (We will return to this below). At the same time, one can rely on the objective background facts connected to the case. It was recommended to the appellant that she undergo an operation on her shoulder about two months before it was performed. During this period, she did nothing to promote the performance of the operation. She was not told that the operation was urgent; she did not express her wish to perform an operation on her shoulder when she was told that she needed one; and she did not make an appointment for an operation on her shoulder. On the contrary, she set an appointment for an operation on her leg and preferred to have that operation performed rather than the shoulder operation. From a subjective perspective therefore, there is nothing to indicate that the appellant had prepared herself for a shoulder operation after it was recommended to her to do so, despite the passage of time.

An assessment of her behavior from the point of view of a reasonable patient also presents difficulties. How can one know what a reasonable patient would have decided absent any indication in the evidence as to the risks of the operation? Such risks were neither explained nor presented to her, and no medical evidence was presented to the court stating that there were absolutely no risks. One cannot learn anything from the subsequent consequences – the frozen shoulder –about the risk involved in performing the operation. Neither did the respondents enlighten the court as to whether it is rare or common for that risk to materialize or whether or not the patient should have been informed of its existence. Absent the elementary information that would have guided a reasonable patient in such circumstances, how does one determine what that reasonable patient would have decided? What do we have, apart from a disagreement between my colleagues over whether or not the appellant would have given her consent? Their dispute is not a legitimate difference of opinion between judges, which frequently leads to different conclusions. Rather, it is a different assessment of a hypothetical factual possibility, regarding the type of decision that might have been made by a patient in circumstances that never took place. Each of my colleagues laid out a series of grounds for their assessment. Each of them provided respectable explanations, but these do not enable a conclusion one way or the other. All they do is to indicate the existence of two feasible options.

How should we decide the law under these circumstances, and what are the questions requiring a response? If the need for the operation at that time and the risks involved had been explained to the appellant, would she have consented to it? Who should bear the burden of proof – the patient, that she would not have consented, or the doctors, that she would have consented? What degree of proof is required? Should the probability be over 50%? Should it be less? Do doctors bear the burden of proof because of their failure to obtain informed consent, irrespective of what the appellant would have done had her consent been duly sought? Should we impose the burden of proof on them because of the evidentiary damage caused to her in that they did not obtain her informed consent, such that she cannot prove what would have happened if … ? These questions and others hover over our case and have no single agreed-upon response, save that informed consent for treatment should be obtained from a patient and that from the patient in this case, no such informed consent was obtained.

“Informed Consent”

4. Today, it appears to be undisputed that a doctor must obtain informed consent from a patient for medical treatment in general, and for performing an operation on his or her body in particular. This rule is expressed in the literature. See e.g. Shultz, supra [94] at 220-23. See also Giesen [86] at 254-56; M. Jones, Medical Negligence [90] at 283; Shapira in his article [77]. In the case-law, see CA 560/84 [2]; CA 3108/91 [1]. In legislation, see e.g. Patient’s Rights Law, ch. Four, titled “Informed Consent to Medical Treatment”, secs.13-16; Mental Patients Treatment Law, 1991, sec. 4(a); Use of Hypnosis Law, 1984, sec. 5; Anatomy and Pathology Law, 1943, sec. 6A(b), and the various Public Health Regulations. In medical ethics, this rule is anchored in society’s basic concept of a person’s right to autonomy and sovereignty over his or her own body. The concept is also accepted in other legal systems. See Canadian Supreme Court judgments Hopp v. Lepp (1980) [70] at 70-71; Malette v. Shulman (1990) [71] at 336; Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital (1914) [53] at 93 (Cardozo, J.); in England: Chatterton v. Gerson (1981) [59]. I shall not expand on the issue, which my colleagues addressed at length in their opinions.

Causal Connection in a Hypothetical Occurrence

5. A distinction must be made between a causal connection in past factual-actual occurrences, on the one hand, and causal connections in past factual-hypothetical occurrences, on the other. In past hypothetical occurrences, we are not dealing with an actual occurrence but with something that never happened, the consequences of which – had the event occurred – would also be hypothetical. We encounter such an occurrence in the case of an omission, when the question is asked – what would have happened if the injuring party had not omitted performing his or her duty but rather fulfilled it. The law does not preclude dealing with questions involved in proving hypothetical facts. Proving a hypothetical fact is often required as one of the basics of liability, in order to determine the extent of the injury and to quantify compensation. Not all omissions are in the same class. See e.g. Bolitho v. City and Hackney Health Authority (1997) [60]. Sometimes there is no difficulty involved in determining what actually would have happened were it not for the negligent activity, and sometimes a negligent occurrence in the past teaches us nothing about another event that might have occurred or been prevented were it not for the omission. The possibility of drawing a conclusion regarding “what might have been,” based on a retrospective hypothetical test, is limited to certain cases which do not concern us. We will restrict our discussion to the omission of failing to obtain the patient’s informed consent.

6. Consider an action based on a breach of the duty of care intended to prevent injury of a particular kind: The injury actually occurs, and we do not know how the plaintiff would have behaved in a hypothetical eventuality in which the defendant actually discharged his or her duty. In certain cases, the courts would be ready to assume, in the plaintiff’s favor, that had the duty been discharged, the injury would have been prevented. This assumption is often based on experience, which serves as a yardstick for such assumptions. See R. Shapira, Hamechdal Hahistabruti shel Dinei Haraayot – Chelek 1 – Bikorot Mesortiot [81] at 234-37. On the other hand, when the action is based on negligence in obtaining informed consent, and proof is required of a causal connection between the doctor’s negligence and the injury to the patient, it has been argued that assumptions should not be made in the plaintiff’s favor, given our ignorance of what he or she would have decided; nor does experience teach us anything in this respect. See W.S. Malone, “Ruminations on Cause-in-Fact” [103] at 85-88.

7. Where there is negligence in obtaining informed consent, the doctor failed to act in conformity with his or her legal duty. The case therefore concerns a negligent omission, related to the hypothetical situation of having made a human decision which in fact was not made, due to the negligent omission that preceded it. We must therefore examine what would have happened were it not for that omission. For the purpose of this examination, we substitute actual negligent behavior with alternative hypothetical behavior, which is counterfactual. This question concerns the factual and legal causal connection between the negligent omission and the injury caused by performing the operation without obtaining informed consent. In other words, we assume a hypothetical situation in which it is assumed that the patient would have consented to treatment if his or her informed consent had been requested. If the assumption is that the patient would have given consent, then even if such consent were not sought, it may be stated that there is no causal connection between the doctor’s omission and the performance of the operation and consequent injury. On the other hand, if the counterfactual assumption is that the patient would not have consented to the operation, then applying that counterfactual assumption would mean that when the operation was performed without his or her consent, there is a causal connection between the doctor’s omission and the operation and consequent injury.

The question of what would have happened had the doctor fulfilled his or her duty has no clear answer, since the scenario is one in which the doctor did not provide the information, the patient did not receive it, and the patient did not make a decision based on the information. Examining the causal connection in this kind of case requires an assessment of expected conduct when the offense was committed and hindsight during the legal inquiry. This state of affairs is described in the book by Powers & Harris:

[The event – T.S.C.] was not a past fact – it lay in the future at the material time [i.e. when the tort was committed – T.S.C.].

[The event – T.S.C.] lay in the future at the date of commission of the tort, but cannot at the trial date be established as past or present facts because the circumstances make this impossible.

M.J. Powers, N.H. Harris, Medical Negligence [91] at 403-04.

8. The difficulties inherent in proving causal connection in cases involving vague, hypothetical and speculative aspects have been described by scholars and courts in Israel and other parts of the world. Hart & Honor wrote that:

The main structure of ... causal connection is plain enough, and there are many situations constantly recurring in ordinary life to which they have a clear application; yet it is also true that ... these have aspects which are vague or indeterminate; they involve the weighing of matters of degree, or the plausibility of hypothetical speculations, for which no exact criteria can be laid down. Hence their application, outside the safe area of simple examples, calls for judgment and is something over which judgments often differ ... Very often, in particular where an omission to take common precautions is asserted to be the cause of some disaster, a speculation as to what would have happened had the precaution been taken is involved. Though arguments one way or another over such hypothetical issues may certainly be rational and have more or less “weight”, there is a sense in which they cannot be conclusive.

H.L.A. Hart, T. Honor, Causation in the Law [92], at p. 62).

Reference to the difficulty raised by the proof of causal connection in a human hypothetical occurrence can be found, inter alia, in Englard’s article [74], pp. 229-30:

Significant difficulties are raised in replying to the hypothetical causal question: What would have happened had they acted in accordance with the law? The answer necessarily depends on estimates and guesses, especially when the question concerns hypothetical human responses.

The plaintiff generally bears the burden of proving his or her claim. As such, the plaintiff may find himself or herself in a problematic situation in which the evidentiary difficulties of presenting proof are liable to thwart the claim, even when it is substantial. Justice Mazza addressed this fundamental difficulty:

And if, indeed, [the plaintiffs, the deceased’s dependents – T.S.C.] are required to prove the existence of a causal connection … how can they do it? Who can testify, veritably from the mouth of the deceased, that had the doctors apprised her of the extent of the risk involved in continuing the pregnancy after her water had broken so early, she would have chosen to avoid taking the risk and demanded that the doctors immediately discontinue her pregnancy?

CA 4384/90 Vaturi [3] at 191.

Giesen also notes this:

It would make little sense if the plaintiff could “in theory” bring an action in damages for breach of the duty of disclosure but would, as a general rule, find his claim shipwrecked because he cannot prove how he would have reacted in the hypothetical event of having been informed about the risks.

Giesen [86] at 35.

9. These difficulties stem not only from the fact that the plaintiff must prove how he or she would have hypothetically responded to the omission of another person (the doctor) [– trans], but also from the inadequacy of the tools at his or her disposal for proving the same. Some say that the evidentiary weight of the plaintiff’s testimony in such cases is small, if not nil, since the plaintiff is on the witness stand testifying as to what he or she would have decided in a hypothetical situation that never took place. The plaintiff's reply does not establish a fact but itself consists of a hypothetical conjecture. The plaintiff testifies while suffering from an injury caused by the medical treatment. The plaintiff testifies in a proceeding in which he or she is claiming compensation for the injury suffered, knowing that success in the claim depends on his or her reply. Even if the plaintiff is naïve and believes retrospectively, while suffering from the consequences of the operation, that he or she would not have agreed to the operation, what weight should be attributed to this belief? The Canadian Supreme Court expressed this problem well:

[There is an – T.S.C.] inherent unreliability of the plaintiff’s self-serving assertion. It is not simply a question as to whether the plaintiff is believed. The plaintiff may be perfectly sincere in stating that in hindsight she believed that she would not have consented to the operation. This is not a statement of fact that, if accepted, concludes the matter. It is an opinion about what the plaintiff would have done in respect of a situation that did not occur. As such, the opinion may be honestly given without being accepted. In evaluating the opinion, the trier of fact must discount its probity not only by reason of its self-serving nature, but also by reason of the fact that it is likely to be colored by the trauma occasioned by the failed procedure.

Hollis v. Dow Corning Corp. (1995) [72] at 643 [emphasis added – T.S.C.].

Solutions Under the Rules of Evidence

10. In view of the above difficulties, the courts searched for various ways of coping with such situations. The solutions they adopted for the difficulties that arose – which were of various types – involved developing the rules of evidence. The laws of evidence in civil law are designed to serve the purpose of the substantive law, which is to find a just and fair solution – in the framework of the law – for providing relief to whomever is entitled thereto, and to withhold it from the non-entitled. The laws of evidence do not establish rigid, insurmountable rules; they establish flexible rules to serve the purpose they were designed to realize. These rules are established in legislation, and they are given effect in accordance with judicial interpretation, which is duty bound to find – within the framework of the law – an appropriate and just solution for every case.

The basic and widely used evidentiary rule in the civil law of our system, as in many others, is that the plaintiff bears the burden of proof, and the degree of proof is determined by the balance of probability, as in the ancient rule that “he who deigns to take must bring proof.” Accordingly, a plaintiff wins the suit if he or she proves more than a 50% probability, in which case the defendant bears complete liability or responsibility. Failure to bring that degree of proof means that the plaintiff loses the suit. Prima facie, the rule is effective, fair, rational, uniform, and applicable in all of civil law. However, there are many and varied situations in which it is either inappropriate or impossible to implement this rule. One of them, perhaps the most typical, is the situation in which the plaintiff bears the burden of proving, based on the balance of probability, how he or she would have behaved and what he or she would have decided, had he or she been given the information relevant for making a decision. Negligence in obtaining the patient’s informed consent illustrates this dilemma in full force.

What is the applicable evidentiary rule for proving the causal connection in a case like ours, and who bears the burden of proof? What degree of proof is required? To which legal test should we resort? The various possibilities include: requiring the plaintiff, who bears the burden of persuasion, to prove the causal connection by the balance of probability and subjecting the plaintiff to the full risk of failing to discharge the burden; transferring the burden of proof to the defendant, so that the defendant bears the burden according to the balance of probability rule and subjecting the defendant to the full risk of failing to discharge the burden; leaving the burden of proof on the plaintiff but reducing the degree of proof required; transferring the burden of proof to the defendant but reducing the degree of proof required; and assessing the chances that the hypothetical event would have occurred and awarding compensation proportionally, even if the degree of the proof provided by the plaintiff amounts to a probability of less than 50%.

The importance of adopting any particular test lies in the variant results obtained by each one. If a plaintiff is required to prove a causal connection, and the degree of proof is based on the balance of probability, if the plaintiff is unsuccessful, he or she loses the case. However, if the plaintiff discharges this burden by demonstrating a probability higher than 50%, the defendant bears full liability for the damage - a situation of “all or nothing.” On the other hand, if the doctor bears the burden of proof, according to the balance of probability test, the doctor must prove facts related to the spirit, mind and personality of the specific patient, or of a reasonable patient (see further below). If unsuccessful, the doctor bears liability for the entire injury. Both these results are harsh and unsatisfactory.

11. As in all cases, the case before us too requires us to start with an examination of whether one can apply the basic rule, under which the plaintiff bears the burden of proving the causal connection as one of the foundations of his or her action, requiring the degree of proof to be the balance of probability. For the rule is that “a judge’s primary function …. is to do his best to decide, based on the balance of probabilities (in civil law), between the conflicting versions ...” CA 414/66 Fishbein v. Douglas Victor Paul by Eastern Insurance Service [32] at 466. Only if it transpires that this rule does not resolve the particular problems of the case do we attempt to find a solution in alternative rules which will lead to a more appropriate and just result.

12. The road to formulating an appropriate and satisfactory solution for difficulties arising in the present issue is a hard one, requiring us to pay attention to various competing values and interests. See Justice Shamgar's comments in CA 3108/91 [1] at 507-08:

The laws governing this subject should be allowed to develop and to gradually crystallize within a normative, formulated system, by way of proceeding from case to case. To that end, we should take the following principal considerations into account: the changing nature of the science of medicine; the relevant competing values in the particular context, including the patient’s right to control over his or her own body, the shared desire of the doctor and the patient for the treatment to succeed (including the need to create an appropriate framework for the exercise of medical discretion) ...

The problems we mentioned and the evidentiary difficulties presented by this case are not unique. They occupied scholars and courts in other countries who also deliberated and searched for appropriate solutions. The various solutions they proposed included transferring the burden of proof, reducing the amount and degree of proof, dividing up the burden of proof, and using presumptions, the doctrine of evidentiary damage, and the test of evaluating chances.

13. The Federal Supreme Court in Germany considered the issue in a case in which full medical information was not provided to a patient. The court emphasized the evidentiary difficulties which thwart the claims of those who are unable to prove how they would have acted had they received the full relevant medical information. In searching for a solution for this difficulty, the court chose to diverge from the ordinary burdens of proof and to impose the burden of proving the absence of any causal connection on the defendant, who had breached his duty of care, such that the defendant would be subject to the risk of failing to discharge the evidentiary burden. The scholar Giesen gives the following description of the solution, as formulated by the Federal Supreme Court in Germany:

… in such cases the defendant in breach of his duty has to bear the risk that the causal link cannot be established with regard to the question of how the plaintiff would have reacted had the defendant properly discharged his legal duty of disclosure.

Cited in Giesen, supra [86] at 352.

The Swiss Federal court adopted a similar approach. Giesen [86] at 353.

The Canadian Supreme Court also adopted the solution of easing the plaintiff’s burden of proof and transferring it to the defendant. Hollis [72]. A woman filed an action for the emotional and physical injury she sustained due to the leakage of silicon implants in her body that had ruptured. The defendants were the manufacturer of the silicon implants and the doctors who operated on her. The court ruled that the woman was not required to prove that had the manufacturer included a warning in the pamphlet that came with the product that the implants might rupture while inside her body, then the doctor would have informed her accordingly. It was sufficient for her to prove that had she been aware of this risk, she would have chosen not to undergo the operation. Once the plaintiff proved this, the burden of proof was transferred to the manufacturer, who failed to discharge it. In another case, the Australian Supreme Court ruled that the plaintiff must prove that the doctor had breached his duty to provide relevant information about the risk involved in administering the medical treatment and that this risk actually materialized. Having proved this, a presumption was established of a factual causal connection between the negligence and the injury, which in turn transfers the burden of proof to the doctor who must prove that there was no causal connection. See the recent case of Chappel v. Hart (1998) [44].

Regarding relaxing the degree of proof needed to establish the factual causal connection that compels a response to a hypothetical question:

There is no doubt that, in establishing the factual causal connection requiring a response to a hypothetical question ... the courts might actually reduce the amount of proof required, contenting themselves with doubtful conjecture. They do this for considerations of legal policy.

Englard [74] at 230.

It should be noted that the author draws attention to the fact that the courts did not adopt this rule but continued to adhere to the principle of guilt, recoiling from ruling against a defendant whose liability had not been proven at greater than 50% probability.

14. Another solution for problems of evidentiary difficulties lies in the doctrine of evidentiary damage. A doctor’s negligence in receiving informed consent creates difficulties in proving the causal connection and denies the plaintiff the possibility of proving how and what he would have decided had he received the required information under the appropriate conditions. As such, his claim would seem to be doomed to failure. This negligence caused evidentiary damage to the plaintiff which, under the evidentiary damage doctrine, may lead to liability for the plaintiff’s injuries being placed on the doctor’s shoulders. In some cases, the defendant bears full liability for the plaintiff’s injuries, whereas in others, only relative liability is imposed. See A. Porat, A. Stein, “Liability for Uncertainty: Making Evidential Damage Actionable” and A. Porat, Doctrinat Hanezek Haraayati: Hahatzdakot LeImutza Veyisuma Bematzavim Tipussim shel Ivadaut Begrimat Nezakim [82].

15. Another solution referred to in case law and the literature is the risk evaluation test. This test involves an evaluation of the odds of a particular event occurring. The rate of compensation is then determined as a function of those odds. This test was applied by the House of Lords in England when it addressed the subject of causal connection for cases involving speculation and hypotheses. The court considered an appeal of ruling by the Court of Appeals (Davies v. Taylor (1972) [61]) concerning a widow claiming compensation after her husband’s death in an accident. The couple was separated, but she claimed that they had been planning to get back together and that his death prevented that.

The House of Lords applied the risk evaluation test, preferring it to the balance of probability test. I agree with the conceptual basis for this preference, and it seems applicable to a case such as ours. The House of Lords took the view that the requirement that facts be proven based on the balance of probability is intended to establish the truth of facts that occurred in the past, not hypothetical facts which never happened. It is not applicable with respect to a hypothetical fact that might have occurred at a future date after the tort was committed, but which did not actually occur. The balance of probability test is not suited for proof of this kind of fact, since there is no way of establishing any factual finding in that regard. We cannot decide the truth or falsity of hypothetical facts, because deciding whether there is truth in a factual claim means deciding whether or not the fact existed. That is not the case with respect to a hypothetical fact that did not occur, and that can never occur. When there is a reasonable expectation of an occurrence even though the chances of its occurrence are less than balanced [less likely than not – ed.], this chance must not be ignored – unless it is negligible; the chance must be evaluated, and compensation should be determined accordingly. In this context, Lord Reid (joined by Lord Simon, Viscount Dilhorne, Lord Morris, and Lord Cross) wrote the following:

No one can know what might have happened had [the husband] not been killed.

… But the value of the prospect, chance or probability of support can be estimated by taking all significant factors into account … The court … must do its best to evaluate all the chances, large or small, favorable or unfavorable.

… [W]e are not and could not be seeking a decision either that the wife would or that she would not have returned to her husband. You can prove that a past event happened, but you cannot prove that a future event will happen and I do not think that the law is so foolish as to suppose that you can. All that you can do is to evaluate the chance...

Id. at 838 (emphasis added – T.S.C.).

And further on:

[Thus], all that you can do is to evaluate the chance. Sometimes it is virtually 100 per cent, sometimes virtually nil. But often it is somewhere in between. And if it is somewhere in between I do not see much difference between a probability of 51 per cent and a probability of 49 per cent.

Id at 838 (per Lord Reid) (emphasis added – T.S.C.).

Referring to the Davies [61] judgment, scholars Powers & Harris wrote the following:

The House of Lords held that this approach [i.e., the balance of probability] was erroneous. Where the issue is whether a certain thing is or is not true, or whether a certain event did or did not happen, then the court must decide that issue one way or the other. If there is a balance of probability in favor of it having happened, then for legal purposes it is proved that it did happen. In the instant case, however, whether the widow would or would not have returned to her husband was not a past factit lay in the future at the material time (the time of the husband’s death). Therefore, the chance of reconciliation had to be evaluated ... It is clear ... that the principle of the evaluation of a chance applies ... where events ... lay in the future at the date of commission of the tort, but cannot at the trial date be established as past or present facts because the circumstances make this impossible ... [T]he death of the husband which gave rise to the cause of action itself prevented a reconciliation from ever occurring ...

Powers & Harris, supra [91] at 403-04.

The final ruling was that the plaintiff did not even discharge the burden under the easier test of evaluating the chances, having failed to show that there was a real chance - as distinct from a negligible chance - that she would have returned to her husband had he remained alive.

16. This Court made similar comments in CA 591/80, Chayu v. Ventura (hereinafter - Chayu [33]). Referring, by way of affirmation, to the House of Lords judgment, it adopted its test of evaluation of chances in an action for damages. It must be stressed, however, that the evaluation of chances rule was established by the House of Lords for proof of the causal connection as a component of liability in torts cases, while in the Chayu case, Justice Bach adopted it in order to prove the causal connection required for proof of damage - loss of income:

In this context a clear distinction must be made … In an ordinary civil case, when the court considers a factual claim regarding what happened in the past, the party bearing the onus of proof must prove his or her story to a degree of persuasion exceeding 50%. Otherwise the court will assume that the alleged fact never actually occurred, and will altogether ignore the argumentation relying on it….However, when the claim relates to the chances of a particular event occurring in the future, which in the nature of things cannot be proved with certainty, it is only reasonable that the court should evaluate this chance and give it expression in its ruling, even if it estimates its persuasive value at less than 50%.

Id. at 398-99.

17. Readiness to adopt the method of proof by evaluation of chances was also expressed in the Vaturi [3] ruling at 191:

Having proved damage, and assuming that they succeed in proving breach of duty, the court will be able to determine, by way of a judicial assessment, whether it was the breach of the duty which caused the damage, and to what extent; this means that it may also be possible to make a probability assessment which can serve as a basis for charging the defendants for only part of the liability…. (Mazza, J.) (my emphases – T.S.C.).

Justice Mazza explains his position as follows:

Causal connection for our purposes does not require a finding according to the accepted tests of causality. These tests are required for (full) attribution or (absolute) negation of the defendant’s liability for the plaintiff’s injury. In other words: according to these tests, there is no partial causal connection, and the question to be decided is whether or not a causal connection existed, a situation of “all or nothing” … These tests enable decisions based on the balance of probability test, but they are inappropriate for cases in which the court faces the need to make a hypothetical assessment about how a certain patient would have behaved if the doctors had advised him or her in advance of the risks and prospects inherent in a particular medical treatment.

Id. at 19 (my emphases – T.S.C.).

A similar approach was expressed in CA 437/73 Aik (minor) v. Dr. Rosmarine [34].

Justice Barak (as his title was then) left for further examination the question of applying the ordinary probability test to prove a hypothetical occurrence

I wish to leave the following question pending: whether the rule shouldn’t be that where proof of probability is not related to proving a fact but rather to proving a hypothetical occurrence, the regular balance of probability is not required.

CA 145/80 Vaknin v. Beit Shemesh Local Council [35] at 144.

Balance of Probability, Transferring Burden of Proof, Assessing Chances and the Differences Between Them.

18. The various solutions regarding the fundamental problem of proving causal connection in cases involving hypothetical assumptions illustrate the difficulty inherent in leaving such cases to the authority of the ordinary rules of proof based on the balance of probability.

In the nature of things, a human decision about whether or not to consent to medical treatment is a direct consequence of numerous influences and varied considerations: the type of operation which the patient must undergo; the degree of necessity of the operation or medical treatment; the attitude of the patient to the risk – fear and revulsion, indifference or sympathy; the gravity of the patient’s medical condition; the possibility of choosing another treatment, different in quality and in the risks involved; the degree of the patient’s trust in the doctor and in the information given to the patient by the doctor; the patient’s willingness to rely on the doctor, and other, similar considerations. It is impossible to determine which of the considerations is the principal focus in the decision-making process. The weight and importance of the considerations when making a decision are not constant; they may change according to the character and inclination of any person considering whether to consent to or to refuse the performance of an operation on his or her body. It is impossible to determine the weight and importance that may attach to the numerous considerations that inform a person’s decision to consent to or to refuse the operation (the question of whether the appropriate test for examining the considerations is objective, subjective or a combination thereof will be discussed later on).

19. When the plaintiff bears the burden of proof, the balance of probability test places the risk of failure of proof squarely on him or her. Failure to substantiate the plaintiff’s claim by proving that the balance of probability indicates the existence of a causal connection means that the action will be rejected outright. Success in proving the plaintiff’s claim based on the balance of probability means that the doctor will be fully liable for the injuries which are causally connected to the doctor’s failure to obtain the patient’s consent. “After all, there is no half-way causal connection.” Vaturi [3] at 191 (Mazza, J.). The same applies when the burden of proof is transferred to the defendant, who must discharge it based on the balance of probability test. The same disadvantages occasioned by placing the burden of proof on the plaintiff based on the balance of probability test await the defendant, when the burden of proof is transferred to him or her, according to the same test. This solution transfers the plaintiff’s difficulties to the doctor, who now confronts the same difficulties faced by the patient who attempted to prove his or her claim. Transferring the burden of proof to the defendant might therefore lead to accepting claims which would otherwise have been denied. In both cases, the situation is one of “all or nothing,” and the test of transferring the burden of proof in either direction is not appropriate for proving a hypothetical human occurrence which never occurred in reality.

20. It would appear that in a situation which precludes proof of the causal connection between hypothetical occurrence and injury, other than on the basis of conjecture regarding assumed human behavior which never actually occurred, neither the test of balance of probability on the one hand, nor transferring the burden of proof on the other, is satisfactory. These tests do not provide the judge with the best tools for adequately protecting and balancing all the relevant interests.

This is particularly true of the doctor-patient relationship. This relationship consists of a delicate, fragile web of special trust, requiring an assessment of which is the most appropriate rule for imposing liability on the doctor. The doctor should be neither under-deterred nor over-deterred. Under-deterrence might be a by-product of a test of proof based on balance of probability, in view of the inherent difficulties confronting the patient, rendering it almost impossible for him or her to prove the claim. The plaintiff’s failure to prove his or her claim due to evidentiary difficulties, even when the claim is justified and substantial, compromises appropriate protection of the patient’s right and the inculcation of the duty of care owed by the doctor to the patient. On the other hand, the doctor’s failure to prove his or her defense due to similar difficulties compromises the protection of the doctor’s right not to be held liable for damage that he or she did not cause. Furthermore, transferring the burden of proof to the doctor who is sued might cause over-deterrence which could jeopardize the doctor’s activities, leading the doctor to practice defensive medicine.

In my view, in cases where the determination concerning the causal connection is not a determination of facts but rather the choice between hypothetical possibilities of human behavior, the appropriate test is that of evaluating the chances, under which the chances of a hypothetical event occurring are evaluated; this is the appropriate test to be applied, as a matter of policy as well.

In view of its flexibility, the test of evaluating the chances enables the imposition of relative and partial liability, and it precludes a situation where the doctor either is released from all responsibility or bears full responsibility in a situation of uncertainty. It would appear, then, that the above complex of considerations leads to the conclusion that proving the causal connection according to the evaluation of chances is the most appropriate and balanced solution which can provide an appropriate response for special situations of uncertainty in cases of this sort.

The Evaluation of Chances Test in Various Fields of Law

21. The chances evaluation test and preferring it to the balance of probability test are not foreign to our legal system, having served us in a number of fields. Accordingly, where it is necessary to prove damage, proof according to the balance of probability is not required, and proof of a lesser degree is sufficient. See e.g. FH 24/81 Honovitz v. Cohen [36] at 420-21:

It is necessary to examine … the chances for the existence of reliance in the future, were it not for the accident. These chances cannot be established based on the balance of probability but on the extent of reasonability. Therefore, even a chance of less than fifty percent will be taken into account, provided it is not zero or speculative (see Davies v. Taylor (1974)).

See also CA 20/80 Fleisher v. Laktush [37] at 628-29 and CA 410/83 Petrolgas Israeli Gas Company (1969) Ltd .v. Kassero [38], where the Court stated:

The intention is not that the plaintiffs had to prove, at the level of persuasion required in a civil proceeding, that the deceased had already planned or prepared to return to his country of origin; it would have been sufficient for them to prove the existence of such a possibility, provided that there was a real chance and it was not just a hypothetical.

Id. at 514.

A similar approach was taken with respect to proving the loss of chances of a hypothetical [physical – ed.] recovery. Justice Levin (as his title was then) wrote:

It could be said that determining a risk is like determining a fact that occurred in the past, and in that respect, a finding can only be established on the basis of the balance of probability …. In my opinion, the process involved is not one of determining facts in the regular sense, where the tendency is to determine what did or did not actually happen; rather it is a process of assessing “what would have happened if….”

CA 231/84 Histadrut Health Fund v. Fatach [39] at 319.

The same rule applies to proving a causal connection between hypothetical occurrences in claims based on breach of contract, where the alleged damage is loss of an anticipated transaction. In this context, Justice Barak (as his title was then) wrote that “in principle, chances can be evaluated, and even a chance of less than fifty percent warrants compensation…” CA 679/82, Netanya Municipality v. Tzukim Hotel Ltd. [40], par.8. See also CA 355/80 Nathan Anisivmov Ltd v. Tirat Bat Sheva Hotel Ltd [41].

 

Evaluating Chances as the Basis for Liability and the Principle of Blame

22. Although the chances evaluation test serves as proof of damage, it has not made its mark with respect to proving liability. The primary reason for this apparently lies in the perception that proving causal connection as one of the foundations of liability, according to the balance of probability, involves the concept of blame, and settling for the lesser proof than the balance of probability opens the door to imposing liability where no blame exists: The problem was addressed by Englard in his book:

It appears that the local courts are not inclined to relax the demand for the regular degree of proof, even regarding hypothetical causality. This trend in the local rulings is commensurate with their general approach in the field of liability in torts, typified by full insistence on the concept of blame in torts.

[74] at 230.

It seems to me that an approach demanding that, in every case, the plaintiff must provide proof based on the balance of probability test is not sufficiently flexible, and it does not address the problematic aspects of these situations which justify such flexibility. The evidentiary difficulties of proof constitute obstacles for the plaintiff who created a situation in which we must deal with hypotheses concerning the patient’s possible response. As such they justify the adoption of rules that prevent the dismissal of a substantial claim just because of the balance of probability test. Addressing the issue of placing the burden of proof on the plaintiff:, the Canadian Supreme Court stated that:

To require [the plaintiff] to do so would be to ask her to prove a hypothetical situation relating to her doctor’s conduct, one, moreover, brought about by [the defendant’s] failure to perform its duty.

Hollis [72] at 638-39.

Even in our system, rules have been developed within the rules of evidence relaxing the causal principle of “all or nothing.” One of them is the transfer of the burden of proof. In this context, Justice Levin (as his title was then) wrote:

In a legal system that, for a case of partial injury, operates on the basis of the causal principle of “all or nothing,” there is occasionally no option other than to develop evidentiary rules which soften that principle by transferring the burden of proof in certain cases to the defendant, in order to prevent unjust results.

CA 231/84 [39] at 320.

Evaluating the Chances - in Practice

23. One cannot ignore the fact that the balance of probability test creates uniformity and relative certainty, and that it is not easy to evaluate chances. However, when evaluation is possible, or when we find ourselves in a “tie” situation in which the scales are balanced, the plaintiff will receive a proportional part of the compensation for the damage incurred by means of imposing partial and proportional liability on the defendant.

It will be claimed that recognition of a burden of proof that is less than the balance of probability entails the risk of flooding the courts with baseless claims. Our response would be that arguments of the “flooding risk” have often been brought to the court’s attention, meriting little, if any, weight, both because the reality was a far cry from the predictions and also because the courts have found ways of dealing with claims which should never have been submitted in the first place. Furthermore, in principle, the plaintiff should be required to prove that there is a real chance that if the doctor had not been negligent in obtaining informed consent, the plaintiff would not have consented to undergo the operation. An insubstantial and minimum chance is not sufficient (de minimis non curat lex) to entitle the plaintiff to proportional compensation. In adopting the evaluation of chances as a test for proof, we do not intend to abandon the principle of blame and to entitle the plaintiff to relief on the basis of any proven possibility, however remote. This extent of proof is intended to overcome the insurmountable difficulties in presenting proof but not to create a right to compensation out of thin air. The House of Lords said in this matter:

[O]n an application of the de minimis principle, speculative possibilities would be ignored... To my mind the issue, and the sole issue, is whether that chance or probability was substantial. If it was it must be evaluated. If it was a mere possibility it must be ignored. Many different words could be and have been used to indicate the dividing line. I can think of none better than “substantial” on the one hand, or “speculative” on the other. It must be left to the good sense of the tribunal to decide on broad lines, without regard to legal niceties, but on a consideration of all the facts in proper perspective.

Davies [61] at 838 (Lord Reid).

In such cases, so long as the chance... was substantial or fairly capable of valuation the court ought, I think, to set a value on it even though it was lessand possibly much lessthan a 50 per cent chance.

Id. at 847 (Lord Cross of Chelsea).   

See also Justice Bach’s comments in the Ventura case [33] at 399:

When the court is convinced that the injured party had a chance … and this chance had been withheld from him or her due to the defendants’ actions, it would be only just for the court to give expression to the frustration of this chance in its judgment, provided that it has been convinced that the chance in question is not negligible, remote, or speculative.

Application of the Chances Evaluation Test: Subjective, Objective or Combined

24. In adopting the chances evaluation test in order to prove causal connection in our case, we must fill it with content. The problem is how to determine the degree of probability that the appellant would have made a particular decision, had her informed consent been obtained. Three possible tests present themselves: the subjective test, the objective test, or a combined test consisting of both. The subjective test is accepted on the European continent and in New Zealand and England. Giesen [86] at 347; Bolam v. Frien Hospital Management Committee (1957) [62]; D. Manderson, Following Doctors’ Orders: Informed Consent in Australia [105]. This test examines how the specific patient would have responded and what the patient’s decision would have been, had he or she received complete information. The objective test, accepted in Canada and various part of the U.S. (Riebl [67]; Canterbury, [48]), examines how a reasonable patient would have responded and what his or her position would have been, had he or she received complete, full information. The combined test is also used in Canada, and it examines how a reasonable patient would have responded, in that specific patient’s circumstances, and what the patient’s position would have been in relation to the proposed treatment if he or she had been given full information. See Giesen [86] at 343; M.A. Somerville, Structuring the Issues in Informed Consent [106]. My colleagues, Justice Beinisch and Justice Or, described these tests, one emphasizing the subjective test and the other stressing the objective test. Personally, I think that the combined test is the most appropriate.

25. Each of the aforesaid tests employs a different method for protecting the relevant values and interests. The subjective test provides maximum protection of the patient’s interest in ownership of his or her body and ensures broader protection of the autonomy of the patient’s will. This test is lenient with the patient. The objective test provides less protection of these interests, since it is less concerned with the wishes of the specific patient, focusing rather on the wishes and considerations of a reasonable patient. This test is lenient with the doctor. The combined test strikes a balance between the other two. Choosing either of the first two tests affects the manner of enforcing the doctor’s duty of care in receiving informed consent. Choosing the objective test may signal to doctors in general that failure to give information of importance to a specific patient does not impose any liability and that they therefore may refrain from giving it. Choosing the subjective test forces doctors into the difficult position of having to consider the patient’s subjective characteristics, even where they are characteristics which would not reasonably have been considered and which are not typical of a reasonable patient. The objective test minimizes the need to cope with the problematic testimony of the plaintiff, even when it is not tendentious and is given in good faith. At the same time, it cannot be said that the possible response of the reasonable patient accurately reflects the possible response of a specific patient who is not necessarily the reasonable patient. These difficulties, and considerations similar to those listed above, tip the scales in favor of adopting the combined test; its subjective aspect ensures that weight is attached to the special circumstances of the patient, the patient’s character, concerns, ability to weigh the considerations specific to himself and herself, and the like, while its objective aspect ensures that liability is not imposed on doctors in situations in which refusal to accept treatment could be considered an unreasonable deviation.

Application of the Law in Our Case

26. It appears to me that in applying the combined test, it is difficult to reach a conclusion as to whether or not Appellant would have agreed to perform the operation on her shoulder. This is similarly true of any other test (objective or subjective), since we have no real information, and we have nothing to rely on apart from conjecture. To illustrate the dilemma, it is sufficient to review the arguments presented in the judgments of my colleagues, Justice Or and Justice Beinisch. Both of them examined the question of causal connection using the combined test and in practice applying the balance of probability rule, but they reached opposite conclusions. Personally, concerning our case, I think it neither possible nor appropriate to decide on the basis of the balance of probability, be it on the factual level, the legal level, or on the level of proper policy for the examination of such cases.

Regarding our case, I do not believe that the events of the past provide any indication as to what the appellant would have decided, if her informed consent had been sought, and if the relevant information had been given to her for the purpose of choosing whether to perform the operation, in circumstances appropriate for making a decision. The question of what the appellant’s decision would have been if the doctor had fulfilled his duty is a hypothetical assumption about human behavior that never occurred, and it requires formulating a decision based on various and varied considerations. The most that can be said is that appellant might have agreed to the operation, and by the same token that she might have refused. This being the case, it is appropriate to award the appellant compensation for half the damage caused to her as a result of the operation, in accordance with the chances evaluations test.

Compensation for Damage Due to Violation of the Right to Autonomy

27. Having concluded that appellant should be compensated for the bodily injury caused to her, a further question arises. Given that Appellant’s informed consent to perform the biopsy was not received, is she entitled to compensation under the tort of violation of the right of autonomy? And, assuming she is, should such compensation supplement the compensation for her bodily injury, replace it, or be awarded independently, and what is the appropriate rate of compensation for such damage?

In his opinion, my colleague, Justice Or, conducted an extensive analysis of the general elements of a person’s basic right to autonomy and specifically regarding a person’s sovereignty over his or her body in the context of consent to medical treatment. He concluded that violation of autonomy should be viewed as a separate head of damage and awarded compensation to appellant under that head. My colleague, Justice Beinisch, also considered the importance of this basic right but stated that the appellant is entitled to compensation for the full damage caused to her, and that she should not be awarded additional compensation under the head of violation of autonomy. Both of them provided extensive reasoning for their positions, and indeed the issue and its adjudication are far from simple. Having given the matter extensive consideration in all its relevant aspects, I concur with the position of my colleague, Justice Or, and I shall add a few comments of my own.

The Right to Autonomy and Informed Consent to Medical Treatment

28. The value of a person’s autonomy is among the primary and fundamental values in our legal system, as in other legal systems. The right to autonomy means that one is free to shape one’s will as one deems fit, to voluntarily and independently determine one’s lifestyle, to make decisions regarding actions and to have a certain degree of control over one’s fate. On the conceptual expressions of the term autonomy, see J. Raz, Autonomy, Toleration and the Harm Principle [107] at 314 and J. Katz, Informed Consent - Must it Remain a Fairy Tale? [108] at 83.

29. The right to autonomy is anchored in the recognition of a person’s value and dignity – values that are entrenched in the Basic Law: Human Dignity and Liberty. This is a “framework right” – in the language of President Barak – constituting, as a matter of fact, a flowing spring for the complex of various rights. Barak [76] at 357-361. The right to autonomy is also based on the right to privacy. Basic Law: Human Dignity and Liberty; Protection of Privacy Law, 1981. A patient’s right to freedom of decision with respect to his or her body, health, and receipt of medical treatment derives from the patient’s right to autonomy. See the Patient’s Rights Law, secs. 1 and 13. Some believe that by virtue of a person’s sovereignty over his or her body, that person has the right to object to an operation designed to save his or her life and to refuse treatment, even if doing so endangers the patient’s life. Airedale NHS Trust v. Bland (1993) [63] at 860, 889, in the judgment of the House of Lords.

This approach was recently affirmed in the Court of Appeals ruling in St. George’s Healthcare NHS Trust v. S (1998) [64] at 685-86. The case concerned a pregnant woman who refused to undergo a Caesarean operation, deciding to give birth naturally, despite her medical condition which created a risk to her fetus, all of which she was aware. At the hospital’s request, an order was given ex parte permitting the performance of the Caesarean operation without obtaining the woman’s consent. The operation was performed, and the woman filed a complaint in court against the decision permitting the performance of the operation on her body. The court ruled that performing the operation without her consent constituted assault, and that the declarative order issued previously could not serve as protection against a claim for damages.

The Rise of Autonomy and the Gradual Decline of the Traditional Approach

30. Consent to perform medical treatment is one of the outstanding situations which test the degree of protection provided by law for a patient’s autonomy. A person’s right to autonomy in receiving medical treatment has not always been taken for granted. The centrality of a person’s right to autonomy in making decisions concerning medical treatment, and the rejection of the traditional approach which gave preference to the doctor’s control of the patient’s body over the patient’s control of his or her own body, are concepts that have been emphasized anew over the past few decades. Informed consent to medical treatment has been recognized as a tort doctrine in the judgments of the Appeals Court of the State of California since 1957. C.J. Jones, Autonomy and Informed Consent in Medical Decisionmaking: Toward a New Self-Fulfilling Prophecy [109] at 388-89 and citations therein.

The historical perception, still adhered to by some today, is based on the principle that a person in need of medical treatment waives his or her will and autonomous status from the moment of requesting assistance from the doctor, placing his or her body and health in the doctor’s hands along with the authority to decide on the treatment to be given. According to this perception, the doctor has dominance over the patient’s body, and the doctor makes all the decisions. This approach derived, inter alia, from the gap in knowledge that separated the doctor from the patient, given that the doctor possesses the professional and scientific tools and skills to make the appropriate decision about the medical treatment required by the patient. On this point, Shultz says:

…the patient was seen as making only one key decision, to place herself in a given doctor’s care, thereby delegating all subsequent authority to the doctor. Such a model assumed that the patient lacked the technical ability to make medical decisions, and that expertise justified the doctor’s making decisions on the patient’s behalf.

Shultz [94] at 221.

31. The perception giving primacy to the doctors’ opinion received expression in the English judgment Bolam [62], which established that the criterion for violating the duty of care applicable to the doctor to give the patient information on his medical treatment was based on “medical judgment.” This principle was applied by a majority opinion of the House of Lords in Sidaway v. Governors of Bethlem Royal Hospital (1985) [65], with Lord Scarman dissenting. The majority ruled that the question of whether failure to inform a patient of the risks entailed in performing a treatment may be considered negligence by the treating doctor is governed by the principle established in Bolam [62], under which giving a patient medical information and determining the extent thereof is a matter within the scope of the doctors’ medical expertise. The principle established in the judgment and its progeny was the subject of extensive criticism. See J. Keown, Burying Bolam: Informed Consent Down Under [110] at 17. Lord Scarman’s dissenting opinion was adopted as the binding rule in the ruling of the Australian Supreme Court in Rogers [43] which rejected the Bolam principle [62]. According to this opinion, the criterion for examining the duty of care and the extent of the duty to disclose information will be established by the court according to the law’s perception of the doctor’s duties in this matter, paying attention to the patient’s right to sovereignty over his or her body, and not only according to a medical opinion concerning the custom and accepted practice in medicine at a given time. The Australian Supreme Court said:

…it would be illogical to hold that the amount of information to be provided by the medical practitioner can be determined from the perspective of the practitioner alone or, for that matter, of the medical profession.

Rogers [43] at 52.

This principle was also adopted in the judgment of the Federal Appeals Court in the District of Columbia in the case of Canterbury [48], which stated:

… we [cannot - T.S.C.] ignore the fact that to bind the disclosure obligation to medical usage is to arrogate the decision on revelation to the physician alone. Respect for the patient’s right of self-determination on particular therapy demands a standard set by law for physicians rather than one which physicians may or may not impose upon themselves.

Id. at 784.

This statement shows that in recent decades there has been a decline in the popularity of the traditional approach - based on a paternalistic attitude - in favor of the trend that focuses less on the treating doctor and more on the patient, who has been recognized as the central actor in formulating the decision on performing medical treatment on his or her body. However, changing the center of gravity and placing the patient at the focus of the decision making process is a slow procedure, to be done step-by-step.

32. The trend toward regarding the patient as the focus of medical activity originated in growing awareness of basic human rights and the need to protect them in all areas of life. This trend also stems from the transition to modern and developing practices of medicine. Medical information is available to all, and therapeutic alternatives are at the disposal of all patients. These products of modern medicine have also contributed to displacing the treating doctor from the position of exclusive advisor in the choice of appropriate medical treatment. This perception is apparently the assumption underlying the provisions of Section 7 of the Patient’s Rights Law, which establishes the patient’s right to a second medical opinion before deciding to undergo any medical treatment.

Preferring one method of treatment over another may involve various complex considerations which the patient weighs in accordance with his or her desires, stances, concerns or hopes. See Shultz [94] at 221-22. The prevalent contemporary view is that giving a patient medical information prior to performing a medical procedure on his or her body is no longer considered an activity within the exclusive expertise of the doctor, like the determination of diagnoses and prognoses, and accordingly, there is no justification for preferring the professional-medical viewpoint rather than the patient’s individual approach. The Australian Supreme expressed this view in Rogers [43]:

[N]o special medical skill is involved in disclosing the information, including the risk attending the proposed treatment. Rather, the skill is in communicating the relevant information to the patient in terms which are reasonably adequate for the purpose, having regard to the patient’s apprehended capacity to understand that information.

Id. at 52.

This was also Shultz’s view:

[T]he more intense and personal the consequences of a choice and the less direct or significant the impact of that choice upon others, the more compelling the claim to autonomy in the making of a given decision. Under this criterion, the case for respecting patient autonomy in decisions about health and bodily fate is very strong.

[94] at 220.

33. The duty of those treating to receive the informed consent of the patient for the medical treatment is primarily intended to protect the basic right of a person in need of medical treatment to autonomy over his or her body and will. See Justice Cardozo’s opinion in Schloendorff [53]; CA 3108/91 [1] at 507; LCA 1412/94 [18] at 525. The decision whether to receive a particular medical treatment, if at all, should be a balanced, voluntary, and independent decision of the person receiving the medical treatment.

[I]t is established that the principle of self-determination requires that respect must be given to the wishes of the patient ... the doctors responsible for his care must give effect to his wishes, even though they do not consider it to be in his best interests...

Airedale [63] at 866 (Lord Goff of Chieveley).

 

Information is Critical in Order to Reach an Autonomous Decision

34. The patient’s wishes to perform or refuse the treatment cannot be informed and intelligent unless they are based on the information necessary for making the decision in question. See Powers and Harris [91] at 322. Where the patient is not aware of the risks, prospects and implications of the treatment about to be undergone, the existence of alternative treatments, and the implications thereof, the patient’s wishes cannot be regarded as his or her own, nor can the choice to accept or refuse treatment be regarded as a real choice. See Canterbury [48] at 780. Accordingly, failure to give the patient information or giving the patient partial and incomplete information is tantamount to violating a person’s right to autonomy over his or her body, since it detracts from the patient’s ability to formulate an informed and intelligent decision about whether to accept the medical treatment.

The Doctor – Patient Relationship

35. The patient’s dependence on the doctor and their respective interests creates a great deal of dualism in the relationship. On the one hand, the doctor, whose goal is the patient’s health, frequently believes that he or she best knows which treatment should be given to the patient and how the patient’s illness can be cured. On the other hand, the patient might examine the same facts weighed by the doctor through a slightly different prism, in the framework of which he or she may consider a variety of subjective factors, including the quality of life he or she may expect following the success or failure of the treatment and similar considerations – which are not always taken into account by the doctor. In that situation, the patient’s right to autonomy in making the decision concerning medical treatment, as an expression of a person’s right to dignity, is a value worthy of protection. This means recognition of the patient’s independence and status as a participant in the decision making process. The following comments of D. Feldman give expression to this view:

The notion of autonomy is tied to that of dignity. In order to develop and exercise a capacity for self-determination, one needs to take oneself and others seriously as moral agents. One aspect of dignity is self-respect, which … includes respect for one’s own and other people’s moral rights…

D. Feldman, Secrecy, Dignity or Autonomy? Views of Privacy as a Civil Liberty [111] at 54.

The scholars Twerski & Cohen made similarly appropriate comments:

The right to participate in, and indeed, make important decisions concerning one’s health is a critical element of personal autonomy … The legal system should protect these rights and provide significant recompense for their invasion.

Twerski & Cohen, supra [96] at 609.

Recognition of the Right to Compensation Due to Violation of Autonomy: Framework of Doubts and Critical Arguments

36. The critical nature of the information and its centrality in the patient’s autonomous decision-making process requires us to consider whether the law protects the patient’s right to receive the information that is essential to his or her case, and to decide his or her fate with respect to the medical treatment, what that protection is, and whether the extent of the existing protection adequately satisfies the patient’s right to autonomy, including the right to receive information.

A review of the judgments rendered in various countries worldwide indicates that there is a real gap between judicial rhetoric which speaks in favor of the right to autonomy and its operative expression, which lacks effect:

…. judges have made impassioned pleas for patient self-determination, and then have undercut them by giving physicians considerable latitude to practice according to their own lights.

J. Katz, The Silent World of Doctor and Patient [93] at 49.

One of the obstacles to the recognition of the right to compensation due to violation of autonomy is that most courts in the various legal system consistently demand proof of a causal connection between breach of the duty to provide information regarding the risks of performing a medical procedure and the real damage caused by the medical treatment. The courts have consistently ruled that in order for the plaintiff-patient to succeed in a claim filed against a doctor for breach of the duty to give information and negligence in obtaining informed consent, the patient must prove that the risks involved in the treatment –about which the patient was not given information – actually materialized and caused him or her injury. See Canterbury [48] at 790.

U.S. courts have not recognized the duty to give medical information to the patient as independent grounds for compensation, based exclusively on the breach of the duty to give information, independent of the existence of real damage caused by the breach of the duty. In fact, the courts did not even recognize the breach of the duty as constituting a separate head of damage within the framework of negligence. Jones [109] at 394-95, 426.

In Israel as well, the violation of autonomy has not been recognized as constituting grounds for an action or a separate head of tort for which compensation is due. Should it be recognized as such? My colleague, Justice Or, answered the question in the affirmative, and I concur with his opinion.

37. The requirement of the existence of a causal connection between the breach of the duty to give medical information and to obtain informed consent and the real damage caused by the medical treatment has restricted the award of compensation to real, physical or mental, injury caused to the patient due to the medical treatment. This demand has been the subject of scathing criticism, to the effect that the demand for causal connection undermines the theoretical and conceptual justification of the requirement of informed consent to performing a medical procedure. This position found expression, inter alia, in the following statement:

… courts have tended to impose causation requirements that appear to conflict with the underlying theoretical justifications of the informed consent doctrine itself.

M.A. Bobinski, Autonomy and Privacy: Protecting Patients from their Physicians [112] at 343.

Violation of the right to obtain information occurs as soon as the doctor breaches his or her duty. It inheres in the tortious behavior as such. It therefore seems that the causal connection – constituting the basis for liability for negligence – is an integral element of the doctor’s breach of duty. To that effect, it is immaterial whether the negligence relates to the breach of duty or the violation of the autonomy. Consequently, on a practical level there is no justification for making the protection of the patient’s right to autonomy contingent upon proof of the causal connection between the breach of the duty and the actual damage caused by the medical treatment.

38. As mentioned above, there is no unanimity concerning recognition of entitlement to compensation due to violation of the right to autonomy where there is no causal connection with the actual injury caused by the failed medical treatment. According to those who believe that the right to compensation due to violation of autonomy should not be recognized, the information given to the patient concerning the risks involved in performing medical treatment contains technical details that are within the doctor’s field of expertise, and the patient does not have the appropriate tools, the required skills, or the knowledge to properly understand and appreciate such information. As proof, they point to many cases in which patients prefer that the doctor advising them on what medical treatment is best decide for them which procedure should be performed. Some even argue that a treating doctor convinced of the wisdom of the proposed method of treatment might present the information in a manner that leads the patient to adopt the proposed treatment which the doctor considers to be the most effective in the circumstances. This might make the consent superfluous since, in any case, it is not informed consent. See Jones [109] at 406.

These arguments represent a paternalistic approach, predicated on a perception of the patient’s inability to process and weigh information with which the patient is not conversant, patients’ fears about taking responsibility for their medical fate, and the doctor’s ability to maneuver the patient into following the doctor’s lead. These arguments contribute considerably to preserving the doctor’s superior status vis-à-vis the patient in the decision-making process. Indeed, there are certainly cases in which patients may be about to make a decision regarding medical treatment, without having properly understood the medical information, or they prefer that the doctor decide for them, or they make ostensibly autonomous decision based on latent persuasion made in good faith by the doctor. Nonetheless, I do not think that negating the recognition of the right to compensation due to violation of autonomy is the correct response to these arguments. The response should be to increase patients’ awareness of their right to decide autonomously and to emphasize the doctors’ ethical duties, such as their duty to explain the medical information in simple language that is clear to every particular patient in accordance with his or her circumstances. In this context, one may adopt a range of methods that will enable the patient to absorb and process the medical information given. See Natanson v. Kline (1960) [54] at 1106; Cobbs v. Grant (1972) [55] at 11; Jones [109] at 412-14.

39. Another difficulty, which should also be noted, is the one raised in her opinion by my colleague, Justice Beinisch. My colleague referred to the concern that the attempt to strengthen the right to autonomy will paradoxically lead to its weakening, since the courts might avoid confronting the need for the complex determination of the causal connection so essential for awarding compensation for bodily injury, instead remaining content with nominal compensation based on violation of autonomy. Personally, I do not think that this concern is sufficient to negate proper compensation under this head of damage, especially since compensation for violating autonomy – as explained below – should not replace compensation for bodily injury, but should be in addition thereto.

40. Summing up, recognition of the right to compensation due to violation of autonomy protects the interest of patient participation in the decision-making process in his or her case, as well as the patient’s independence as an entity possessing a will and not just as an object for the performance of a medical procedure. Protecting a person’s right to receive the relevant information about his or her case is vital to assuring the right to autonomy in making decisions about medical treatment. This is the basis for the doctor’s duty to obtain the patient’s informed consent concerning the patient’s treatment, and when this duty is breached, the patient deserves compensation for the violation of his or her personal autonomy.

Despite the existence of various grounds and considerations indicating the difficulties inherent in recognizing the right to compensation due to violation of autonomy, it appears that they can be appropriately dealt with and adequately resolved as indicated above, so that these arguments do not inveigh against the conclusion that the right to compensation for violation of autonomy should be recognized.

Compensation for Violation of the Right to Autonomy: Independent Grounds or Head of Damage?

41. What is the appropriate legal domain for the protection of a patient’s right to autonomy over his or her body?

A number of scholars have expressed the opinion that anchoring the protection of the right to autonomy under the damage head of violation of autonomy as part of the offense of negligence does injustice to the protection of the right to autonomy, maintaining that it is preferable to anchor the protection – if at all – as an independent cause for action which does not require the existence of a causal connection between the violation of autonomy and the actual injury as a condition for imposing liability. See N.P. Terry, Apologetic Tort Think: Autonomy and Information Torts [113] at 193-94; Bobinski [112]. These scholars maintain that with respect to negligence, the patient may succeed in his or her claim only if he or she proves that the doctor was negligent in obtaining the informed consent, according to tests prevailing in the context of the tort of negligence, which require the application of objective criteria that do not give a full answer to the patient’s right to autonomy. Despite that argument, I think that protection of the right to autonomy as part of the offense of negligence could constitute appropriate protection, since it takes into account the heavy burden imposed on the doctors to ensure the patient’s participation in all respects, on the one hand, and the patient’s interest in receiving full information concerning his or her case, on the other. Accordingly, it would appear that the legal domain of negligence – as a means for protecting the patient’s right to autonomy – could constitute an appropriate balance between the conflicting interests.

42. Indeed, it is possible to protect a person’s right to autonomy in general, and to receive medical information in particular, even within the framework of an action based on violation of a basic right of supreme importance, which is akin to a constitutional offense. The development of grounds for a claim based on violation and infringement of basic rights is a complex issue, just now emerging in the Israeli legal system. Recognition of the existence of constitutional grounds for a claim raises a spate of difficulties and questions which have not yet been clarified and discussed in court precedents and scholarly writings, such as which rights should be protected on constitutional grounds; what are the tests for protecting these rights; what are the appropriate remedies for violation of a constitutional right, and so on. At this stage, when these issues have yet to be discussed in depth, it seems appropriate to take another track suited to the solution of the problem confronting us. We can content ourselves with the determination that a person’s right to autonomy should be afforded protection in the legal domain of an independent head of tort separate from those known to constitute negligence. The decision on the weighty question of whether the right of autonomy should even be protected as an independent cause of action ought to be left for an appropriate occasion. See Barak [76] at 681.

Compensation for Physical Injury and for Violation of Autonomy: the Appropriate Relationship Between Them

43. What is the appropriate relationship between compensation granted under the various heads of tort recognized as part of the offense of negligence and compensation under the damages head of violation of the right to autonomy, where the imposition of the liability and the compensation are based on the doctor’s failure to obtain informed consent?

When the doctor’s negligence, constituting the basis for compensating the patient, is expressed by failure to obtain informed consent to perform the treatment, the question arises whether the compensation award for bodily injury is also compensation for violation of autonomy, meaning that by paying separate and cumulative compensation for violation of autonomy, one is, in practice, paying double compensation.

The fact is that there is only instance of negligent behavior constituting the basis for imposing liability on the doctor, consisting primarily of the doctor’s failure to receive informed consent prior to performing the medical procedure. This negligent behavior generates various types of damage, on different levels. The violation of the right to autonomy may find its expression on different levels, both in inherent and direct but intangible damage, which is a direct consequence of the actual violation of the right, and in indirect but tangible damage. Bodily injury may be caused because of the failure of the treatment, which would never have been performed on the patient if his or her consent had been sought and refused. Intangible damage may be the result of the failure to obtain informed consent, and denial of the patient’s right and ability to decide autonomously about what should be done with his or her body.

44. In my opinion, the head of tort concerning violation of autonomy should be viewed as an independent head of damage in all respects, to be added to the compensation due for bodily injury or other damage, and should not be considered a substitute. These are separate heads of damage, providing protection for different interests. Recognition of the right to compensation due to violation of the right to autonomy provides protection for the patent’s autonomous status in the decision-making process and his or her right to receive information for the purpose of formulating a position about the performance of a medical procedure. Twerski & Cohen [96] at 649. As a matter of principle, protecting these rights and interests should not be conditional upon providing compensation for the real harm caused by the medical treatment, which protects the interest of preservation of a person’s bodily integrity. Compensation for the bodily harm caused by failure of the treatment does not give expression to the intangible damage caused to the patient due to the violation of his or her right to autonomy. For that reason, the fact that two heads of tort are located under one roof does not mean that compensation therefore constitutes double compensation, since the interests protected by each head of tort are separate and different. The argument that bodily harm precludes compensation for damage caused by violation of autonomy does injustice to the appropriate protection for the specific interest inherent in each of the said heads of damage. Accordingly, from a principled-legal perspective, it appears to me that there is neither reason nor justification to cancel the one because of the other.

At the same time, there might certainly be reciprocity between the two heads of tort. In other words, the intensity of a person’s feelings due to violation of his or her right to autonomy might change, inter alia, in accordance with the result of the treatment performed on the patient’s body without obtaining informed consent, the extent of bodily harm caused, the importance of the information which was not given to the patient due to the doctor’s negligence, etc. For example, where the failure of the treatment caused bodily harm to the patient, the intangible injuries due to the violation of the right of autonomy might be regarded as grave. And vice versa: the success of the medical treatment – despite the fact that it was performed without obtaining informed consent – might appease the patient and calm him or her to such an extent that the damage caused is minimal (de minimis non curat lex).

Evaluating the Damage Due to Violation of Autonomy

45. What, then, is the extent of the damage and how should it be evaluated? What test should we use to evaluate the damage to a person’s autonomy? Should we adopt the perspective of the specific patient, and accordingly examine how he or she feels as a result of not having received the information (subjective test)? Or should we examine the damage caused by the violation of autonomy, as seen through the eyes of the reasonable patient (the objective test)? Or perhaps we should adopt another point of view, incorporating the objective elements while placing emphasis on the special and unique circumstances of the patient before us (the combined test)?

I will preface my remarks by saying that the combined test is the one I proposed as the most suitable for assessing the chances that the patient would have made a particular choice, had his or her informed consent been sought (supra paras. 24-25). The reasons I presented there are also appropriate in the current context. An expression of the combined test can be found in the following:

That [doctor-patient - T.S.C.] relationship also gives rise to a duty to provide information and advice. That duty takes its precise content, in terms of the nature and detail of information to be provided, from the needs, concerns and circumstances of the patient. A patient may have special needs or concerns which, if known to the doctor, will indicate that special or additional information is required…. In other cases, where, for example, no specific inquiry is made, the duty is to provide the information that would reasonably be required by a person in the position of the patient.

Rogers [43] at 54.

46. Evaluating an intangible injury raises numerous difficulties, and the effort to quantify it is particularly difficult. In applying the combined test in order to evaluate the harm caused by violation of autonomy, we must examine the injury caused while adopting the viewpoint of a reasonable patient, and we must also express the individual and autonomous aspects of the particular patient:

The measure of the non-pecuniary harm to be compensated depends, from the strictly tortious point of view, upon the extent to which an individual values his or her autonomy, taking into account his or her mental and emotional reaction to the violation.

Englard [83] at 164.

For the purpose of evaluating the injury, the court must assess the degree of the violation of the patient’s autonomy caused by the failure to give the patient the information that he or she should have been given. And note: the information which the doctor is obligated to give the patient is not all the information which the patient would like to receive, but only such information which, if omitted, would constitute negligence in obtaining informed consent. Accordingly, when the court evaluates the harm caused to the patient due to the violation of autonomy, it must examine the damage caused due to failure to provide the specific information which the doctor was duty bound to give to the patient.

47. The doctors’ duty to give the information is not uniform, and it does not cover all particulars of the information down to the remotest of risks. Vaturi [3] at 182. Failure to give information on particular and real risks which are not “far-fetched or fanciful” might also constitute negligence on the doctor’s part. Rogers [43] at 54. Accordingly, both the doctors and the courts must consider the extent and nature of the information that must be provided by the doctor, and they should address the special value of the information not provided, compared with the information provided (see the Patient’s Rights Law, sec. 13). The extent of the violation might be more severe if the patient believes that the information not provided could have altered his or her position regarding performance of the medical treatment. In this context, it is appropriate to take into account the patient’s position and attitude to the provision of the medical information concerning himself or herself. In many cases, the patient freely forfeits his or her own free will, leaving the decision-making solely to the doctor, and even asking not to be apprised of his or her medical condition.

… in the context of doctor-patient relationship, the latter’s genuine desire for full autonomy in the decision-making process is rather rudimentary. It is a well-known and widespread phenomenon that people are reluctant to assume full responsibility for their personal fate, especially in cases of difficult medical decisions… At present, the wish for autonomy in medical decision-making is far from being fully developed in the patient.

Englard [83] at 164-65.

Under this state of affairs – so the argument goes – protecting autonomy under the head of tort awarding compensation, where no harm was caused to the patient, is not appropriate.

If patients lack the consciousness of self-determination, why compensate them for its assumed loss? In the absence of harm, there is no place for compensatory rectification.

[83] at 165.

Indeed, there will be cases in which the patient will prefer not to receive the medical information and to leave the medical decision-making to the doctor, because of the patient’s fear of receiving information about his or her real medical condition and of making his or her own weighty decisions. Ostensibly, this approach is not commensurate with the perception of a person as an autonomous entity, although a person’s refusal to take responsibility for making an autonomous decision may also derive from the autonomy of his or her will. In any event, in order to evaluate the extent of the damage caused by violation of autonomy, it is necessary to take into account the position and wishes of the specific patient regarding receipt of the medical information, because if the patient is not interested in receiving the information and making an autonomous decision, there is no basis to the claim that this autonomy was violated.

48. Another consideration that might arise when evaluating the damage caused concerns the consequences of the treatment performed. I do not think it appropriate to make exhaustive observations on this issue, and each case should be considered on its merits, in accordance with its circumstances. Nonetheless, it would appear that the results of the treatment performed could be of significance when evaluating the damage caused by the violation of autonomy. For example, the fact that the medical treatment succeeded, despite the fact that it was provided without obtaining informed consent, might render the damage caused by the violation of autonomy theoretical or negligible (de minimis). On the other hand, where no informed consent was given, and the treatment failed and even caused bodily harm, the failure of the treatment may exacerbate the injury to the patient and to his sensibilities. In any event, the compensation is not intended exclusively as punitive or theoretical compensation.

 

The Burden on the Doctors – Is It Excessive?

49. Recognition of the right to compensation for damage caused due to violation of autonomy is not free of doubts and difficulties. It is clear that that recognizing the head of tort entitling a person to compensation due to violation of autonomy per se imposes a heavy burden on the treating doctors. Recognition of this head of damage might expose them to legal liability not only when they are negligent in obtaining informed consent and where there was bodily and other injury, but also in the case of successful medical treatment where they are nevertheless liable for intangible injury caused by the violation of the right. Indeed, the burden imposed on the doctors is a heavy one. At the same time, the power held in the doctors’ hands may have a significant –if not irreversible – impact on the patient’s life-style and health. Consequently, despite the doctors’ well-intended desire to benefit the patient, they should always keep the patient's wishes in mind.

50. At the same time, it is appropriate to state that fear of “defensive medicine” is not unfounded (CA. 2989/95 [27] at 698), and it is occasionally raised when doctors are exposed to a broadening of their legal liability. Indeed, the burden borne by the doctors is a heavy one, but the courts will presumably be able to distinguish between information whose delivery is vital, the non-delivery of which would have violated the patient’s autonomy, and information whose delivery is not vital, the non-delivery of which would not have violated the patient’s ability to make an informed, considered, and autonomous decision. Similarly, courts will presumably be able to distinguish between cases in which informed consent was obtained and cases in which it was not. Adopting this path, while paying attention to the conflicting interests and making a considered and cautious evaluation of the compensation awarded for the violation of autonomy in accordance with the merits of each case, guarantees the patient’s right to autonomy on the one hand, and provides protection for the doctors’ important work, on the other.

51. Furthermore, it must be remembered that recognizing this head of damage is only one stone in the mosaic, by which I mean placing the patient’s autonomy at the center of the medical treatment and anchoring the patient's status in the process of making medical decisions that concern him or her.

It is not enough for the law to say to doctors, Disclose, or … to say to patients, Decide”. Rather, physicians must relinquish some of their power and patents must relinquish some of their vulnerability…. Patients and physicians must develop different attitudes toward each other … Patients clearly need to trust more in themselves – to trust their abilities to understand information, to ask the appropriate questions, and to make the “right” decisions. Patient self-trust does not come from trusting doctors less, but instead from doctors’ and others’ (including the law’s) trusting patients more.

Jones [109] at 425 (emphasis added – T.S.C.).

And Now to the Matter at Hand:

52. How does all of the aforesaid affect our case?

 

In the circumstances of this case, the doctor did not obtain the appellant’s informed consent for the treatment, nor was it proven that he gave her the medical information that was essential in this particular case; the operation was an elective one and was not the operation for which she had come to the hospital. Failure to give her the information under these circumstances, as stated above, amounted to negligence in obtaining informed consent. This negligence prevented the appellant from deciding, on an informed and considered basis, whether she was willing or unwilling to perform the biopsy on her shoulder. The voluntary and informed decision concerning the performance of the biopsy is one that ought to have been made autonomously by appellant. Accordingly, we can rule that this negligence violated the appellant’s right to autonomy over her own body. However it is insufficient to rule merely that there was a violation of the appellant’s autonomy, since that ruling is on the level of liability only, and we must further examine its concrete expressions in the circumstances of this case. This requires us to determine, through evaluation, the extent of damage caused to appellant due to this violation of her autonomy.

It was after the performance of the biopsy on her shoulder that the appellant became aware that it had been performed without her having received the relevant information and that the doctor had been negligent in obtaining her consent to the operation. The evidence presented does not indicate how she responded upon becoming aware of these facts. We do not know how important it was from her perspective – if at all – to make an autonomous decision about the performance of the procedure and what she would have decided had her informed consent been requested. She did not testify on these matters and categorically denied having even been aware that she was about to undergo such an operation. The trial judge rejected her testimony as unreliable, and there was nothing to do apart from awarding her an estimated compensation under this head of damage. In conclusion, I concur with the opinion of my colleague, Justice Or, concerning the right to compensation under the head of the tort of violation of autonomy and the amount stipulated by him as compensation. In my view, the compensation under this head of damage should be added to the compensation for half the sum of compensation for bodily injury to be awarded to the appellant due to performance of the operation without obtaining her informed consent, all as set forth in my opinion.

President A. Barak

I concur with the judgment of my colleague, Justice Or. As such, I am not required to decide the case before us on the basis of path proposed in the judgment of my colleague, Justice Strasberg-Cohen. Indeed, cases in which the casual connection cannot be resolved on the basis of the balance of probability present difficult problems in terms of deciding the applicable law. This was also the position of my colleague, Justice Beinisch, reflected in her comments on the subject. Personally, I do not need to decide the issue in the current case, and I leave it for further review when the time comes. The reason for this is that in view of the contents of the judgment of my colleague, Justice Or, it was proved in the present case that appellant would have agreed to the performance of the biopsy on her shoulder, if she had been duly advised and had given her “informed” consent.

Deputy President S. Levin

 

I concur with the ruling of my learned colleague, Justice Or.

Justice M. Cheshin

I concur with the ruling of my colleague, Justice Or. However, I must confess that in circumstances such as ours, I was attracted by the doctrine of evaluating the chances of the existence of a causal connection (as opposed to the doctrine of balance of probability), on which my colleague, Justice Strasberg-Cohen, based her opinion. “In circumstances such as ours” means in circumstances in which the injured person – the plaintiff – due (also) to the defendant’s actions and omissions, finds it difficult to prove a causal connection between the defendant’s actions and omissions and the injury incurred (by the plaintiff). Thus, for instance, one could argue that in circumstances such as ours – to which I confine my remarks – the justice of the principle of distributing and spreading the damage is preferable to the justice of the principle of “all or nothing.” This was also the case in the past when, in cases of contributory negligence, the principle of division of liability between the tortfeasor and victim replaced the principle of full exemption or full liability. It could therefore be argued that the same rule should apply in our case. The same rule is also applied regarding the division of liability between joint tortfeasors. Concededly, with respect to a causal connection between action or omission and damage caused, these two [aforementioned – ed.] cases are not identical to the case before us. Even so, it would seem that the underlying principle of distributing and spreading the damage should also find expression in circumstances such as ours. Since I concur with the opinion of my colleague, Justice Or, I have the good fortune of not having to decide the question. Its time will come.

Justice I. Englard

I concur with the judgment of my honorable colleague, Justice Or.

It was therefore decided by majority opinion in accordance with the opinion of Justice Or.

August 29, 1999.

 

 

Barzilai v. Government of Israel

Case/docket number: 
HCJ 428/86
Date Decided: 
Wednesday, August 6, 1986
Decision Type: 
Original
Abstract: 

The petitions to the court related to the decision of the President of the State to pardon the Head of the General Security Service (G.S.S.) and three of his assistants in respect of all the offences attributed to them connected with the incident known as "bus no. 300". The pardons were granted by the President under sec. 11 (b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, by which he is empowered "to pardon offenders and to lighten penalties by the reduction or commutation thereof." The principal issue raised in the petitions was whether the President had the power to pardon persons before conviction. The court was also asked to order the competent authorities to investigate the incident referred to.

               

1. In regard to the interpretation of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, the court examined the import of the terms "offence" and "offender," and reviewed the legislative background to the enactment of sec. 11(b) above, in particular Article 16 of the Palestine Order in Council of 1922 and sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949. The court also considered the influence on the interpretation of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law of the Anglo - American Practice in regard to pardon, as well as the place of the Presidential power of pardon in Israel in relation to the powers of other State authorities charged with the administration of criminal justice.

 

Held, per Shamgar P. (Miriam Ben-Porat D.P. concurring):

 

Having regard to the legislative purpose in the light of the above considerations, to the need for a "spacious" interpretation in matters of constitutional content, and to the accepted construction of the pardoning power since enacted in its original form, sec. 11(b) was to be interpreted as empowering the State President to pardon offenders both before and after conviction.

               

Per M. Ben-Porat D.P.:

 

The grant of a pardon involves a conflict between two very important interests: one - equality before the law, which requires that every offender against the law should answer for his conduct; the other - the safeguarding of a vital public interest. The proper balance between the two is the determining factor and the State President was faced with the same predicament when making his pardoning decision.

 

Minority opinion in A. v. The Law Council [2] and the decision in Attorney-General v. Matana [3] followed:

               

Per Barak J., dissenting:

 

Upon a proper interpretation of sec. l l(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, the Israel Legislature cannot be presumed to have favoured Presidential intervention in criminal proceedings before these have run their full course. Under the Israel "constitutional scheme" the Presidential power of pardon must not be construed as a paramount power, or as rivaling the powers of other State authorities, such as the police, the prosecution, the courts. It must be construed as a residual or a "reserve" power to be exercised only after the other authorities concerned have exhausted their own powers, i.e. after conviction of the accused. The pardons granted in the present case therefore are void and of no effect.

               

2. Held by the court (per Shamgar P.):

 

(a) The absence of a real personal interest on the part of any of the petitioners, does not justify the immediate dismissal of the petition. The Supreme Court will take a liberal view on this aspect and grant access to petitioners where the question that arises is "of a constitutional character" or of "public interest related directly to the advance of the rule of law". This entails no general recognition of the actio popularis, only a general guideline that enables the court to open its doors in suitable cases of a public-constitutional character.

 

(b) In granting the pardons, the State President was acting in a matter "connected with his functions and powers" as provided in sec 13 of the Basic law: The President of the State. Hence he is not amenable to the jurisdiction of the courts in connection therewith, including the Supreme Court's powers of direct review - its authority to demand of the president himself an explanation of his decisions. This immunity relates to the direct challenge of any Presidential act, but there is no obstacle to indirect judicial review of the President's discharge of his functions in proper cases and when the proceedings are directed against some other respondent.

Voting Justices: 
Primary Author
majority opinion
Author
concurrence
Author
dissent
Full text of the opinion: 

H.C.J 428/86

H.C.J 429/86

H.C.J 431/86

H.C.J 446/86

H.C.J 448/86

H.C.J 463/86

M.A.A 320/86

 

 

Y. BARZILAI, ADV.

v.

1       GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL

2.       ATTORNEY-GENERAL

3-6. A-D                                                                                                                                                                         H.C.J 428/86

 

1.       Y. SARID, M.K.

2.       D. ZUCKER, SECRETARY-GENERAL OF CITIZENS RIGHTS AND PEACE MOVEMENT

3.       CITIZENS RIGHTS AND PEACE MOVEMENT

4.       S. ALONI, M.K.

5.       R. COHEN, M.K.

v.

1.       MINISTER OF JUSTICE

2.       ATTORNEY GENERAL

3.       INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE

4.   DEPUTY PRIME MINISTER ANDMINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS

5-8. A-D.                                                                                                                                                                        H.C.J 429/86

 

1. M. MAROZ, ADV.

2. D. YIFTAH, ADV.

v.

1. MINISTER OF POLICE

2-5.A-D.                                                                                                                                                                         H.C.J 431/86

 

A. ZICHRONI, ADV.

v.

1.       INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE

2.       ATTORNEY-GENERAL

3.       MINISTER OF JUSTICE

4.       HEAD OF THE GENERAL SECURITY SERVICE (G.S.S.)

5.       ASSISTANT NO. 1 TO HEAD OF G.S.S.

6.       ASSISTANT NO. 2 TO HEAD OF G.S.S.

7.       ASSISTANT NO. 3 TO HEAD OF G.S.S.

8.       DEPUTY PRIME MINISTER AND MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   H.C.J 446/86

 

1. DR. J.M. EDREY

2. DR. H. BEN-MENAHEM

3. DR. B. BRACHA

4. DR. M. GUR-ARIEH

5. DR. K. MANN

6. DR. A. MAOZ

7. DR. C. PASBERG

8. DR. M. KREMNITZER

9. PROF. D. KRETZMER

10. DR. A. ROZEN-ZVI

11. DR. Y. SHACHAR

12. PROF. M. SCHIFMAN

v.

1. INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE

2. MINISTER OF POLICE

3. HEAD AND THREE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE G.S.S.

                              H.C.J 448/86

 

 

1. M.A. ABU GAM'A

2. S.H. ABU GAM'A

v.

1. GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL

2. MINISTER OF POLICE

3. ATTORNEY-GENERAL

                  H.C.J 463/86

 

A. BARAK

v.

1.       Y. SARID

2       .D. ZUCKER, SECRETARY-GENERAL OF CITIZENS RIGHTS AND PEACE MOVEMENT

3.       CITIZENS RIGHTS AND PEACE MOVEMENT

4.       S. ALONI, M.K.

5.       R. COHEN, M.K.

6.       MINISTER OF JUSTICE

7.       ATTORNEY-GENERAL

8.       INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF POLICE

M.A.A 320/86

 

 

In the Supreme Court sitting as the High Court of Justice

[6 August 1986]

Before: Justice Meir Shamgar, President

                                    Justice Miriam Ben-Porat, Deputy-President

Justice Aharon Barak.

 

         

Constitutional and Administrative Law - Pardon of offenders by President of the State - Presidential power to pardon unconvicted suspects - Basic Law: The President of the State. sec. 11(b) - Interpretation of Statutes -Meaning of the expression "to pardon offenders" - A "spacious interpretation" of constitutional provisions - Attorney-General's power to stay criminal proceedings - Presidential power of pardon and the powers of other State authorities relating to criminal justice -Pardon and Amnesty-High Court of Justice - Locus Standi - Amenability of State President to jurisdiction of the courts - Indirect judicial review of Presidential functions - Rule of Law.

 

          The petitions to the court related to the decision of the President of the State to pardon the Head of the General Security Service (G.S.S.) and three of his assistants in respect of all the offences attributed to them connected with the incident known as "bus no. 300". The pardons were granted by the President under sec. 11 (b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, by which he is empowered "to pardon offenders and to lighten penalties by the reduction or commutation thereof." The principal issue raised in the petitions was whether the President had the power to pardon persons before conviction. The court was also asked to order the competent authorities to investigate the incident referred to.

         

1. In regard to the interpretation of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, the court examined the import of the terms "offence" and "offender," and reviewed the legislative background to the enactment of sec. 11(b) above, in particular Article 16 of the Palestine Order in Council of 1922 and sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949. The court also considered the influence on the interpretation of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law of the Anglo - American Practice in regard to pardon, as well as the place of the Presidential power of pardon in Israel in relation to the powers of other State authorities charged with the administration of criminal justice.

 

          Held, per Shamgar P. (Miriam Ben-Porat D.P. concurring):

          Having regard to the legislative purpose in the light of the above considerations, to the need for a "spacious" interpretation in matters of constitutional content, and to the accepted construction of the pardoning power since enacted in its original form, sec. 11(b) was to be interpreted as empowering the State President to pardon offenders both before and after conviction.

         

Per M. Ben-Porat D.P.:

          The grant of a pardon involves a conflict between two very important interests: one - equality before the law, which requires that every offender against the law should answer for his conduct; the other - the safeguarding of a vital public interest. The proper balance between the two is the determining factor and the State President was faced with the same predicament when making his pardoning decision.

          Minority opinion in A. v. The Law Council [2] and the decision in Attorney-General v. Matana [3] followed:

         

          Per Barak J., dissenting:

          Upon a proper interpretation of sec. l l(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, the Israel Legislature cannot be presumed to have favoured Presidential intervention in criminal proceedings before these have run their full course. Under the Israel "constitutional scheme" the Presidential power of pardon must not be construed as a paramount power, or as rivaling the powers of other State authorities, such as the police, the prosecution, the courts. It must be construed as a residual or a "reserve" power to be exercised only after the other authorities concerned have exhausted their own powers, i.e. after conviction of the accused. The pardons granted in the present case therefore are void and of no effect.

         

2.       Held by the court (per Shamgar P.):

          (a) The absence of a real personal interest on the part of any of the petitioners, does not justify the immediate dismissal of the petition. The Supreme Court will take a liberal view on this aspect and grant access to petitioners where the question that arises is "of a constitutional character" or of "public interest related directly to the advance of the rule of law". This entails no general recognition of the actio popularis, only a general guideline that enables the court to open its doors in suitable cases of a public-constitutional character.

          (b) In granting the pardons, the State President was acting in a matter "connected with his functions and powers" as provided in sec 13 of the Basic law: The President of the State. Hence he is not amenable to the jurisdiction of the courts in connection therewith, including the Supreme Court's powers of direct review - its authority to demand of the president himself an explanation of his decisions. This immunity relates to the direct challenge of any Presidential act, but there is no obstacle to indirect judicial review of the President's discharge of his functions in proper cases and when the proceedings are directed against some other respondent.

 

Israel cases referred to:

 

[1] H.C. 73/85, "Kach"Faction v. Chairman of the Knesset 39(3) P.D. 141.

[2] H.C. 177/50, A. v. Chairman and Members of the Law Counci15 P.D. 137.

[3] F.H. 13/60, Attorney-General v. Matana 16(1) P.D. 430; S.J., vol. IV, p.112.

[4] H.C. 249/82, Wakhnin v. Military Appeals Tribuna1 37(2) P.D. 393.

[5] Cr. A. 224/85, Alba Pharmacy Ltd. v. State of Israel 39(4) P.D. 798.

[6] H.C. 156/56, Schor v. Attorney-General 11 P.D. 285; 21 P.E. 227.

[7] H.C. 329/81; M.A. 217/82, 376, 670/83, Nof v. Attorney-General 37(4) P.D. 326.

[8] Cr. A. 117/50, Haddad v. Attorney-General 5 P.D. 1413; I P.E. 318.

[9] H.C. 171/69, Filtzer v. Minister of Finance 24(1) P.D. 113.

[10] H.C. 228/84, unpublished.

[11] H.C. 270/85, unpublished.

[12] H.C. 659/85, Bar Yosef (Yoskovitz) v. Minister of Police 40(1) P.D. 785.

[13] H.C. 297/82, Berger v. Minister of the Interior 37(3) P.D. 29.

[14] H.C. 483/77, Barzilai v. Prime Minister of Israel et al. 31(3) P.D. 671.

[15] H.C. 652/81, Y. Sarid M.K. v. Knesset Chairman Savidor 36(2) P.D. 197.

[16] H.C. 40/70, Becker v. Minister of Defence 24(1) P.D. 238.

[17] H.C. 217/80, Segal v. Minister of the Interior 34(4) P.D. 429.

[18] H.C. 1/81, Shiran v. Broadcast Authority 35(3) P.D. 365.

[19] E.A. 23/84, Neiman et al v. Chairman of the Eleventh Knesset Elections Central Committee 39(2) P.D. 225.

[20] H.C. 186/65, Reiner v. Prime Minister of Israel et al. 19(2) P.D. 485.

[21] M.A. 838/84, Livni et al. v. State of Israe1 38(3) P.D. 729.

[22] H.C. 58/68, Shalit v, Minister of the Interior 23(2) P.D. 477; S.J., Spec. Vol. (1962-1969), 35.

[23] H.C. 390/79, Diukat v. Government of Israe134 (1) P.D. 1.

[24] H.C. 561/75, Ashkenazy v. Minister of Defence 30(3) P.D. 309.

[25] Cr.A. 185/59, Matana v. Attorney-General 14 P.D. 970.

[26] H.C. 742/84, Kahana v. Chairman of the Knesset 39(4) P.D. 85

[27] H.C. 94/62, Gold v. Minister of the Interior 16 P.D. 1846; S.J., vol. IV p. 175.

[28] C.A. 165/82, Kibbutz Hatzor v. Rehovot Tax Assessment Officer 39(2) P.D. 70.

[29] C.A. 481/73, Administrator of Estate Late E. Bergman v. Stossel 29(1) P.D. 505.

[30] H.C. 246,260/81, Agudat Derekh Eretz v. Broadcast Authority 35(4) P.D.1.

[31] H.C. 306/81, Flatto Sharon v. Knesset Committee 35(4) P.D. 118.

[32] H.C. 547/84, "Of Ha-emek" Registered Agricultural Cooperative Society v. Ramat Yishai Local Council 40(1) P.D. 113.

[33] H.C. 98/69, Bergman v. Minister ofFinance 23(1) P.D. 693.

[34] M.A. 67/84, Haddad v. Paz 39(1) P.D. 667.

[35] H.C. 507/81, Abu Hatzeira M.K. et al. v. Attorney-General 35(4) P.D. 561.

[36] C.A. 507/79, Raundnaf (Korn) v. Hakim 36(2) P.D. 757.

[37] H.C. 73,87/53, "Kol Haam"Co. Ltd. et al. v. Minister of the Interior 7 P.D. 871; 13 P.E. 422; S.J., vol. I, p. 90.

[38] C.A. 150/50, Kaufman v. Margines 6 P.D. 1005; 5 P.E. 526.

[39] C.A. 214/81, State of Israel v. Pahima 39(4) P.D. 821.

[40] H.C. 732/84, Tzaban v. Minister of Religious Affairs 40(4) P.D. 141.

 

English cases referred to:

 

[41] Reg. v. Boyes (1861) 9 Cox C.C. 32.

[42] R. v. Foster (1984) 2 All E.R. 678 (C.A.).

[43] McKendrick et al. v. Sinclair (1972) S.L.T. 110 (H.L.).

[44] Jennings v. United States (1982) 3 All E.R. 104 (Q.B.).

[45] Church Wardens & C. of Westham v. Fourth City Mutual Building Society (1892) 28 Q.B. 54.

[46] Thomas v. The Queen (1979) 2 All E.R. 142 (P.C.).

[47] Mistry Amar Singh v. Kulubya (1963) 3 All E.R. 499 (P.C.).

[48] Godden v. Hales (1686) 89 E.R. 1050 (K.B.).

 

American cases referred to:

 

[49] Ex parte Grossman (1925) 267 U.S. 87; 45 S.Ct. 332; 69 Law Ed. 527.

[50] M'Culloch v. Maryland (1819) 4 Law Ed. 579; 17 U.S. 316.

[51] Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co. v. Sawyer (1952) 26 A.L.R. 2d. 1378; 343 U.S. 579; 96 Law Ed. 1153.

[52] Ex Parte Garland(1866) 71 U.S. 333.

[53] Burdick v. United States (1915) 236 U.S. 79; 59 Law Ed. 476.

[54] Murphy v. Ford (1975) 390 F. Supp. 1372.

[55] United States v. Wilson (1833) 32 U.S. 149.

[56] Biddle v. Perovich (1927) 274 U.S. 480.

[57] Montgomery v. Cleveland (1923) 32 A.L.R. 1151; 98 So. III.

[58] Schick v. Reed (1974) 419 U.S. 256.

[59] Osborn v. United States Bank (1824) 22 U.S. 738.

[60] New York v. United States (1951) 342 U.S. 882.

[61] Ex Parte Wells (1855) 15 Law Ed. 421; 18 How. 307.

 

          The petitioner in H. C. 428/86 appeared in person; A. Gal- for the petitioners in H.C. 429/86; The petitioners in H.C. 431/86 appeared in person; A. Zichroni and I. Hanin - for the petitioners in H.C. 446/86; M. Soaked - for the petitioners in H.C. 448/86; H Langer- for the petitioners in H.C. 463/86; D. von Wiesel and A. Barak - for the petitioner in M.A. 320/86; Y. Harish, Attorney-General and Y. Ben-Or. Senior Assistant State Attorney and Director of the Criminal Department of the State Attorney's Office - for the respondents; Y. Arnon and D. Weisglas for A-D.

 

SHAMGAR P.

The Matter in Issue

 

1.(a) On 25 June 1986 the State President granted the Head of the General Security Service and three members of that Service a pardon in respect of

all the offences connected with the so-called bus no. 300 incident, and committed from the time of the incident on the night between 12 April and 13 April until the date of this Warrant.

 

The pardon was preceded by certain events which became the subject of debate for a period of several months, both in the Government and among the general public, centering mainly on the proper steps to be taken by the authorities in consequence of the stated offences, which had meanwhile become known collectively as the "bus no. 300 incident".

          The President was apprised of the details of the matter in two conversations with the aforementioned Head of the Service, and the decision to grant the pardon followed formal requests to that end. The pardon was granted before any legal proceedings had been instituted in respect of the matters mentioned in the Warrant of Pardon. On the day the pardon was granted, the President made a public statement in which he explained the reasons for his decision, inter alia as follows:

         

Acting under the power vested in me by law, I have today granted Avraham Shalom, Head of the General Security Service, and three of his assistants, a full pardon in respect of every offence prima facie committed in connection with the "bus number 300 incident". I have so acted with a view to putting a stop to the "devils' dance" raging around the incident and so preventing further grave harm to the General Security Service. In so exercising my power, I have acted upon the recommendation of the Minister of Justice following a cabinet meeting held last night with the participation of the Attorney-General.

   My decision was based on the deep conviction that it was for the good of the public and the State that our security be protected and the General Security Service spared the damage it would suffer from a continuation of the controversy surrounding the incident. This Service is charged with waging the difficult war against terrorism, and the remarkable work of its members saves us tens of casualties every month. Last year alone the Service uncovered some 320 terrorist bands who were responsible for 379 outrages and attempted assaults in all parts of the country. So far this year the Service has exposed the perpetrators of 255 terrorist acts, apprehending among them also those who had committed murder.  I wish to mention another aspect of the war against terrorism, which relates to the security arrangements for the protection of Israel's diplomatic missions and other agencies abroad.  It may be recalled that only recently a murderous assault on an El-Al aircraft was prevented when members of the Service foiled the attempt to smuggle aboard a bomb in a suitcase in London. The public in Israel does not really know what debt we owe to all those anonymous heroes of the General Security Service, and how many lives have been saved thanks to their efforts."

   As President of the State, I feel it my duty to rally to the support of members of the Service; knowing as I do the vitally important and arduous task fulfilled by them, devotedly and in secrecy, daily and hourly. I do so in the hope of preventing moral harm to the intelligence organisation and the security network, and to the war against terror.

   In the special conditions of the State of Israel we cannot allow ourselves any relaxation of effort, nor permit any damage to be caused to the defence establishment and to those loyal men who guard our people.

   The effect of the Attorney-General's unequivocal intimation at the cabinet meeting, that there was no alternative but to open a police investigation into the incident, was to create a situation which requires members of the Service to submit to the investigation without being left any possibility of defending themselves, short of divulging security information of the utmost secrecy. In this situation I saw it as my primary duty to act as I have done in protecting the interests of the public and the security of the State.

         

          (b) Two principal issues have been raised in these petitions. The first concerns the President's power to pardon an offender before his trial and conviction; the second relates to a demand for the holding of an investigation into the events known as the "bus no. 300 incident". Concerning the latter issue, on 15 July 1986 we received the Attorney General's intimation, confirmed by the Inspector General of Police, that the police would investigate the complaints lodged in connection with that incident.

          We accordingly have to deal here with the scope of the presidential power of pardon, and shall refer also to two related matters, namely: the reasons for our decision on 30 June 1986 concerning joinder of the President as a respondent in three of the petitions (H.C. 431/86, H.C. 446/86 and H.C. 463/86); and our ruling on the question of locus standi.

         

2. The President's power of pardon is defined in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State (1964) (hereinafter "the Basic Law"), thus:

 

The President of the State shall have power to pardon offenders and to lighten penalties by the reduction or commutation thereof.

 

          This legal provision is formulated to deal with two subjects, i.e. the pardoning of offenders and the lightening of penalties. The latter subject is not in issue in the present matter, so what remains to be decided here is whether the power to pardon offenders extends also to someone who has not yet been convicted.

 

The Approach in the Case Law

 

3. (a) For the reasons I shall set out below, it has to be concluded that in the case now before us the State President based the exercise of his power under the above section upon a legal construction in accordance with the accepted approach of this court for the past thirty-five years, which sees the President as empowered to grant a pardon also before conviction. I am not unaware of efforts made over the years by a few distinguished jurists to challenge that interpretative approach. That even they, however, have had to take the view enunciated by this court as the starting point of their analysis, is understandable and clear, for the reason succinctly stated by my learned colleague, Barak J., in "Kach"Faction v. Speaker of the Knesset [1], at p. 152:

 

In a democratic regime, based on the separation of powers, the authority to construe all legislative enactments - from Basic Laws to regulations and orders - is entrusted to the court.... Inherent in every statutory provision, naturally and axiomatically, is a delegation of the interpretative authority to the court. It is true that every state organ - and in the present context also every individual - will seek to interpret the law in order to plan ahead. In the case of certain organs, it is sometimes customary for the interpretative authority to be entrusted to a particular functionary. Thus, for instance, the Executive's interpretative function is entrusted to the Attorney-General, and his construction binds the Executive internally. But where the question of interpretation arises in court, this authority rests with the court and its construction will bind the parties. And where the construction is that of the Supreme Court, it will bind everyone (by virtue of the doctrine of stare decisis - sec. 20(b) of the Basic Law: The Judicature). In this regard Shamgar J. remarked as follows:

   "Every governmental authority must on occasion contend with the interpretation of a legislative enactment, for the application of statutory law frequently (in theory invariably) entails the formulation of an attitude as to its substance and content. But the final and decisive interpretative word respecting the law in force at any given time, rests with the court; and in respect to issues raised for deliberation within the legal system, this last word rests with the supreme judicial tribunal" (H.C. 306/81, at p. 141).

   Any other approach would strike at the very heart of the judicial process and completely undermine the doctrine of the separation of powers, and the checks and balances between them. Hence, relations both between the Judiciary and the Executive and between the Judiciary and the Legislature, are governed by the principle that the binding interpretation is that given by the court, no matter what other interpretations may be given.

         

I might add that the reservations expressed about this court's approach have related, as we shall see presently, to the recognition not only of a pardon before conviction, but also a pardon after serving the punishment and in other cases (see Prof. S.Z. Feller, "Rehabilitation", Mishpatim, 113 [1969], 497, 507). In fact, a complete alternative system of pardon has been prepared, and this proposed legislative revision is deserving of deeper study and deliberation than is possible in the framework of this judgment. (See the proposed Bills in the appendix to Prof. Feller's abovementioned article, which also include a proposed rephrasing of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law by replacing the words "to pardon offenders" with an expression connoting remission of punishments.) Such further study of the subject would accordingly be important for shaping the desirable law in the future, if indeed it is sought to depart from the existing arrangement.

 

          (b) I shall now review the pronouncements of this court on the subject of pre-conviction pardoning under the prevailing law. The subject was first mentioned in A. v. The Law Council [2]. The petitioner asked for the restoration of his name to the Roll of Advocates following upon a presidential pardon granted him (after having served his sentence of imprisonment) in respect of the offence for which his name had been removed from the Roll. The petition was dismissed by a majority of the Court, for reasons relating both to the powers of the Law Council and to the Supreme Court's modes of exercising its discretion.

          Justice Agranat was the only member of the court to address the question of the pardoning power. The statutory provision underlying the President's power of pardon at that time (sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949) was phrased, so far as is relevant here, in language identical to that in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. It appears from the judgment of Agranat J. (as he then was) that he saw the power of pardon conferred on the President of the State of Israel as generally parallel to that vested in the King of England or in the President of the United States, whether in underlying perception, in nature and scope, or in the consequences of its exercise. In this connection the learned Judge referred, inter alia, to a statement in Halsbury's Laws (2nd. ed., Hailsham, vol. 6, p. 477) that "Pardon may, in general be granted either before or after conviction." Also referred to was the decision of the U.S. Supreme Court in Ex Parte Grossman (1925) [49], where it was held with regard to the Constitutional power to grant pardons for offences, that the Executive could grant a pardon for an offence at any time after its commission. Summing up his opinion on the scope of the power of pardon in Israel, Agranat J. clearly held that the President has the power to pardon offenders either before or after conviction (at p. 751; my italics - M.S.).

          It is true, of course, that the question of the power of pardon before conviction was not part of the ratio on which Justice Agranat founded his decision in that case. Nevertheless, the wider question of principle involving the substance and scope of the pardoning power, the matter of its historical roots and its present day construction, on which the decision of Agranat J. was founded, encompassed also this specific aspect of the exercise of the power before conviction. This aspect arose directly out of and became an integral part of the interpretative method adopted. That is to say, inherent in Justice Agranat's adoption of the view that the President's pardoning power was the same as that of the British King or the American President, was the conclusion that the definition of that power likewise derived from the interpretative process on which the learned Judge had founded his decision, as he himself in fact noted.

          Justice Agranat's abovementioned opinion has come to be recognized as representing the prevailing and commonly accepted interpretation of this court, whether this be due to the fact that no contrary judicial opinion on the matter has been expressed or whether this be attributed to the Further Hearing in the Matana case, a landmark decision in our constitutional law to which I shall presently return.

 

          (c) This subject arose again in the rehearing in Attorney-General v. Matana [3], representing the leading and most comprehensive decision so far on the power of pardon. Once again the substance of the power was analysed, this time in the court's full consciousness that the decision which had occasioned the rehearing amounted to a rejection of the minority opinion of Agranat J. in A. v. The Law Council, insofar as he had found a parallel between the power of the President of Israel and that of the British Monarch. In his judgment in the Further Hearing, Deputy President Agranat (as he then was) reiterated his view expressed in A. v. The Law Council that the President's power of pardon was exercisable also before conviction. He noted that while there was indeed no room for an equation of the President's power of pardon with that of the High Commissioner of Palestine (under Art.l6 of the Order in Council, 1922), he also had no hesitation in reaffirming his approach in A. v. The Law Council as regards the scope of the President's power and its comparison with that of the Executive under the corresponding Anglo-American constitutional law. The power under sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1969 (which for our present purpose is the same as that set forth in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law) was termed by Agranat D.P. an "original" power forming part of a "Constitution in miniature of an independent State." Hence it was not comparable to the pardoning power instituted under the Mandatory legislation, and the model for comparison was the power of the British or the American Head of State.

          In this regard the learned Deputy President added, by way of an interpretative guideline, that in view of its constitutional content the statutory provision concerned did not need a restrictive interpretation ( M'Culloch v. Maryland (1819) [50] at p. 602; Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. v. Sawyer (1952) [51] at 1399, per Frankfurter J.). From the Youngstown case Agranat D.P. cited the statement of Jackson J. that because the American President enjoyed only those powers mentioned in the constitution it "does not mean that the mentioned ones should be narrowed by a niggardly construction."

          In short, it emerges from the Deputy President's judgment that while the relevant provision did indeed relate to a new and independent legislative enactment, for the proper understanding of its substance it was nevertheless permissible to refer also to the corresponding powers that existed in the countries looked upon as the principal models for comparison, and which had nourished and shaped our own legislation.

          Cohn J. (as he then was) - who together with Silberg J. concurred with Agranat D.P. in forming the majority opinion of the court - wrote a separate opinion stressing certain matters which appear to be particularly relevant in relation to the background of the problem now before the court, inter alia holding as follows (at p. 462):

 

Under sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949, the President of the State is empowered to pardon offenders and to reduce punishments. The Presidents of the State have exercised this power from 1949 until the day on which judgment was delivered in Matana v. Attorney-General (23 June 1960), in the manner laid down for them in the judgment of this court (per Agranat J.) in A. v. The Law Council (at p. 745 et seq.). That is to say, both the President of the State and the Minister of Justice, whose countersignature of the President's decision is required by the Law, and also the wide body of citizens who have had need of the President's grace, have always regarded this power of the President as equal and parallel in nature and scope to the power of pardon and reduction of punishments possessed by the Queen of England, and which was possessed by the High Commissioner of Palestine. It has already been said more than once by this court (both during the Mandate and after the establishment of the State) that the court will hesitate very much to reverse a particular practice which has taken root during the years, and if this was said in respect of matters of practice which did not rest upon the authority of judicial precedent, how much more is it applicable to a matter of practice which rests upon a specific decision of the Supreme Court. As for myself, even if I were inclined to agree with the opinion held by my colleagues Berinson J. and Landau J. that the practice followed by the President of the State year after year is based upon too wide an interpretation of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949, even then I would not venture today to change this practice which has received the seal of the Knesset at least by its silence, and more especially since the practice followed by the President of the State adds the "grace" extended by him to its citizens.

   I have no doubt, however, that the said provision in sec. 6 should be given a wide and not a narrow interpretation. But for the principles laid down in A v. The Law Council, which the Deputy President has again adopted in his instructive judgment in this Further Hearing, I would perhaps have gone further and interpreted the said provision even without reference to the powers of the King of England under the common law, which were also given to the High Commissioner of Palestine by virtue of the Order in Council, 1922. For the purposes of the decision in the present case, however, the principles laid down in the judgment referred to are sufficient for me too, and I arrive at the same conclusions as those reached by my colleague, the Deputy President, but without resort to the English and American authorities which he cites in his judgment.

 

          (d) In a dissenting judgment Berinson J. disputed the abovementioned interpretative theses. In essence, however, and notwithstanding the divergence between the minority view (of himself and Landau J.) and the majority view as to the President's power of substituting one sentence for another, even he was expressly of opinion that the President's pardoning power extended also to an act for which the offender had not yet been tried and convicted. In this sense, as Berinson J. expressly pointed out, the President's power was wider than that of the High Commissioner at the time:

 

Moreover the President's power of pardon is in a certain sense wider than that possessed by the High Commissioner. Whereas the High Commissioner was unable to pardon a crime before the offender was tried and convicted unless he turned King's evidence and led to the conviction of his accomplice (the first part of Article 16 of the Order in Council), the President is not bound by this condition and, so it seems to me, may pardon any offender even before he is brought to trial (ibid. p. 469).

 

4. Recently Justice Cohn has had further occasion to express his opinion on the subject ("Symposium on Pardon," hereinafter "Symposium," Mishpatim 15/1 [1984], 14). It was decided law, in his view, that it was never intended by the Israel lawgiver - whether in the Transition Law, 1949,or in the Basic Law - to curtail the scope of the pardoning powers vested in the King of England under the constitutional conventions; it followed that the power to pardon offenders before their conviction availed also in Israel.

 

5. (a) In view of the reference in our decisions to the Anglo-American comparative model, it is fitting that we supplement our above remarks with a brief review of the law of those countries on our present subject. It is consistently asserted in the literature of English constitutional law, that the King is empowered under the common law to grant also a pre-conviction pardon. It is so stated in Blackstone's Commentaries on the Laws of England (San Francisco, 1916; vol. II, p. 400). In Halsbury's Laws (4th ed., vol. VIII, 8, par. 949, p. 606) it is stated:

 

          In general, pardon may be granted either before or after conviction.

         

          S.A. De Smith opines that "a pardon may be granted before conviction" (Constitutional and Administrative Law, 5th ed., Street and Brazier, 1985, p. 150, note 121). He holds that this prerogative power, though not exercised today, has not become abrogated by disuse and, like Sleeping Beauty, "it can be revived in propitious circumstances" (p. 143). In other words, in exceptional circumstances which so justify, the King may conceivably have renewed recourse to this power. A like view is expressed by O. Hood Phillips - "A pardon may generally be granted before or after a conviction" ( Constitutional and Administrative Law, 6th ed., 1978, p. 378). English decisions and treatises on the subject are replete with statements to the same effect and one need not repeat them all here (see Reg. v. Boyes, [41] ).

         

          (b) In the U.S.A. the pre-conviction pardoning power is clearly enunciated in the classical work on the U. S. Constitution prepared by the Research Service and the Library of Congress: The Constitution of the United States of America, Analysis and Interpretation (Washington, 1973), p. 474. In Am. Jur. 59, 2d (Rochester & San Francisco, 1971) par. 25, the presidential power of pre-conviction pardoning is explicitly asserted, and with regard to the separate States it is added:

 

if the constitution does not expressly prohibit the exercise of the power until after conviction, it may be exercised at any time after the commission of an offense before legal proceedings are taken.

 

          That is to say, the customary interpretation is that any State wishing to preclude the grant of a pre-conviction pardon has to make express constitutional provision to that effect, and a power of pardon mentioned without such a reservation means that it may be exercised also before conviction of the offender. See also W.W. Willoughby, The Constitutional Law of the United States (New York, 2nd ed. 1929), vol. III, at p. 1491; B. Schwartz, A Commentary on the Constitution of the United State (New York, 1963), vol. II at p. 87; B. Schwartz, Constitutional Law (N.Y. and London, 2nd ed. 1979) at p. 198; L.H. Tribe, American Constitutional Law (Mineola, 1978) at p. 191.

          In the American precedents the power of pre-conviction pardoning is constantly reiterated. In the celebrated case of Ex Parte Garland (1866) [52], it was held (at p. 380) that the pardoning power

         

….extends to every offence known to the law and may be exercised at any time after its commission either before legal proceedings are taken, or during their pendency or after conviction and judgment.

 

          See also L.B. Boudin, "The Presidential Pardons of James R. Hoffa and Richard M. Nixon: Have the Limitations on the Pardon Power been Exceeded?" Un. Colo. L. Rev. 48 (1976/77), p. 1.

         

6. In Attorney-General v. Matana [3] the majority agreed with Agranat D.P. as regards the substance of the pardoning power. In the wake of this decision came a legislative development which also throws some light on the attitude of the authorities at the time to the abovementioned legal questions. When the Bill for the Basic Law: The President of the State came before the Knesset, it was decided to vary the text of the provision concerning pardon in a manner clearly enunciating the President's power to commute sentences, this being a matter on which divided opinions had been expressed in the Matana rehearing. However, no attempt at all was made to vary the existing statutory arrangement so far as its interpretation in the rehearing was concerned - both by Agranat D.P. who expressed the majority opinion and by Berinson J. - as empowering the President also to grant pre-conviction pardons. The amendments pertaining to the commutation of sentences clearly stemmed from the wish to eliminate possible doubt resulting from the divergent interpretations on this point in the Matana case. Thus, for instance, Dov Joseph, Minister of Justice at the time, had this to say in support of the proposed amendment:

 

   As to the presidential power to pardon offenders dealt with in sec. 6 of the Transition Law, the matter is now regulated in sec. 12 of the proposed new Law. The change in relation to the existing Law is that the new provision expresses the commutation of punishments to be, along with their reduction, a presidential power of pardon. This is no fundamental change, for even under the existing Law, which mentions the reduction of punishments but not their commutation, the latter was held to fall within the purview of the pardoning power vested in the President. However, since the Supreme Court arrived at this conclusion after much toil, with a minority of the Justices holding otherwise, we thought it desirable to clarify in the proposed new provision that such was the lawgiver's intention from the start (Minutes of the Knesset, 36 (1963/4), 964).

 

          Also of interest in this connection are the comments made in the same debate by Prof. Y. H. Klinghoffer:

         

In a decision of the Supreme Court a year ago, it was decided - as already indicated by the Minister of Justice in his opening remarks - that sec. 6 embodied a power of substitution of a lighter punishment for the one imposed, and in particular to commute a sentence of imprisonment to one of conditional imprisonment" ( ibid., p. 966).

 

          A year later (in 1965) Professor Klinghoffer rested on the same foundation his argument that if difficulties were to arise in consequence of the adoption of a certain proposal raised by him for debate, recourse could be had to the pre-conviction pardoning power in order to solve hard personal problems of punishment for which no other solution was available:

         

Another unconvincing argument advanced is that if a suspect be very ill, it would be an act of cruelty to put him on trial. Unconvincing, because in rare cases of this kind the President of the State would be able to grant a pardon before the trial commenced. The President is empowered to pardon offenders either before or after conviction. That was laid down by Justice Agranat in the case of A. v. The Law Council, H.C. 177/50 ( Minutes of the Knesset, 43(1965), 2319):

 

          Statements made in the course of Knesset debates do not, of course, bind the court when construing the law, let alone the fact that here we are seeking mainly to draw an inference from the non-amendment of the existing statutory arrangement on the subject. We do accept, however, that a particular enactment's legislative history may be a valuable aid in its interpretation (Wakhnin v. Military Appeals Tribunal [4] at p. 424), and we may be so guided here too. An inference may properly be drawn from the fact that at the time when the Knesset debated the implications of the decision in A. v. The Law Council, not a single voice was raised in favour of narrowing the President's power in 'respect of pre-conviction pardoning. Legislatively speaking, it has so far not been seen fit to disturb the wording of the pertinent provision nor, indeed, its manner of interpretation - by Justice Agranat in A. v. The Law Council and by  the Justices of the majority as well as the minority opinion in A. G. v. Matana- as empowering the President to pardon offenders also before conviction. The opportune time for having effected an amendment in curtailment of the pardoning power, should anyone have disapproved of its judicial interpretation, was surely at the stage when the Law was amended anyway to clarify operation of the pardoning power in a different respect, as already mentioned. The fact that the power as it stood was left intact in relation to the matter of our present inquiry, is proof that neither the Legislature nor the Executive saw fit to alter the legal situation that emerged from the expansive interpretation given the pardoning power in A.G. v. Matana.

          Incidentally, though at the time there may have been room for debating whether or not the provisions of the Transition Law, 1949, including sec. 6, were endowed with any permanent constitutional standing, there could certainly have been no doubt as to the constitutional content and standing of the Basic Law: The President of the State. Yet sec. 11(b) thereof repeats verbatim the part of sec. 6 of the Transition Law that is pertinent to our present inquiry, and which the court construed as it did in the Law Council and Matana cases.

         

7. The fact that the Knesset did not vary the court's construction of the power "to pardon offenders" as embracing also pre-conviction pardoning, has contributed to a general recognition of the approach in the two precedents cited as the accepted approach on this subject. Prof. A. Rubinstein, for instance, writes as follows ( The Constitutional Law of  Israel, 3rd ed., at p. 394; in Hebrew):

 

(e) Pardoning of offenders before conviction. The Law does not restrict the President's power to pardon offenders, and he may do so even before they have been convicted. English law is the same as regards the prerogative of pardon of the British Crown. The High Commissioner, however, was delegated only a part of the stated royal power and, in terms of Art.16 of the Order in Council, 1922, was able to pardon offenders only upon their conviction. In this respect the President's power is like that of the British Crown. Even Justice Berinson who interpreted the presidential power narrowly in the Matana case, held that "he has power to pardon any offender also before he is brought to trial."

 

          A more restrictive construction of the expression "to pardon offenders" - even if centering more on the meaning of the term "offenders," which point I shall presently discuss in greater detail - was proposed by Prof. Klinghoffer at a symposium on this subject, though with express acknowledgment that his own view differed from the interpretation given by the Supreme Court (see Prof. Y. Klinghoffer, "Pardon's Constitutional Framework," Lectures at the Symposium "Amnesty in Israel", held in Jerusalem on 13-14 May 1968, Publications of the Hebrew University Institute of Criminology, 2, 5; hereinafter "Lectures on Amnesty"). A similar view was expressed by Prof. S.Z. Feller in his abovementioned article, "Rehabilitation" (at p. 507, note 28). Also present at the symposium was the then incumbent Attorney-General, M. Ben-Zeev, who made these observations:

         

   Prof. Klinghoffer's constitutional analysis of the pardoning power is undoubtedly comprehensive and interesting. I feel it necessary, however, to mention one matter on which I disagree with him - if only to ensure that a different opinion also be heard on this important point. Prof. Klinghoffer interpreted the President's power "to pardon offenders" as applying only to convicted offenders and not to unconvicted suspects, a conclusion felt by him to flow from the very expression here used. Since in our law a person is presumed innocent until convicted he cannot be an "offender" until he is convicted; therefore, in Prof. Klinghoffer's opinion, the President has no power to pardon any person before he has been convicted. In this connection I might mention the case of A. v. The Law Council, cited by Prof. Klinghoffer, in which the wording of the relevant provision in the Transition Law was construed - and from which wording there was no departure, in the instant context, in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State. This identical expression in both the above enactments was interpreted by Justice Agranat, after lengthy analysis in his abovementioned judgment, to mean that the President "has the power to pardon offenders either before or after conviction." This authority accordingly contradicts the approach of Prof. Klinghoffer and I myself, in my capacity as Attorney-General, have relied on this authority in giving my opinion that the President may pardon offenders also before conviction. The term "offender" obviously cannot be understood here to mean someone who has been duly convicted, but rather someone who comes to the President saying: "I have committed an offence and I ask you to pardon me." It is inconceivable that a person should come before the President and say: "I have not in fact committed an offence, but if I have, please grant me a pardon." Such alternative kind of pardon naturally finds no place in our law. But if a person should come and say that he has committed an offence for which he asks to be pardoned, then he is among the offenders whom the President has the power to pardon ( ibid., p. 53).

 

          Another participant in the abovementioned symposium was Dr. Leslie Sebba of the Criminological Institute of the Hebrew University, Jerusalem, who made this comment on the legal situation as portrayed there ("Summary of the Lectures at the Symposium 'Amnesty in Israel' " p.x):

         

Finally, there was some doubt as to the proper interpretation of the phrase "to pardon offenders." Did this include persons not yet convicted? In the opinion of the Government, which based its view on judicial opinion, such persons could be regarded as offenders for the purpose of the pardon, for the request for a pardon could in itself be regarded as an admission of the offence .

 

          This leads us to Dr. Sebba's illuminating work, On Pardon and Amnesty: Juridical and Penological Aspects (Ph.D. dissertation, Faculty of Law of the Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1975; hereinafter On Pardon and Amnesty), in which the writer examined the scope of the pardoning power in Israel, inter alia making this comment (at pp. 152-153):

         

   Sometimes pardon before conviction or "advance pardon" is treated as an independent form of pardon. This power, which has a legal foundation in both English and American law (but not in France), is generally attributed also to the State President. This view is challenged, however, by Prof. Klinghoffer on the ground that everyone is presumed innocent until duly convicted: "Hence no person is an 'offender' until a final convicting judgment be given against him."

   In our view, the law does indeed enable a pardon to be granted without prior conviction. For certain purposes the Legislature has seen fit to describe an unconvicted suspect as an offender, and the Supreme Court has also held that an unconvicted suspect may be deemed to have a "criminal past" under sec. 2(3) of the Law of Return, 1950 (see H.C. 94/62, Gold v. Min. of Interior, 16 P.D. 1846). Finally, Art. 16 of the Order in Council conferred express power to pardon a person who turned "King's evidence" and whose evidence led to conviction of the principal offender.

         

          The introduction to Article 16 of the Order in Council clearly related to unconvicted suspects who were willing to give evidence for the prosecution. This was envisaged as the main area for application of this provision, which, as in English law for the past centuries, has been the main justification for preserving the power of "advance" or pre-conviction pardon.

         

8. We have so far described the ruling interpretative thesis. Having regard, however, to the arguments advanced during the hearing, it is necessary to examine the reservations and doubts raised as to the President's power to pardon unconvicted offenders under sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. We shall pursue this examination, and the formulation of our interpretative standpoint regarding sec. 11(b), along three principal lines of inquiry: first, the linguistic import of the statutory provisions under consideration; second, the contention as to abrogation of the disputed power following the enactment of other, new powers; and third, the juridical-constitutional substance of the power.

 

The Language of the Section

 

9. Sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law speaks of the power "to pardon offenders." There is no definition of the term "offender" in either the Basic Law or the Penal Law of 1977. As already mentioned, Prof. Klinghoffer founded his narrow interpretation of the presidential power on the perception that the term "offender" applied only to someone duly tried and convicted (see "Lectures on Amnesty",supra; "Symposium," at p. 5). The like opinion was expressed by H. Zadok, former Minister of Justice (ibid., p. 9) and by Prof. S.Z. Feller (ibid., p. 10; and see also "Rehabilitation," at p. 507). Disagreeing with these views, Justice H. Cohn argued that the existence of a pre-conviction pardoning power was also indicated in the language of the Law. He commented that an enactment aimed at expanding civil rights and benefits called for a spacious and liberal interpretation. For purposes of the President's power, an "offender," in his opinion, was anyone who testified to himself as being such “ Symposium," at p. 14).

          I do not think the term "offender" must be understood as referring only to someone who has been tried and convicted. It is accepted in this court that an expression in a particular Law must be interpreted in the light of its legislative context, as was held by my colleague the Deputy President in Alba Pharmacy Ltd. v. State of Israel [5] at p. 802:

         

Expressions and directives in a Law must be interpreted in the light of the purpose it is intended to achieve. Hence it will sometimes happen that the identical expression appearing in different enactments is differently construed, all in accordance with the inherent purpose and intent of the enactment (C.A. 480/79, Treger v. Customs Collector, at p. 306).

 

          According to its plain meaning, the term "offender" relates to someone who has committed an act defined as an offence, and from the word offence or offender itself one can hardly learn that it has no other legislative application than to someone proved, in final criminal proceedings ending in a conviction, to have committed an offence. Fundamental to our perception of criminal justice is the presumption that a person is innocent until duly proven guilty, but this presumption is an incident of the individual's rights and obligations in confrontation with the judicial process, or with any other authority, or individual. It does not necessarily reflect upon all the possible linguistic nuances of a descriptive term employed in a variety of legislative contexts and conjoined to a variety of eventualities in the penal law and related area. Not infrequently one finds mention in enactments of the term "offence" or "offender," when it is intended to refer simply to a criminal act or omission, or to the person to whom such is attributed, even though not yet convicted in criminal proceedings. And this is so even though the circumspection needed when a person's status may be affected in criminal proceedings, would seem to indicate the use of other expressions such as "a person accused of..." or "charged with..." or "alleged to have committed an offence," or like language. The Penal Law of 1977, for example, makes frequent mention of the term "offence" in a variety of contexts. But when it speaks in sec. 4 of bringing an offender to trial, the reference is clearly to someone charged with, and not already convicted of, the offence. (In like vein see also secs. 7, 8 and 10(d) of the Law.) In this connection Dr. L. Sebba refers ( On Pardon and Amnesty, at p. 153) to the Criminal Procedure (Arrest and Search) Ordinance (New Version), sec. 3(3) of which empowers a police officer to arrest a person without warrant if he "has committed in the police officer's presence, or has recently committed" a certain kind of offence; here too one is clearly dealing with someone suspected of committing the offence rather than someone already convicted thereof.

          It is provided in sec. 3 of the Police Ordinance (New Version) that "the Israel Police shall be employed for the prevention and detection of offences, the apprehension and prosecution of offenders." There undoubtedly cannot be any reference here to already convicted offenders. The definition of the term offender in the Interpretation Ordinance (New Version), stresses the element of the sanction but nowhere mentions a finality of legal proceedings. And so one could without difficulty quote many more examples.

          We might, for the purpose of our linguistic inquiry, also examine other provisions of law on matters which may be said to be in pari materia. In this respect the wording of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949 sheds no additional light on the meaning of the term "offender" in the Basic Law. However, besides the individual pardon provided for in the Basic Law, two other Laws were enacted dealing with the subject of general amnesty. The first was the General Amnesty Ordinance of 1949, which in see 2 provided that a person who prior to a specified date "committed an offence... shall not be arrested, detained or prosecuted for it, or if he is already being prosecuted... the proceedings shall be discontinued and he shall not be punished." Clearly the words "...committed an offence" extended the benefit of the amnesty also to offenders who had not yet been tried and convicted. The wording of sec. 2 spoke for itself, and a statement to the same effect was made by the then Minister of Justice, Mr. Y.S. Shapiro, when introducing the Bill for the Amnesty Law of 1967 before the Knesset:

         

This is the second occasion on which a general amnesty is extended by the State directly through the legislature. The first time the general amnesty was granted by the Provisional Council of State in its final session, prior to the convention of the elected assembly - the First Knesset. In the Law passed at the time by the Provisional Council of State, it was laid down that any person who had committed an offence, other than one entailing sentence of death or life imprisonment, should receive a pardon, whether already tried and convicted or not (Minutes of the Knesset, 49, p. 2484).

 

          In sec. 5 of the Amnesty Law of 1967, the second enactment of its kind, mention was again made of a "discontinuance of proceedings" taken in any court for "any offence committed" before a specified date. Thus the amnesty was once more extended in respect of "offences" for which the offender had not yet been tried or the proceedings concerning which had not yet been completed.

          The manner of use of the term "offence" in a Knesset enactment dealing with a general amnesty has implications for the construction of the same term in an analogous Knesset enactment dealing with individual pardons.

          In sum, it may be learned from a linguistic examination of pertinent statutory provisions, that the terms "offence" and "offender" may, according to the subject matter and context, simply import a criminal act or the person accused or suspected of having committed that act, and not necessarily a conviction, or a convicted offender. By analogy, the same term in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law was intended to embrace also a person to whom a criminal act, attempt or omission is attributed, and not only someone already convicted of the same.

          By way of comparison it may be noted that the same term mentioned in the constitution of the U.S.A., in the context of "pardons for offences" (art. II, sec. 2, clause 1), has also not been interpreted as applying solely to criminal conduct which is followed by trial and conviction.

         

 Parallel Statutory Powers

 

10. It was a central argument of the petitioners that the power of pardon before conviction was abrogated by the effects of later, as it were, superseding legislation. This argument assumed diverse forms and I propose to deal with its different aspects. Since, for purposes of our present inquiry, it first found expression in a directive of the Attorney-General included in one of the petitions now before us, I shall start therewith.

 

11. (a) In his capacity as Attorney-General, Prof. Y. Zamir published a directive (no. 21.333) concerning the President's power to pardon offenders before completion of the trial. The learned writer first referred to the opinion of Justice Agranat in the case of A. v. The Law Council, contending that the equation there of the power of the High Commissioner with that of the British Crown was erroneous, as the former was not competent to pardon any person before his conviction. It followed that if the High Commissioner was not so empowered, no power of that nature could possibly have been conferred under sec. 6 of the Transition Law of 1949, when it was enacted.

          The above conclusion as to an equality of pardoning power displayed indeed a certain inaccuracy, for the power delegated to a colonial Governor or to the High Commissioner of a Mandated Territory did not coincide with the prerogative power of the King. But this point was clarified in the Matana case and, I might add, the Attorney-General himself fell victim to an inaccuracy when writing that the High Commissioner had no power to pardon unconvicted offenders. For it was expressly provided in the first part of art. 16 of the Order in Council that the High Commissioner might pardon "any accomplice in such crime or offence who shall give such information and evidence as shall lead to the conviction of the principal offender." This empowerment therefore did not relate specifically to already convicted persons, and further proof is to be found in the continuation of art. 16, where express reference is made to convicted offenders in quite a different context.

         

          (b) The stated directive was further predicated on the premise that the abovementioned statements of Justices Agranat and Berinson (on the instant issue) did not amount to binding precedent. I do not accept this reasoning, since it overlooks the connection between the court's overall decision, as already described above, and the specific conclusion concerning the power of pre-conviction pardoning. The existence of this nexus has not only been acknowledged in extra-judicial commentaries, but was also expressly mentioned by Justices Agranat and Berinson in their respective judgments in the Matana case, both clearly having regarded the power of pardon before conviction as flowing integrally from their underlying legal perception of the wider issue before them. The fact that the learned Justices saw fit to recognise the possibility of pre-conviction pardoning, is evidence that such recognition was a natural corollary of a viewpoint shared by the Judges of the majority as well as the minority opinion in the Matana rehearing. Moreover, the fact that the question of a pardon before conviction was directly addressed in the abovementioned decisions, even though the question was not directly in issue on the facts in either of the two cases concerned, is further evidence of a clear and patent connection seen between the essential pardoning power - as interpreted by the court - and the possibility of a pardon granted before conviction. What I am saying is that one has to examine the judgments of the majority opinion in the Matana rehearing according to their essential legal rationale, rather than merely answer the question whether the judgments dealt directly with the power to pardon before conviction. The ratio of the majority opinion in the Matana rehearing is to be found in the conclusion that the presidential power, although original and autonomous by virtue of an Israel enactment, was nevertheless shaped by and for its legislative purpose according to the Anglo-American model. At the same time the court added its conclusion that the Presidential pardoning power in Israel was equal in scope to that of the King of England, or of the President of the U.S.A. The details of the power, also in the pre-conviction contingency, were but a derivative legal consequence. It was the constitutional analogy with the corresponding Executive powers in the above two countries - whose legal systems, far more than others, have inspired and nourished our own legal and constitutional notions and doctrines - that gave birth to the conclusion that is now the subject of our deliberation.

          A like opinion was expressed by Prof. C. Klein ("Symposium," at p. 17):

         

The source of the pardoning power is the royal prerogative. There is a clear connection between the method of pardon in Israel and the corresponding English method, from which one can learn about the scope of the presidential power of pardon in Israel (a divergence of opinion on this matter is echoed in the Matana case).

 

          The power of pardon is not everywhere the same and, as we shall presently see, a variety of methods are followed in other countries. At the time, however, it was not the constitutions of such other countries that served as the models for shaping our own powers of pardon, so that no conclusion whatever can be drawn from any comparison with them, and their situation cannot now reflect on our own, except as an exercise in the desirable.

          It would also be wrong to conclude from the analysis of principles in the abovementioned precedents that we are, as it were, held captive by our legal heritage and that we lack the vigour to fashion our own constitutional doctrines. Not so! Our essential constitutional form has throughout been autonomously our own, and remains so today. What is at stake is a historical-interpretative question that is concerned with the legal perspectives adopted at the time, with the constitutional result distilled from and founded on the same, and with the tenor of our precedents - representing, for some considerable time now, the accepted legal interpretation.

          Of course, there always remains the possibility that the Legislature may be disposed to replace the existing order with a new arrangement considered more suited to our time. Interesting proposals to this effect have been made, some of them ranging in substance far beyond the limited question of our immediate inquiry. Only in an appropriate manner, however, should we abandon a chosen path of the Knesset and the legislative purpose enshrined in the relevant provisions of the Transition Law and the Basic Law, especially when the powers conferred thereunder are of known scope after lengthy judicial analysis and circumscription. We should take care that any material change contemplated be not impelled by passing events, however stormy their nature, but result from orderly constitutional research and discussion. Any change resolved upon should be effected in a manner showing proper deference to a constitutional norm followed for a comparatively long time, that is to say, it should be done by way of legislative enactment.

 

12. In his directive the Attorney-General founded his conclusions as to the scope of the presidential pardoning power largely upon its comparison with his own power to issue a nolle prosequi:

 

A wider use of the power to order a stay of criminal proceedings has always been made in Israel, and in recent years thousands of requests for such a stay have been lodged annually with the Attorney-General. In practice, therefore, the power to pardon accused persons before completion of their trial needs less to be exercised in Israel than in England....

   A presidential power to intervene in criminal proceedings pending before the court, in a manner permitting termination of such proceedings at any time, is undesirable in principle. The pardoning power of the President bears no comparison with the Attorney-General's power to intervene in criminal proceedings by way of staying the same. The Attorney-General functions from the start as an integral factor in criminal proceedings, for he is empowered by law to prefer the charge on behalf of the State.... The President, on the other hand, is an extraneous factor in criminal proceedings. In this situation, his grant of a pardon in the course of a trial might be seen as an unwarranted intrusion into the domain of the court....

   Any interpretation that would empower the President to pardon also unconvicted suspects, suffers in addition the practical disadvantage of a concurrence between this power and the power of the Attorney-General to stay the proceedings against such suspects.

         

          In this connection it was contended that even in England the prerogative of pardon before conviction was no longer exercised. Accordingly, it was concluded in the directive that the President was competent to pardon only convicted persons, for the reason that his power to pardon unconvicted suspects had been replaced by the Attorney-General's power to order a stay of criminal proceedings.

         

13. The above argument is complex and involves, as we shall see presently, not only the matter of a nolle prosequi and its effects, but also other legal processes and their ramifications, including problems of interpretation. The full import of the argument is that a whole array of new penal laws enacted over the years have served to abrogate the power of pardon before conviction. It is true that the argument was not presented to us in precisely this form, but this was clearly its substance. It would be helpful, therefore, for us to dissect the argument into its component parts and different legal aspects, and to examine each in turn, namely:

          (a) First, what is the nature of the order staying a criminal prosecution, and what are the points of similarity and difference between this step and the power of pardon before conviction?

          (b) Second, what ground is there for the contention that the power of pardon before conviction is no longer existent in Anglo-American law?

          (c) Third, what other relevant statutory provisions exist on the issue before us, even if not mentioned in the Attorney-General's directive, or in the arguments addressed to us?

          (d) Fourth, can a constitutional directive deriving from statute or from the common law (where it exists) be considered to have been implicitly repealed or abrogated by later legislation dealing with the same subject?

          (e) Fifth, does the emergence, in practice, of a pragmatic legal substitute for an existing constitutional arrangement, implicitly repeal the latter, and is there any difference for this purpose between a constitutional or legal arrangement deriving from express statutory provision, and one which is solely the creation of judicial interpretation?

         

14. (a) As regards the issue of a nolle prosequi, it is provided in sec. 231 of the Criminal Procedure Law (Consolidated Version) of 1982, that the Attorney-General may stay the proceedings by reasoned notice to the court at any time after lodging of the information and before judgment; upon such notice the court shall discontinue the proceedings in that trial. The Attorney-General may also delegate to his deputy - either generally or in respect of a particular matter or classes of matters - his power to stay any criminal prosecution except in cases of felony. In a recent Bill for the amendment of the above Law (no. 1703, p. 34) it is further envisaged that the Attorney-General may delegate this power - in charges other than felonies, preferred by a prosecutor who is not an attorney of the State Attorney's Department (e.g. a police prosecutor) - also to the State Attorney or his deputy, to the District Attorney, or to any other attorney of the State Attorney's Department given the power of a District Attorney under see. 242 of the above Law. In the explanatory notes to that Bill, it was stated that the Attorney-General and his deputies were experiencing difficulty in handling the greatly increased number of requests made for a stay, and hence the proposed widening of this delegatory power.

          This proliferation of requests is apparently attributable, inter alia, to the proportion of such requests acceded to, and it is clear from the cited passage in the Attorney-General's directive, that thousands of requests are made annually in what seems latterly to have become a regular and widespread practice. I see no need to express any detailed opinion on the question (which is not in issue here) of the proper use of the power to stay a prosecution, and but for it having become interwoven with the argument now before the court, would have preferred not to deal with it at all. I shall merely state my lack of conviction that the wide use of the staying power, as described in the directive, is in accord with the lawgiver's underlying intentions and the character of the staying procedure. Any misgivings one might have with regard to the implications of a pre-trial exercise of the pardoning power, must also to a large extent accompany this phenomenon of a stay of criminal proceedings before the trial has run its course. We appear to be dealing here, not with the rare and exceptional exercise of a given power, but with a rapidly widening process which entails no public deliberation, no participation of any other authority, and which, by its very nature, allows little opportunity for judicial or any other kind of scrutiny (cf. K.C. Davis, Discretionary Justice, Baton Rouge, 1969, pp. 211-212). And, as already indicated, there are proposals afoot for a further, vertical, diffusion of this power.

 

          (b) Sec. 232 of the same Law provides that, following a stay of proceedings under sec. 231, the Attorney-General may upon written notice to the court renew the proceedings, provided no more than a specified period has elapsed from the time of the stay. Upon such notice, the court renews the proceedings and may commence them again from the start or continue from the stage of their discontinuance. Upon a second stay of the same proceedings, they may not again be revived. This means that the first stay does not finally close the matter, for it does not preclude the revival of the proceedings within a specified period, and only thereafter is finality reached.

         

          (c) The power to order a stay of proceedings is not to be seen as an institution of later legislative vintage than the pardoning power. The Attorney-General's power of stay did not first come into being in the Criminal Procedure Law of 1965, but existed before that under the Mandatory Art.16 of the Order in Council 1922. It continued to exist after the establishment of the State when the pardoning power was later re-enacted, first under sec. 6 of the Transition Law of 1949, and then under sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law of 1964 (see sec. 59 of the Criminal Procedure [Trial upon Information] Ordinance of 1924, and sec. 18 of the Magistrates Courts' Jurisdiction Ordinance of 1939). It follows that the theoretical parallel between the power to pardon and the power to order a stay of proceedings was there from the start - i.e. from the very inception of the pardoning power in its new constitutional guise after the establishment of the State - and that the power to stay a prosecution indeed antedated the Knesset's enactments on the power to pardon offenders.

          This fact alone should suffice to controvert the proposition that the presidential power of pardon was abrogated or curtailed by a later conferment of power on the Attorney-General to order a stay of criminal proceedings. The latter power coexisted with Art. 16 of the Order in Council 1922, and was still operative when the power to pardon offenders was widened in the Transition Law of 1949 and in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. And the construction of the power conferred under these enactments, in Matana and in A. v. The Law Council, did not precede, but followed the creation of the Attorney-General's power of stay.

         

          (d) On the relationship between the two powers, Justice Cohn, for instance, has said:

         

There is no similarity or parallel between the stated presidential power and the power of the Attorney-General to order a stay of proceedings: the one is a prerogative power, the other purely administrative; the one is subject to revocation and change at the Attorney-General's wish, the other is an act of much solemnity and by its very nature of rare and exceptional exercise ("Symposium," at p. 15).

 

          I myself am not inclined to view the Attorney-General's power as being administrative. It relates to a criminal procedure involving the exercise of a quasi-judicial discretion (see Schor v. Attorney-General [6]; Nof v. Attorney-General [7]). The purpose of the staying function was to reserve for the chief prosecution authority the power to halt criminal proceedings, without this entailing the consequences set forth in sec. 93 of the consolidated version of the Criminal Procedure Law (withdrawal of the charge), but retaining the possibility of resuming the proceedings within a given period. However, I do recognize differences between this power and the power of pardon, which I shall summarise presently.

         

          (e) There can be no full parallel between the power of stay and the power of pardon, since the former comes into play only after the suspect has been charged (sec. 231 of the Criminal Procedure Law [Consol. Version]). An immunity from prosecution promised a state witness who has not yet been charged, cannot be founded on the power of stay under see. 231, but only upon an Executive commitment or, if deemed fit, a pardon.

         

          (f) To sum up, the points of difference between the two powers are the following:

          (1) A stay of proceedings is inconclusive until expiry of the statutory prescribed period. A full and unconditional pardon, on the other hand, cannot be withdrawn (see Killinger, Kerper and Cromwell, Probation and Parole in the Criminal Justice System, St. Paul, 1976, p. 318).

          (2) A stay of proceedings under sec. 231 is possible only after the suspect has been charged.

          (3) A pardon (according to the decision in Matana ) acts to remove the stain of guilt utterly (in contrast, for example, to the prevailing approach in Britain, as expressed in R. v. Foster [42] and holding the pardon to wipe out only the consequences of the conviction; and see, in the U.S.A., Ex Parte Garland [52], and cf. Burdock vs. U.S. [53]; see also Killinger, Kerper and Cromwell, Probation and Parole, p. 322). A stay of proceedings is merely a trial procedure which, under the Criminal Procedure Law (Consolidated Version) of 1982, calls a halt on further activities from the time the stay is ordered, without any retroactive effect.

          (4) As a trial procedure acting to halt the proceedings, the stay of a criminal prosecution is not unique, as appears from sec. 93 of the abovementioned Law concerning withdrawal of a charge by the prosecutor.

          (5) It is necessary for the Attorney-General to give his reasons for issuing a stay of proceedings, whereas no reasons need be given for the issue of an instrument of pardon.

         

15. The comparison made with English law and the contended disuse of the pre-conviction pardoning power, as advanced in the Attorney-General's above directive no. 21.333, seems to show a confusion between the continued existence of a power and the frequency of its exercise. The fact of an abrogation of the royal prerogative to grant a pardon at any time after commission of the offence, is nowhere postulated in English legal writings. One view, stated for example by Hood Phillips (Constitutional and Administrative Law, p. 378) and by R.F.V. Heuston ( Essays in Constitutional Law, 2nd ed., London,l964, at p. 69), takes the form of a mere recital of the power as existing and valid, without any comment or reservation. Another view, advocated by De Smith, holds the prerogative power to be valid but slumbering, and capable of reawakening in special circumstances of need (Constitutional and Administrative.Law, at p. 150, n. 121):

 

It would seem that a pardon may be granted before conviction; but this power is not exercised.

 

Also (at 143):

 

In a Scottish appeal to the House of Lords ( McKendrick v. Sinclair [43] at pp. 116, 117 - M.S.), Lord Simon of Glaisdale said that "a rule of the English common law, once clearly established, does not become extinct merely by disuse"; it may "go into a cataleptic trance", but, like Sleeping Beauty, it can be revived "in propitious circumstances."

 

          It is noteworthy that under the heading "Pardon" it is provided in sec. 9 of the English Criminal Law Act of 1967, that "nothing in this Act shall affect her Majesty's royal prerogative of mercy." As formulated, the section makes no distinction between classes of free pardon. It is at all events clear that the exercise of this prerogative power has greatly diminished in England. Already in 1926 Sir Edward Troup wrote ( The Home Office, 2nd. ed., 1926, p. 57) that the prerogative was not exercised before conviction except in rare cases where the pardon would enable an important witness to testify without incriminating himself in respect of a minor offence. There is reason to believe that since then the power has come to be even less frequently exercised. But, as I have already said, the existence of the power and the measure of its use are two separate matters.

          The question of the continued existence of the prerogative power of pardon, alongside and notwithstanding the power to order a stay of proceedings, is discussed in an article written by A.T.H. Smith in which he states this conclusion ("The Prerogative of Mercy, the Power of Pardon and Criminal Justice," Pub. L. [Autumn 1983], 416-417):

 

   Whether or not the power continues to exist is a matter of some conjecture, but the better view would seem to be that it does. It has certainly not been abrogated by statute, and although it is true that prerogative powers can be lost or modified merely by disuse, as in the case of the royal power to sit as a judge, the criteria for deciding whether or not a power has become "obsolete" are far from clear. As a general principle, the rules of the common law (of which the prerogative is undoubtedly part) do not lapse through desuetude or obsolescence. Even though the power does not at present seem to serve any identifiable constitutional purpose, the prerogative has proved itself to be a remarkably enduring power, and one that can reappear at unexpected moments, and until the advance pardon is expressly abrogated by statute, the possibility that its use will revive at some future time cannot be discounted.

 

          In other words, the accepted view is that the prerogative power, which in England emanates from the common law and not from statute as does the power of pardon in Israel, has not been abrogated by disuse but continues to exist; moreover, neither in theory nor in practice is there anything to prevent its renewed use in special circumstances, and only an express statutory directive can extinguish its efficacy.

          As for the situation in the U.S.A., it will be recalled that the presidential power of pardon was exercised on two recent, well-known occasions. On the first occasion it was exercised in favour of President Nixon (39 Fed. Reg. 32601-02 [1974]). (In this connection see Murphy v. Ford [54] in which the grounds for exercise of the power were discussed; see also Mark P. Zimmett, "The Law of Pardon," Annual Survey of American Law, 1974/5.) On the second occasion, in 1977, the power was exercised by President Carter in favour of evaders of conscription in the Vietnam War, i.e. a form of pardon for a class of persons and a class of offences, bearing the character of a partial "general" amnesty. The pardon was formulated to extend, inter alia, to "all persons who may have committed any offence between August 4, 1964 and March 28, 1973 in violation of the Military Selective Service Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder" (42 Fed. Reg. 4391 [1977]). Bernard Schwarz writes of this pardon of 1977, "the legality [of which] was never questioned" (Constitutional Law, at p. 198). (On this pardon, see also G.S. Buchanan, "The Nature of a Pardon under the U.S. Constitution," Ohio St. L. J. 39 [1978], 36, 61, where the writer comes to the same conclusion.)

          The English system, so far as it is of comparative significance, seems accordingly to invite a conclusion that is the opposite of the one we have been asked to draw. If in England a power stemming from the common law has not lapsed or become obsolete notwithstanding the lack of its use, how much less so in our own case involving a statutory power construed by the Supreme Court (in 1960, in the Matana rehearing) as a valid and existing power in the opinion of all.

          As in England, so with us, the situation is one of a practical non-exercise of the debated power (see e.g. par. 5a of the Attorney-General's directive no. 62.100), rather than its explicit repeal. That is to say, the power itself has been reserved for use in exceptional cases, and its use knowingly restricted. The legal situation in the U.S.A. reflects a similar sparing use of the power of pardon before conviction, but its validity is clearly accepted there.

 

16. Our next assignment is to trace such other legal directives as may have a bearing on the aspect of pardon with which we are now concerned. In this regard Prof. Klinghoffer observed ("Lectures on Amnesty," at p. 7):

 

Showing mercy is not a monopolistic power of the State President. Other authorities too are competent to extend grace and clemency - as does the Attorney-General when issuing a nolle prosequi, or the Minister of Police when authorizing the early release of prisoners, with or without the recommendation of the competent board. The Military Justice Law likewise provides for the functioning of a penalty review board, with power to mitigate or substitute punishments, without derogation from the Presidential power of pardon. Already at the beginning of the lecture it was hinted that the contemporary trend is to permit the courts an increasing measure of mercy along with the doing of justice. Other matters affecting pardon and having constitutional implications, come into play when the quest for a pardon is pursued along the lines of a retrial.

 

          As already indicated, the statutory creation of an alternative legal framework for some of the processes for which the pardoning power is now used - in its various forms, mainly after conviction but also before - was proposed by Prof. Feller in his abovementioned article, "Rehabilitation." His proposal included a draft Rehabilitation Law, a supplemented and expanded rehearing facility, and an express narrowing of the provisions of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law so as to encompass only respite or remission of punishments not yet served (as distinct from a pardon in respect of the conviction). Prof. Feller proposed a synthesis between new legislation and amendments to existing enactments, aimed at supplementing the existing arrangements on matters such as a stay of proceedings, review of punishment, mitigation of punishment and retrial.

          Some years ago the trend embodied in the above proposals gained momentum with the enactment of the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law of 1981, which provides, inter alia, for the automatic deletion from the register in certain cases of a person's previous convictions, for restricting the availability of information concerning the same, and like directives. In other words, we witness here the completion of part of the legislative program designed to establish new legal machinery that will give expression to and aid in the practical attainment of an equality of rehabilitative opportunity and rights.

          In sum, we see in existence today a number of statutory provisions to reach many of the same results as are attained through exercise of the power of pardon. Some of these provisions precede the Knesset's enactment of the existing power of pardon and its judicial construction, for instance those concerning the prosecution's discretion as to charging a suspect, or the power to stay criminal proceedings. Other such provisions have sprung up contemporaneously and in coexistence with the statutory directives concerning pardon, such as the provisions relating to retrial and review of punishment, while more recently provision was made, as already mentioned, for expunging a person's criminal record. Thus some of the new provisions apply in the pre-conviction stage of the trial, while others - and these form the bulk - are applicable in the post-conviction stage, i.e. the stage where most of the decisions affecting exercise of the pardoning power are in practice made today.

 

17. We must now give attention to the fourth of our questions posed above, namely, the nature of the reciprocal tie between existing legislation and new legislation on the same subject or, more specifically: does the emergence of a new statutory arrangement alongside and overlapping an existing provision entail any abrogation of the latter?

          The prevailing Anglo-American interpretative approach is to start on the premise that the lawgiver intends no tacit repeal of earlier enactments, particularly not when the enactments are all of modern date (see F.A.R. Bennion, Statutory Interpretation j London, 1984, p. 433, with reference to the decision in Jennings v. United States [44]; the same view is taken by R. Cross, Statutory Interpretation, London, 1976, 3). Incidentally, according to Cross. English law also does not recognize the possibility of abrogation of a law through desuetude, so that a statute will not cease to be valid merely on account of obsolescence. Generally speaking, express legislative direction is required for such invalidation.

          It is interesting that a similar approach was advocated by Prof. Klinghoffer, speaking at the time in a Knesset debate (Minutes of the Knesset, 43 (1965), 2319):

         

It is not the function of the prosecution to determine whether certain provisions of the penal enactments have become a dead letter. As long as they remain inscribed in the statute book they must be observed, and if their further observance be undesirable, it is up to the lawgiver - and not the prosecution - to repeal them.

 

          English law does not regard the mere concurrent existence of earlier and later legislative enactments on the same subject as warranting the inference of an implied repeal. This consequence flows only from contradiction between two enactments (see E.A. Driedger, Construction of Statutes, 2nd ed., Toronto, 1983, p. 226; also W.F. Craies, On Statute Law, 7th ed., London, 1911, p. 366). Cross succinctly states the situation thus ( Statutory Interpretation, p. 13):

         

The test of whether there has been a repeal by implication by subsequent legislation is this: are the provisions of a later Act so inconsistent with, or repugnant to, the provisions of an earlier Act that the two cannot stand together.

 

          In support the writer quotes the decision in Westham Church Wardens v. Fourth City Mutual Building Society (1892) [45], adding, "The fact that two provisions overlap is therefore not enough."

         

18. (a) The question of a repeal by implication was deliberated by this court in Haddad v. Attorney-General [8], which involved the relationship between different penal enactments prescribini different measures of punishment for one and the same offence. In a majority decision it was held, inter alia, as follows (at p. 1421):

 

If the contradictions and inconsistencies between the two Laws cannot be aligned and reconciled with each other, the conclusion cannot be avoided that the earlier enactment has been implicitly repealed by the new one. In keeping with that rule, it has been laid down that even though the new Law deals with an offence that is also dealt with in the earlier Law, both Laws may continue to exist together if the new Law is found to have a different purpose and for that reason prescribes a substantially different penalty for the offence concerned; in such event, the offender may be charged under either Law. If, however, the penalty varies in degree only, that is to say, the one enactment prescribes a heavier or a lighter penalty than does the other, the earlier enactment will be deemed repealed by the subsequent one (see Maxwell, pp. 193-194; also Henderson v. Sherborne [1837].

 

          Reliance upon the interpretative rule concerning repeal by implication, was founded in the above case on the doctrine that an accused person is entitled to be held to account under the less stringent of two penal directives applicable to him. Therefore, the directive of earlier date, which differs from the later one only in the heavier punishment it prescribes for the same criminal act, will be deemed repealed by implication. This interpretative rule operates only in respect of punitive criminal directives which are laid down in two separate enactments, each dealing with the identical act, omission or attempt. In other words, the contradiction finds expression, in the situation described above, in the different measure of punishment prescribed. That situation has little bearing on the problem now before us, and certainly the above rule of interpretation has no application to the situation described in the Attorney-General's directive, namely, a concurrence of the power of staying criminal proceedings and that of pardoning offenders. There is neither a contradiction nor an identity between the two.

         

          (b) The question of the rule to apply when the same power is extended in two overlapping Laws arose directly before this court in Filtzer v. Minister of Finance [9]. The issue was the effect on certain powers conferred under the Land (Acquisition for Public Purposes) Ordinance of 1943, of other powers to achieve the same objective conferred subsequently under the Rehabilitation Zones (Reconstruction and Evacuation) Law of 1965.

    For our present purpose, the above case is directly in point, since there too it was contended that the existence of parallel powers of different legislative vintage (in our own case the presidential pardoning power and the Attorney-General's power of stay) implied an abrogation of the earlier power. More specifically, it was argued in Filtzer that the Finance Minister's power of land expropriation under the Land Ordinance had been abrogated by the subsequent conferment of a parallel power on the rehabilitation authority constituted underthe later statute. Landau J. (as he then was) rejected the contention as to an invalidation of the power under the Ordinance of 1943, holding that even if the same purpose could be achieved under two different Laws, that did not preclude application of the earlier Law, though its provisions were less favourable to the citizen than those of the later Law. He noted that the two enactments were of equal status, and the Law of 1965 did not serve to deprive the Minister of his powers under the Ordinance of 1943, merely because the rehabilitation authority could achieve the same objective under the Law of 1965. Yet this conclusion had been said by the petitioners to be self-evident, in reply to which the learned Justice said (at pp. 119, 120):

 

The gist of the petitioner's argument is that the Law had effected a pro tanto repeal by implication of the earlier Ordinance in respect of all the eventualities covered in the Law of later date. Were it not for such an implicit repeal, it would anyhow be impossible to attribute to the Minister of Finance an abuse of his power under the Ordinance, when the exercise of such power is competent under the Ordinance as it stands. In H.C. 5/48 there arose a similar question in relation to the application of regulation 48 of the Defence Regulations of 1939. It was argued that this regulation had been implicitly repealed by regulation 114 of the Defence (Emergency) Regulations of 1945. This argument was rejected, the learned President (Smoira), quoting the following passage from Maxwell:

Repeal by implication is not favoured. A sufficient Act ought not to be held repealed by implication without some strong reason. It is a reasonable presumption that the Legislator did not intend to keep really contradictory enactments on the Statute book, or, on the other hand, to effect so important a measure as the repeal of a law without expressing an intention to do so. Such an interpretation, therefore, is not to be adopted unless it be inevitable. Any reasonable construction which offers an escape from it is more likely to be in consonance with the real intention.

The reason for such extra caution in declaring a statute implicitly repealed, is clear: to act otherwise is to introduce an undesirable element of uncertainty into the interpretation of laws which derive their validity directly from the will of the Legislature.

 

          Landau J. referred also to the Haddad case [8], mentioning that ground for holding an earlier enactment to be implicitly repealed by later overlapping legislation, existed in the area of penal statutes, with specific reference to differences in the mode of trial or the punishment prescribed in the later legislation. Landau J. then quoted this passage from the judgment of Smoira P. in the above criminal appeal (at p. 1426):

         

Great importance attaches, in my opinion, to the principle of such an implied repeal specifically in the area of the penal law. One finds the theory as to a possible coexistence between two penal Laws dealing with the same offence, to be accompanied by the routine statement that the public prosecution may choose as it sees fit to prosecute either under the more stringent or the more lenient law. However, this statement has no foundation other than its   routine recital, and in my view violates the fundamental penal law rule: nulla poena sine lege. A plurality of penal statutes from among which the public prosecution has a right of selection, is tantamount to a situation of having no defined and certain law.

 

          The abovementioned statements are particularly instructive in the context of our present inquiry, as they show the court frowning in that case on the development of a situation in which the citizen who has committed an offence is dependent upon the prosecution's discretionary choice of the penal provision under which he be charged, whether the more onerous or the more lenient provision. "The penal law can affect the citizen' s freedom and reputation" Landau J. pointed out, adding that there was no like reservation with regard to other legislation in the public field.

          These views expressed by Smoira P. and Landau J. have a bearing on the contention that the Attorney-General's power of stay operates as an implied pro tanto repeal or curtailment of the presidential pardoning power. At stake is the repeal or abrogation of a recognized constitutional power, the power of pardon of such scope and substance in our law as fundamentally perceived and construed in the decisions of our courts. Any interpretation that seeks to narrow the hitherto understood scope of this power, would normally require to be unequivocally established, for, as already indicated, the tendency is to give constitutional powers a wide interpretation. It is all the more difficult, therefore, to adopt the perspective that a power entrusted to the prosecution, at the exercise of its sole discretion, should oust a constitutionally endowed presidential power. It would seem difficult enough to accept the proposition advanced even if we were talking about a power of the prosecution that was new, rather than one already in existence when the pardoning power was enacted. I must reiterate what I have already stressed, that the question here is the existence of the power and not the manner of its exercise.

          Our inquiry accordingly leads to the conclusion that the rule as to an implied repeal of a statutory provision by later overlapping legislation, is not applicable in the matter now before us. This is so not only for the reasons stated in the Filtzer case [9], but because the question of an implied repeal by later legislation actually fails to arise at all in our present matter, inasmuch as the Attorney-General's power of stay antedated the modern enunciation of the presidential pardoning power.

         

19. The fifth question we posed was whether the pragmatic development of defined processes in our current legal reality can curtail the operational scope of an existing constitutional arrangement which is essentially the product of statutory interpretation. This question entails here the notion of a pro tanto repeal of the concurrent part of an earlier enactment, a notion which was explained by Justice Landau in the Filtzer case to have no application in circumstances of the kind now before us. The answer to the question is negative.

          In the first place, the answer to the question would normally depend upon the substantive nature of the processes at work, as weighed against the degree to which the constitutional arrangement evolved from statutory interpretation, and upon which the stated processes would impinge, has taken root. If this arrangement is the outcome of a wide, basic constitutional perspective, its efficacy will not be diminished by processes which are not contradictory thereto.

          Second, we are dealing here with a contention that is in fact predicated upon a change in the rate and frequency of exercise of the power of stay. This change, so the argument runs, should be seen as justification for viewing the presidential power of pardon as having been curtailed. That is tantamount to saying that the Attorney-General, by the number of nolle prosequi's he issues, determines whether or not the presidential power continues to exist. I do not believe that this proposition finds any existing legal foundation. Jurisprudence does not yet recognise a biological process by which, within a complex of existing interrelated statutory provisions, a kind of law of natural selection functions as a mechanism for the abrogation of Laws for which there is abated need because they have, as it were, fallen into disuse.

          Third, there will be scant inclination in a democratic regime espousing the rule of law and individual rights, to adopt an interpretation that suffers the whittling down, and even negation, of a power destined mainly to serve the individual, and it matters little that there exist other parallel institutions exercising like powers.

         

20. We might conveniently summarise our above reasoning as follows:

          (1) It is our accepted view that a legislative overlapping or even duplication does not in itself abrogate an existing enactment or power.

          (2) The validity of a statutory directive is not annulled by the fact of its disuse or rare use.

          (3) An implied repeal of statute law may result either from directives which are contradictory in content or, in the penal field, from the prescription of a lighter punishment in a later enactment. The presence of such contradictory directives was not argued in the matter before us, nor have we perceived it to exist. That the existence of two concurrent competent authorities does not in itself amount to a contradiction is clear from the ruling in Filtzer [9].

          (4) The mere fact of an overlapping between the power of stay and the power of pardon before conviction, does not invoke the rule of interpretation that would negate one of the two arrangements. The one is a procedural power, whereas the other is among the powers vested in the person who functions as the formal Head of State. The latter powers were fundamentally, by their very nature, intended to produce similar consequences to those resulting - to one extent or another, whether by legal design or in practice - from the acts of other governmental authorities. The two powers are of different juridical substance and the one does not negate the other.

          (5) The crucial question is whether the power of pardon before conviction was ever actually created. Once it transpires that this court has recognised the existence of such a constitutional power, and regarded it as an element of the wider presidential pardoning power, the same can no longer be amenable to an inadvertent or implied repeal. It is proper that the repeal of a constitutional power be effected only after due consideration and in a patent and advertent manner, as befits the subject of the repeal. Moreover, the rule of law is fortified when we show respect for our constitutional directives, inter alia, in the way we set about their amendment or repeal.

 

21. Were we to hold that the very enactment of new legislation can curtail the scope of an existing statute, or even implicitly repeal an express constitutional provision, then surely even the presidential power to pardon after conviction should be overtaken by the same consequence. A retrial, or the different punishment review boards, or the operation of the abovementioned Law concerning the rehabilitation of offenders, all serve purposes which overlap, partly at least, those of a pardon after conviction. As already indicated, this situation lately assumed added significance with the enactment by the Knesset of the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law of 1981, incorporating the ideas of Professors Klinghoffer and Feller.

          The argument as to legislative duplication and overlapping mechanisms, can hardly be confined to comparison of a stay of proceedings with the power of pardon before conviction (and substitution of the one for the other), but should properly embrace all the pertinent parallel mechanisms in the field of the constitutional as well as the penal law. An interesting illustration of the possible co-existence of parallel powers in the post-conviction stage, is provided by the Privy Council decision in Thomas v. The Queen [46], where the power of pardon of the New Zealand Governor-General was not considered invalid in relation to the class of cases in which the law permitted a retrial.

          There is no logical basis for a mode of interpretation that would differentiate, for the purpose of determining the scope of validity of the pardoning power, between the various new statutory provisions and their effects, and single out precisely those pertaining to the pre-trial stage. The power of pardon has been interpreted in our law in relation not only to the post-conviction stage, but also the pre-trial as well as the trial stages, and the fact of a gradual evolution of overlapping and parallel mechanisms provides no justification for a selective kind of interpretation.

          In fact we have here no implied repeal, nor any other phenomenon of an extinction without trace. When dealing with a constitutional directive such as sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, we cannot sanction the elimination of any part thereof except by an explicit statutory provision which, after all, is the product of methodical study and preparation and is founded upon tried and tested legal concepts rather than chance eventualities. It is important that objectives of constitutional import be attained in a seemly manner.

          In recapitulation, it seems clear that an enacted constitutional power is not repealed except upon express statutory directive, and that the statutory conferment on the prosecution of a power which is similar in content to that exercised by the President, does not act as an implied repeal of the constitutionally bestowed presidential power. It follows that the presidential power as construed in the cases of A. v. The Law Council and Matana, continues to exist and remain valid so long as not repealed by the Knesset.

          I would not disparage the view that the power of pardon needs to be reconsidered in a manner leading perhaps to revisory legislation. Any deliberation towards this end should, in the nature of things, encompass also a solution of the problem that arises, not infrequently, from the contradiction between the judicial decision and the pardon that follows it. The search for a proper balance and separation between the different Executive organs, and the coordination of their separate activities, does not come to an abrupt halt at the chance limits set by the legal dispute in a particular matter.

 

Juridical Substance of the Pardoning Power

 

22. Our next matter for inquiry, as I have already indicated in paragraph 8 of this judgment, is the juridical substance of the pardoning power.

          The power of pardon has ancient roots, and has for thousands of years been so interwoven with the ruler's status, as to induce an opinion that it finds no place in a democracy (see e.g. Blackstone's Commentaries, p. 397). The view that pardon was a feature of autocratic rule also found expression at the time of the French Revolution, when the power was abolished for the first time and left without trace for some years. Beccaria (On Crime and Punishment, New York 1963, pp. 58-59) saw an unbridgeable gap between his own penological perspectives and the power of pardon. Yet the power has survived in an overwhelming majority of world legal systems, although in a rich variety of forms so far as concerns its scope and the authority in whom it is vested (see Dr. L. Sebba, "The Pardoning Power - A World Survey," J. Crim. L. and Criminology 68 [1977], 83). The prevailing constitutional perspective is that the pardoning power now reposes in the people who, by the force of legislation, confer it in turn on a defined authority ( Am. Jur., supra, at p. 10).

          As to the variety of constitutional arrangements, I might briefly mention that sometimes the power of pardon vests in the Head of State, i.e. the President or the King; sometimes it entails the functioning of an advisory board representing all or some of the connected governmental authorities, or consultation with the court or a special judicial tribunal, or a judge (see J. Monteil, La grace en droit francais moderne, Paris, 1959, p. 22). In other countries the actual power is wielded by the legislature as such (for instance, in Switzerland and Uruguay), or by the judiciary. Sometimes the power is vested in the Council of State (for instance, in a number of Eastern European countries and in South Korea), or in the Presidium or a council specially constituted for this purpose. In Sweden the power rests with the Government and in the U.S.S.R. with the Supreme Soviet Presidium.

          These examples illustrate, without exhausting, the range of pardoning powers, which vary also in their prescribed procedures, such as the manner of lodging the request, of consultation with judicial bodies or other agencies, and of arrival at the decision. In Australia, for instance, an inquiry is conducted in all cases by a Justice of the Peace appointed by the Governor-General or by a Judge of the Supreme Court.

          In some countries the power of clemency is confined to the reduction of punishment alone (as in France, but there one finds also the special power of la grace amnistiante, which enables the grant of a full pardon to certain classes of persons; see Monteil, La grace, at p. 207). Pardon before conviction is possible in numerous countries, inter alia, the U.S.A., Britain, New Zealand, Singapore, Malawi, Sri Lanka, Iceland, Czechoslovakia, Lichtenstein, and the State of Queensland in Australia (see Dr. L. Sebba, On Pardon and Amnesty, at p. 291). In many other countries, however, there is pardon after conviction only (for instance in India, where the restriction is statutorily prescribed). The legal consequences of a pardon also vary greatly from country to country.

          In some countries the actual decision may be directly or indirectly challenged in the courts, whereas elsewhere, for instance in France, the decision offers no ground for recourse to the courts, whether as to the legality of the decision or as to its substance within the national framework. F. Luchaire and G. Conac phrase the situation thus: tant au niveau de leur legalité qu'au plan de la responsibilité de l'Etat (La constitution de la republique francaise, Paris, 1979, p. 351). The writers rely in this connection on a resolution of the Conseil d'Etat (30.6.1892; Gugel, Dalloz Periodique, 1894, III p. 61; 28.3.1947, Gombert, Sirey, 1947, III p. 89).

          Sometimes pardon is granted for political offences alone (for instance in Colombia), and at other times these are specifically excluded as a type of offence for which a pardon may be granted.

          Our purpose in sketching the abovementioned varieties and possibilities of pardon, is to illustrate the lack of any uniform model and the fact that virtually every legal system has fashioned its own peculiar perspective on the subject, in harmony with its other governmental institutions. For comparative purposes, it is of no moment that in the U.S.A. the President, in whom the power of pardon is vested, serves to head the executive, whereas in Israel the President fulfills the function of a titular and formal Head of State - much like the arrangement in England, adopted also in many of the European democracies after World War I. There is no uniform tie between the nature and general status of the executive office filled by the holder of the pardoning power, and the power itself, since it is sometimes vested in authorities other than the President or King. When this court made reference in Matana and in A. v. The Law Council to the constitutional situation in Britain or the U.S.A., it did so, not in order to link the Israel arrangement to one or another foreign complex of powers, but to indicate the source and substance of the viewpoints we ourselves adopted. These the court found reflected in what was taken at the time to be the prototype for our own constitutional mould when our initial autonomous directives to this end came to be enacted. Once domestically fashioned, the powers became independent of any influence other than our own perspectives and concepts. Processes in other countries may be of instructive and comparative interest, but cannot deflect us from what is customary and accepted here until such time as we ourselves decide to change the approach, and do so in the appointed manner, having regard to the character of the subject and the substance of the power concerned. For this reason, too, there is little logic in seeking guidance from other systems structured upon essentially different perspectives. If, for instance, French law decrees that grace, in the case of an individual, shall relate only to the punishment and not to the conviction (except in the case of grace amnistiante ), there is little we can learn from it as regards the possibility of pardon before conviction. The French method of grace, incidentally, seems to differ also from our own method of remission of punishment, for instance in relation to a mandatory death sentence. (On the reservations of former French President Giscard d'Estaing in this connection, see Luchaire et Conac, La constitution, at p. 348.) The opposite applies in Belgium, where remission Of a mandatory minimal punishment is possible (see Dr. Sebba's article "The Pardoning Power," at p. 86). In short, the lack of a power of pardon before conviction in France or Germany, for instance, has no bearing on the present situation in our law since the models in those countries played no part in the shaping of our constitutional framework of pardon. Furthermore, for a proper evaluation of standards, we should put the emphasis on the substance of the pardoning power, and not on the functionary who exercises it, or the manner of its exercise. In our law it has been held that the President is invested with the widest form of the power of pardon (as regards offences) and clemency (as regards punishment), being empowered to obliterate even the stain of the offence and not only its consequences. That is our existing legal situation and it is in the light of this conclusion that we have to draw further inferences as to specific aspects of the power. The fact that proposals have been made to change the legal situation - and I certainly am not opposed to the discussion of these ideas, and even the adoption of some of them - does in no way affect the substance of the existing law.

 

23. It accordingly transpires that in the present case the decision to pardon came within the formal scope of the State President's power. In this regard it should be noted that the lawgiver has made provision for the preliminary ascertainment of this court's views on matters of pardon. Thus sec. 32 (a) of the Courts Law (Consolidated Version) of 1984, provides that upon a request for a pardon or reduction of sentence lodged with the President, any question which arises and in the opinion of the Minister of Justice deserves to be dealt with by the Supreme Court, but which provides no ground for retrial under sec. 31 of the Law, may be referred by the Minister to that Court.

 

Exercise of the Power

 

24. Having concluded that the President has a valid power to pardon before conviction, we might now inquire as to the occasion for its exercise. In fact the power has so far remained virtually unused, such a pardon having been granted until now in only a small number of exceptional cases, some of which were brought to our notice in the course of our deliberations here. It is only right that the power be used sparingly, for only the most exceptional circumstances of paramount public interest or personal plight - for which no other reasonable solution can be envisioned - will justify such anticipatory intervention in the normal course of the trial proceedings. It would be wrong, therefore, to attempt to classify in advance the proper cases for the exercise of this power.

          The decision to pardon was held by Justice Marshall of America to be generally motivated as an act of grace ( United States v. Wilson [55], at pp. 160-161), but the prevailing American approach is to rest the decision on considerations of the public welfare (see: Biddle v. Perovich [56] at p. 486; and see also C.C. Joyner, "Rethinking the President's Power of Executive Pardon," Federal Probation 43 (1979) 16).

          As the general starting point for examining an exercise of the pardoning power, I am disposed to accept the approach enunciated in Montgomery v. Cleveland [57] at p. 1157:

         

While a pardon is a matter of grace, it is nevertheless the grace of the State, and not the personal favor of the Governor. It is granted out of consideration of public policy, for the benefit of the public as well as of the individual, and is to be exercised as the act of the sovereign state, not of the individual caprice of the occupant of the executive office as an individual. He is supposed to act in accordance with sound principles and upon proper facts presented to him.

 

          Normally, a pardon is not a natural further progression in the course of judicial proceedings, but should properly come into play only in exceptional circumstances which involve a material change in the situation after completion of the trial proceedings, and warrant an alteration of the judicial decision. All the more rarely and exceptionally, therefore, should the power of pardon be exercised before conviction, this being a reserve or residual constitutional power left with the President - something in the nature of a "safety valve."

          A theoretical example of circumstances warranting the grant of a pre-conviction pardon, was outlined by Prof. Klinghoffer in his abovementioned statement before the Knesset, the relevant passage from which I shall repeat below for the sake of convenience:

         

Another unconvincing argument advanced is that if a suspect be very ill, it would be an act of cruelty to put him on trial. Unconvincing, because in rare cases of this kind the President of the State would be able to grant a pardon before the trial commenced. The President is empowered to pardon offenders either before or after conviction. That was laid down by Justice Agranat in the case of A. v. The Law Council, H.C. 177/50.

 

          As a further example one might mention that reasons of state, involving arrangements with hostile elements, have been recognized in the past as legitimate grounds for the early release of prisoners from custody, even before completion of the trial and, implicitly at least, as warranting also the grant of a pardon (cf. H.C. 228/84 [10]; H.C. 270/85 [11] and Bar-Yosef v. Min. of Police [12]). Of course, even in the stated circumstances every case would still require to be examined independently and the situation would vary from one concrete set of circumstances to another.

         

25. Just as it would be inconsistent with the purpose of pardon for it to become converted into a kind of instance of appeal from judicial proceedings, so too pardon before conviction ought not to become a mode of appeal against the decisions (to prosecute) of the public prosecution. This slumbering, residual kind of power has been preserved for sole use in the exceptional situation of a risk of serious harm which the holder of the power may legitimately take into account, which is incapable of being warded off by other means, and thus warrants relaxation of the essential restraint on the exercise of the power.

          In concluding my remarks on the instant point, I should like to recall, and endorse with such changes as may be necessary, the recommendation made by Dr. L. Sebba (On Pardon and Amnesty). He proposes that even upon adoption and completion of the comprehensive legislative program proposed by him for the creation of machinery to deal effectively with all matters and foreseeable problems connected with or likely to result from punishment under the criminal law, there should still be left with the President a reserve or residual power, as he put it, to deal with exceptional cases (at p. 267):

         

However, even if all the proposed solutions be accepted, we do not recommend the complete abolition of this power. Even if the parole arrangement be instituted, even though it embody regulation of the penalty of life imprisonment, and even upon the abolition or qualification of prescribed minimal punishments, there will always remain special cases in which the offender will not find salvation unless the President be empowered to come to his aid. It is true that the flexibility contributed by the pardoning power to the process of meting out the punishment, has largely become redundant in view of the increased freedom allowed the courts over the years in this regard. It is also customary nowadays to enable the Executive to intervene in the more advanced stages of implementation of the punishment, so as to maintain flexibility in these stages as well. But in the end it is still necessary to leave an opening for intervention on the part of some additional authority, in the event that the other two authorities be unable to effect the desired solution. The proper authority for this purpose is indeed the State President, who ranks in status above the other two authorities, and especially since there is sometimes involved a departure from the policy laid down by the third authority, i.e. the Legislature. In these residual cases there remains room, therefore, for entrusting the President with a power that will function as a kind of "safety valve" in the event the customary processes provide no solution.

 

          And now, arising out of the hearing of the instant petitions, there are some additional observations I have to make.

         

The State and the Rule of Law

 

26. (a) The rule of law is not an artificial creation. It is to be observed in a concrete day-to-day manner in the maintenance of binding normative arrangements and their actual application to one and all, in the upholding of the basic freedoms, in the insistence upon equality and the creation of an atmosphere of trust and security. The rule of law, the public welfare and the approach of the State to problems are not opposing conceptions but complement and sustain each other.

          The court is specially charged with the practical realisation of these expectations, but all of the State organs are committed to the attainment of the stated objectives. One cannot conceive of a sound administration without maintenance of the rule of law, for it is a bulwark against anarchy and ensures the State order. This order is essential for the preservation of political and social frameworks and the safeguarding of human rights, none of which can flourish in an atmosphere of lawlessness. National security also leaned on the rule of law, both in protecting internal policy measures, and in aiding the creation of means to combat hostile elements. There can be no organized activity of any body of persons, or any discipline, without norms based on binding legal provisions.

         

          (b) Sound government requires that the authority concerned be in full possession of the relevant facts before acting. It is not necessary that the information be known to all, and the confinement thereof to a few persons is sometimes not only desirable but also legally imperative. Yet the need for the responsible authority fully to acquaint itself with the facts increases as the subject takes on greater importance. It must be remembered that the "leaking" of classified information does not happen by itself, but by its deliberate or accidental disclosure by some person involved.

         

          (c) Sound government is founded upon the faculty of sound decision making, which there can never be without prior knowledge of the relevant particulars, no matter the subject of the decision. The matter was discussed by this court in Berger v. Minister of the Interior [13], in the context of the Minister's duties with regard to the introduction of summer-time or "daylight saving." In background importance the subject, of course, did not match that which is now under deliberation, but the principle enunciated there is equally applicable elsewhere. In the above case the court formulated rules affecting the manner of ministerial decision making, reiterating the obvious proposition that this should result from and be structured upon knowledge of the factual situation.

          Sound administrative procedures will ensure diverse facilities for obtaining information, maintaining constant supervision and overseeing the implementation of directives. The process of gathering information or holding an investigation, when necessary, may also assume different forms. Here one golden rule has to be observed, valid for purposes of administration as well as inquiry, namely: the sooner a matter calling for investigation is examined, the better from all points of view. A particular authority may perhaps confine information departmentally, or otherwise restrict its dissemination and ensure that no harm result from the disclosure or obtaining of information. But there are no circumstances that allow an administrative authority to refrain totally from investigating a matter which may bear upon its capacity, and that of its subordinates, to function properly, and to decide issues within the scope of its immediate responsibility, or perhaps affecting its responsibility to the public at large. There is a world of difference between a decision to hold a controlled and protected investigation, and a decision not to conduct one at all. The latter option would be like trying to cross a busy road with one's eyes shut.

 

          (d) There are different ways to conduct a confined or departmental inquiry or investigation into any subject - including recourse to whatever legal proceedings be considered necessary - without prejudicing the national security. Such problems have been dealt with before, and I shall say no more on the subject on the assumption that the processes mentioned by the Attorney-General in his intimation of 15 July 1986, have been set in motion.

 

The President as a Respondent

 

27. On 30 June 1986 we ruled to delete the President's name as a respondent in petitions H.C. 431/86 and H.C. 446/86, and ruled likewise on 20 July 1986 in petition H.C. 463/86. Our reason for so doing is set forth in the Basic Law: The President of the State, sec. 13(a) of which reads as follows:

 

The President of the State shall not be amenable to any court or tribunal, and shall be immune from any legal act, in respect of anything connected with his functions or powers.

 

When he granted the instant pardon, the President was acting in a matter "connected with his functions and powers," so that he is not amenable to the jurisdiction of the courts in connection therewith, including this court's powers of direct review - its authority to demand of the President himself an explanation of his decisions. This immunity relates to the direct challenge of any presidential act, but there is no obstacle to indirect judicial review of the President's discharge of his functions - in proper cases and when the proceedings are directed against some other respondent, as happened, for instance, in the case of Bar-Yosef v. Minister of Police [12].

 

28 (a) The question of the legality of the pardon granted is of wide range, embracing as it does both the power itself and the manner of its discretionary exercise. As regards the power itself, we have dealt extensively with the matter and sought to provide the correct answer above. With regard to the exercise of the presidential discretion, this court has had occasion to comment as follows, in connection with a ministerial recommendation for a pardon referred to the President:

 

Even if the President was misadvised, or even if he himself erred in the exercise of his discretion, the legal validity of his decision remains unaffected thereby and this court does not sit in appeal from the President's decision" (Barzilai v. The Prime Minister [14] at p. 672).

 

          The matter calls for a measure of clarification and qualification. It is accepted that in exercising judicial review, the court does not assume the role of the functionary whose conduct is under challenge (even if indirect) but examines whether the functionary acted as one in his position should have done ( Nof v. Attorney-General [77] at p. 334). The court does not seek to project and substitute its own decision but intervenes only when convinced that no reasonable authority in a similar situation could have arrived at that same conclusion. The degree of reasonableness required depends upon the status of the authority and the nature of its powers. That is to say, in exercising its jurisdiction the court will also have regard to the identity of the constitutional authority whose conduct is under review. The norms for the judicial review of discretionary power will in any event incorporate reference to the functional character and nature of the authority concerned (cf. Sarid v. Knesset Chairman [15] at pp. 203-4).

 

          (b) The petitioners' criticism of the President's exercise of his discretion extended also to the paucity of the information made available to him prior to his decision, as well as the haste, so it was further contended, with which the different pardons were deliberated and granted, and like contentions. I find none of them to provide any ground for intervention by this court. First, as regards the facts, there is no reason to dispute the declaration before us that the President was fully informed and had also met twice with one of the persons later granted a pardon. The fact that he did not meet with the other three applicants can hardly be regarded as an impropriety, as in fact the President normally deals only with written requests for a pardon and it is exceptional for him to meet with the applicant (see E. Abramovitz and D. Paget, "Executive Clemency in Capital Cases," N.Y.U.L. Rev. 39 [1964], 136, 137; and see Dr. Sebba, On Pardon and Amnesty, at p. 194). Once it is established that there was evidence before the President of the commission of offences as set forth in the pardon applications referred to him, whether verbal or in writing, and also that the applicants admitted having committed the criminal acts for which they asked to be pardoned, then clearly the President had before him sufficient particulars upon which to decide, thus leaving no ground for the court's intervention.

         

29. A further argument concerning the presidential pardoning power, focused on the distinction between amnesty and individual pardon, was addressed to us by Adv. Michal Shaked, learned counsel for the petitioners in matter H.C. 448/86. She contended that the circumstances of the grant of the pardons indicate them to have been in the nature of an amnesty, whereas the President enjoyed no such power, but the power to grant individual pardons alone. In support of her contention counsel quoted the following statement (extract from The Attorney-General's Survey of Release Procedures, Department of Justice, Washington, 1939 vol. III):

 

In an attempt to classify the institution of amnesty, we may state that it belongs to the upper concept of pardon. It is a plurality of pardoning acts, and its main feature is that the amnesty determines the conditions and the extent of the pardon by groups of persons or groups of crimes or by certain general attitudes of the individuals concerned. There is a pronounced predilection to lay stress on the motive. Even the exceptions and limitations in an amnesty are generally given by groups, regardless of the merits of the single case.

 

          It indeed appears from the decision in Matana [3] (at p. 445) that the President enjoys the power of individual pardon only (as is the case in England). But that exactly was the power exercised by the President in the instant case. It is true that he issued four different warrants of pardon, but each of them related solely to the individual named in that warrant and to the offence therein stated. The warrants did not define the right to the pardon according to a class of persons, or offences, or qualifying conditions. The fact that a number of pardons are granted simultaneously to several individuals involved in the same act or incident, does not serve to convert each separate warrant, or all of them together, into an amnesty (see Dr. Sebba, On Pardon and Amnesty, at p. 61).

         

Locus Standi

 

30. At the commencement of the hearing learned counsel for the respondents asked for dismissal of the petitions in limine, on the ground that the petitioners had no legal standing to contest the validity of the pardons granted. It was argued that these were in the nature of an individual act of the President and of concern to the recipients of the pardon alone. It was contended that the petitioners could not point to any real and direct personal interest in the invalidation of the pardons, as these operated solely for the benefit of the individuals pardoned (certain of the respondents in these proceedings), so that the petitioners, far from seeking any relief for themselves, were motivated merely to deprive others of a benefit (see Becker v. Minister of Defence [16], at p. 147).

          The absence of a real personal interest, even if this be true of the petitioners in the present case, does not, however, justify the immediate dismissal of the petition. This court has already held that it would take a liberal view on this aspect and grant access to petitioners where the question that arose was "of a constitutional character" ( Segal v. Minister of the Interior [17] pp. 429, 433), or "of public interest related directly to the advance of the rule of law" ( Shiran v. Broadcast Authority, [18] at 374; see also Dr. Zeev Segal's illuminating book, Standing Before The Supreme Court Sitting as the High Court of Justice, Papyrus Publishing, 1986). Needless to say, there is no general recognition here of the actio popularis, a "public petition" to the court, only a general guideline that enables the court to open its doors in suitable cases of a public-constitutional character.

          Guided by the above rule I find the petitions now before us, which centre on the scope of the presidential pardoning power under the Basic Law: The President of the State, to disclose sufficient petitioner interest for recognition of their standing.

         

The Approach of Justice Barak

 

31. I have meanwhile had the opportunity of reading the interesting opinion of my learned colleague Barak J., and I am prompted to make several further observations in elucidation of our divergent approaches.

 

          (a) I naturally take no issue with the fundamental doctrine that we must decide according to our best knowledge and understanding of the law, regardless of the surrounding influences of the time and the subject concerned. That standpoint has always been customary with this court, and nothing new has happened in this generation to change the court's perspective.

         

          (b) A perusal of Justice Barak's opinion may lead one to think that our present subject has no acknowledged legal starting point founded in precedent, and that one is being referred (in Matana and in A. v. The Law Council) to nothing more, as it were, than some forgotten obiter dictum raised here from oblivion for the first time and elevated - without legal justification - to the standing of a recognized legal thesis. One might further gain the impression that even Justices Agranat and Berinson intended no differently in the above precedents. I must reject this approach because it does not accord, with all due respect, with the factual situation. The legal proposition that the President is endowed with the power of pardon before conviction, was clearly demonstrated first in the case of A. v. The Law Council and later, even more emphatically, in the Matana majority decision. Incidentally, even Landau J., at the end of his dissenting opinion in Matana. noted his complete agreement with the opinion of Berinson J. (at p. 461), whose remarks on the presidential power to pardon before conviction have already been quoted in full above.

          In brief, the ruling in Matana has become known and accepted as faithfully reflecting, for some decades now, the prevailing law on the subject. Confirmation thereof is to be found in the written commentaries and in all academic discussion of the subject. This situation has been so clear to all as to have prompted the two distinguished jurists who advanced a different perspective on the subject (Professors Klinghoffer and Feller), to acknowledge that their view was not in accord with the approach of the Supreme Court - which they interpreted substantially as I have understood and set it out above. One of them, moreover, relied on the very existence of the pre-conviction pardoning power for a proposed solution to other legal problems discussed by him at the time (see Prof. Klinghoffer's abovementioned remarks in the Knesset - Minutes of the Knesset, 43, p. 2319). It will be recalled that one of these jurists (Prof. Klinghoffer) based his approach upon a construction of the language of the pardoning directive, while the other (Prof. Feller) argued on the basis of the working of a complex of new (overlapping) statutory enactments, but I gather from the remarks of Justice Barak that his own viewpoint is founded on neither of the above two perspectives.

          There is no escaping the fact that Justices Agranat, Berinson and Cohn (to whose clear statements on the subject Justice Barak has not referred) all unequivocally expressed their opinion on the power of pardon before conviction within the general framework of pardon. That opinion has held sway until now. It was on the strength of an identical opinion that a past Minister of Justice, P. Rosen, acting upon the Attorney-General's advice, referred recommendations to the President for certain pre-conviction pardons which were subsequently granted. Our task here is not to search for the desirable constitutional framework, but rather to ascertain the existing legal situation concerning pardon in Israel, just as it was in fact enunciated by this court many years ago, without so far having undergone any change.

 

          (c) The constitutional development towards the existing situation was clearly traced in the Matana decision, from which one can gather the court's reasons for construing as it did the scope of the pardoning power under sec. 6 of the Transition Law and sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State. It is not possible to ascertain the meaning of an expression in a Law by seeking to unravel the true wishes of Knesset committee members from the surviving summaries of their statements in minutes of proceedings never published. In my recognition, the answer lies in an understanding of the legislative purpose. This is to be derived from the "spacious" interpretation to be given to constitutional provisions; from the construction of expressions according to their manifest purpose; and from factors such as legal background and development, constitutional analogy, the characteristics of our legal system and our own constitutional notions as given expression, inter alia, in the very determination of the presidential office, its object and functions. All these were dealt with in the Matana case and I shall not cover the same ground again.

          Justice Barak has sought to point out a divergence between the interpretative approach in Matana, and my own approach. Little substantiation of this has been provided, however. There is no substantial difference between the "historical-interpretative approach" said to have been adopted by me here, and the so-called legal-constitutional approach ascribed to Justice Agranat, and the difference in title is but a semantic one. Substantively speaking, the two approaches are alike: that followed on the one hand by Justices Agranat, Berinson and Cohn and - on the question of pardon before conviction - also adopted without reservation by Justices Silberg and Landau, and on the other hand, my own approach here. My learned colleague has commented thus:

         

Justice Agranat accordingly did not construe the Transition Law on the basis that its legislative purpose "was fashioned in the Anglo-American mould, which served as its prototype."

 

          In support of this connection he quotes the following observation of Agranat J.:

         

The result is that the ground of the absence of any similarity or comparison between the status of the President of our country and that of the British thrown (or of the President of the United States) is erroneous.

 

          This observation speaks for itself and, with all due respect, refutes my learned colleague's contention in indicating the opposite conclusion.

         

          (d) The legal situation in France, Germany and Italy was not fully portrayed in the Matana case, and I should like to clarify some additional facets. As far as I am aware, pardon before conviction is known in Italy too, but the pardon only comes into operation if the suspect is later convicted. This arrangement does not preclude putting the suspect on trial, and allows for an acquittal on the merits without recourse to the pardon. Briefly, in Italy and in Germany there has evolved the duality of a judicial pardon side by side with an extra-judicial one justizgebundener Gnadenakt and justizfreier Gnadenakt, see Mario Duni, Il Perdono Giudiziale, Milan, 1957; Richard Drews, Das Deutsche Gnadenrecht, Cologne, 1971; Klaus Huser, Begnadigung und Amnestie als Kriminalpolitisches Instrument, Hamburg, 1973).

 

          Judicial pardon or clemency, I believe, should be seen as a convincing reason for gradual curtailment of the Executive pardon. This process, which is also discussed by Prof. Feller within the wider framework of his proposed legislative program, has acted to shift the focal centre of the pardoning decision from the King, or President, to the judicial tribunal or special statutory bodies created to deal directly with the review of conviction and punishment (retrial, release and parole boards, and the like). The comparison of our system with those applied on the Continent is therefore questionable and premature in the existing state of affairs.

         

          (e) As to the pre-conviction pardoning power in England, concerning which too Barak J. has expressed reservations, I need only reiterate that there is not a single English constitutional text that fails to mention the continued legal validity of this power, though it be reserved for use in exceptional cases. Even the post-conviction pardoning power would seem to be somewhat less frequently exercised in England nowadays.

          I must also contest Justice Barak's endeavour to distinguish the American constitutional situation from our own on the basis of the President's status there as Head of the Executive. In fact, the power of pardon was originally conferred on the U.S.A. President as part of the legal continuity adopted there, with the concomitant imitation of the English model of the King's prerogative power (see the majority decision in Schick v. Reed [58], per Burger C.J.). The view that the U.S.A. President holds the pardoning power in his capacity as Executive Head, runs counter to authority:

         

Our government is established upon the principle that all governmental power is inherent in the people. Hence, crime is an offense against the people, prosecuted in the name of the people, and the people alone can bestow mercy by pardon. As subsequently is noted, the people may confer the pardoning power upon any officer or board that they see fit ( Am. Jur., at p. 10).

 

          The import of the passage is that the U.S.A. President holds his power as representative of the people and it is not his executive capacity, designation or status that determine its scope.

          In our own constitutional framework the President stands outside the political arena, and this neutrality should allay at least one of the apprehensions expressed by my learned colleague. Moreover, the conferment and exercise of all power can and should properly be subjected to supervision and review, as was indeed noted by Justice Agranat in Matana (at p. 461):

         

   Nor have I overlooked the fact that to endow the power in question with its "full" content may lead to its excessive use, which in turn involves the danger that the authority of the law in the eyes of the public will be weakened. My reply to this point, however, is that every instrument of pardon by the President requires the countersignature of the Prime Minister or one other Minister (sec. 7 of the Transition Law, 1949). This means that even if the decision to pardon or to reduce a sentence must be the personal decision of the President, it is also conditional upon the recommendation of the Minister concerned. This Minister will ordinarily be the Minister of Justice who has the means of conducting a precise investigation into the circumstances of the case before submitting his recommendation to the President. It is clear that this recommendation, and therefore the decision to pardon as well, are subject to review by the Knesset and it is this possibility which must be regarded as the guarantee laid down by law against the danger referred to.

 

And Justice Cohn had this to say on that same point (at p. 465):

I have no fear whatsoever of any supposed impairment of the courts power to judge and to punish by the extent that the President of the State is empowered to change or set aside the results of their judicial acts. I could see some slight ground for fear and some small degree of impropriety if the power in question were possessed by the government or one of its organs, or even by the Knesset, for that would perhaps involve some confusion of the boundaries between the judicial on the one hand and the executive or legislative authorities on the other. The President of the State, however, stands above all these three authorities. He embodies in his person the State itself.

 

          So far as I am concerned, the existing Israel form of the pardoning power is not a sine qua non for the maintenance of orderly constitutional government. The variety of arrangements made on this subject in different countries is indicative of more than one solution to a universal problem. Our own arrangement is hardly, therefore, to be seen as the sole possibility. The central feature of the pardoning power wielded is a personal, selective decision which is dependent, inter alia, on the recommendation and countersignature of an authority of a political character, i.e. the Minister. My own inclination is to prefer some new legislative arrangement that will introduce appropriate statutory mechanisms free to function, as regards judicially decided matters, without recourse to the decisions of political organs. At the same time, however, one has to reject the view that the full pardoning power presently prevailing is inconsistent with the rule of law. It should be remembered that we are dealing here with legally valid constitutional arrangements of the kind found today in countries of recognised democratic character, and to say that the existence of an effective rule of law is negated by reason of a pardoning power of full scope, where it exists, is an extreme proposition lacking any real foundation.

          I must also refer to the contention that the very overlapping of the presidential power with like administrative powers is inconsistent with the maintenance of good government. I have already pointed out that there is no complete parallel between the two kinds of power. Pardon in all its existing forms represents an institution which by its very nature and working contradicts the rulings of other authorities, just as it does whether it is extended before or after conviction. Such overlapping is therefore an inherent feature of the entire pardoning process and in this respect its exercise before conviction is not exceptional.

          It is only right that the abandonment of the existing arrangement in favor of newly devised systems should be preceded by a comprehensive study of the subject - of the kind undertaken by Prof. Feller - and be followed by orderly legislation embracing all aspects of pardon and clemency. But until the fundamental constitutional perspective underlying our recognition of the pardoning power be revised in the appointed way, there is no room for the abrogation - in a sporadic manner, by the method of interpretation - of one of the facets of that power which has been recognised for many years now, and is rooted in the fundamental judicial understanding of the pardoning institution in our legal system. The ad hoc erosion of an existing legal arrangement in answer to the needs of the hour, weakens rather than strengthens the rule of law. This was the kind of situation I had in mind when I remarked thus in Neiman v. Central Knesset Elections Committee [19] (at 260):

         

When constitutional matters are under review, their import and implications have to be considered in the long term, and proper weight has to be given to their influences on the political and social frameworks within which they operate. If these be subjugated to the needs of the hour and we adopt a casuistic approach in matters of constitutional content, we shall miss the mark and deal less than justly with the subject.

 

          (f) It is, in sum, an inescapable conclusion that the Matana precedent adopts a wide and embracing interpretation of the presidential pardoning power. It was explicitly decided there by Justices Agranat, Berinson and Cohn that it also encompassed pardon before conviction. Though the product of autonomous Israeli legislation, the power cannot be divorced from its repeated comparison and equation, in the Matana case, with the parallel power held in the Anglo-American legal system by the King or President, as the case may be. This equation had a direct bearing on the reach of the constitutional power unfolded in the above precedent. Much as I try, I find no evidence in the Matana decision to support the suggestion of Barak J., that at that time the origin and substance of the power in England and in the U.S.A. had not been properly understood. I also find no evidence that this court had overlooked, as it were, differences of constitutional structure between those countries and Israel or, for that matter, the prosecution's own powers and independence in Israel, or the clash of the presidential power with other overlapping, frequently exercised powers - both before and after conviction. This suggestion is in entire disaccord with the long-accepted Matana ruling.

The constitutional situation is, therefore, that enunciated in Matana, by which precedent we have to be guided - as regards the scope of the pardoning power until the lawgiver sees fit to intervene. We have to contend with the legal and factual circumstances as we find them unfolded before us, rather than with hypothetical or desirable situations, and without circumventing or bypassing the decisions of this court and their consequences. It is our judicial task, in the present context, to give a principled, normative decision, structured upon existing legal foundations. In the pursuit of this objective we should do well to apply Chief Justice Marshall's well-known dictum in Osborn v. United States Bank [59] (at p. 866):

 

Judicial power is never exercised for the purpose of giving effect to the will of the judge; always for the purpose of giving effect .... to the will of the legislature.

 

The Investigation

 

32. We understand from the State's reply, as intimated by the Attorney-General, that the police will conduct an investigation into the events forming the subject of these petitions. This leaves no room, in my opinion, for intervention by this court in connection with the holding of an investigation.

          Following the Attorney-General's intimation, the petitioners in file H.C. 431/86 gave notice of withdrawal of their petition, and the petitioner in file H. C. 428/86 advised that he was confining his petition to the sole issue of the legality of the pardons granted.

          As to the petition in file M.A. 320/86, I see no reason to question the decision on the investigation as intimated by the Attorney-General, the nature of which I find acceptable in principle.

         

33. I would accordingly dismiss the petitions and discharge the order nisi.

 

MIRIAM BEN-PORAT D.P.

 

1. The divergence of opinion between my learned colleagues, President Shamgar and Barak J., persuaded me to await their written judgments before giving my own decision on the important question under consideration here, namely: is the President of Israel empowered to grant a pardon to a person before trial and conviction? I find my learned colleagues to have unfolded in their judgments a wide and colourful tableau of concepts, precedents and scholarly comment, which have aided me greatly in formulating my own opinion. Their painstaking and comprehensive analyses leave me free to concentrate mainly and briefly on my reasons for concurring in the judgment of the learned President - more particularly, my reasons for agreeing that the pardons granted by the President are legal and valid and, primarily, my reason for holding that the stated presidential power of pardon before conviction effectively exists.

 

2. In see. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, it is provided that the President

   shall have power to pardon offences (and to lighten penalties by the reduction or commutation thereof).

 

          I have put the latter part of the directive in parentheses since the first part is the focus of our deliberation here, although I shall of course deal with the whole in substantiation of my viewpoint. As already clarified by my learned colleagues, the power "to pardon offenders" was previously vested in the President under sec. 6 of the Transition Law of 1949, and remained so vested until the repeal of this provision by sec. 26(a) of the above Basic Law. A comparison of the language of the two sections shows only a slight difference in wording, of no material significance. We may accordingly treat anything stated or decided on the basis of sec. 6 of the Transition Law as equally applicable to sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, with which we are now concerned. For the better understanding of my exposition below, it should be recalled that until the enactment of the Transition Law, the President's power was anchored (pursuant to sec. 14 of the Law and Administration Ordinance of 1948), in Article 16 of the Palestine Order in Council, 1922, which provided as follows:

         

When any crime or offence has been committed within Palestine, or for which the offender may be tried therein, the High Commissioner may, as he shall see occasion, grant a pardon to any accomplice in such crime or offence who shall give such information and evidence as shall lead to the conviction of the principal offender or of any such offenders if more than one; and further may grant to any offender convicted of any crime or offence in any court.... a pardon either free or subject to lawful conditions, or any remission of the sentence.

 

          I have stressed, in the above passage, the word "offender" and the phrase "a pardon.... subject to lawful conditions," for purposes which I shall presently elucidate. At this stage, however, I merely wish to summarize the President's power at that time (from the transfer to him of the High Commissioner's powers under the above Ordinance) as embracing a pre-conviction pardon granted an accomplice who was willing to give information leading to the conviction of the principal offender or any such offenders, as well as a pardon granted any convicted offender. The pardoning power, as already indicated, was formulated differently in the Transition Law, and this version was later repeated without material change in the Basic Law.

         

3. Our search for the proper interpretation of the statutory provision in issue here, hardly breaks new ground. Justice Barak is aware of this fact, but attaches little weight to the precedents cited, for two reasons. In the first place, he holds the statements made in these precedents to have been obiter, and secondly, he considers certain passages therein actually to support his own view. Thus he mentions, for instance, that Justice Agranat saw the power conferred under sec. 6 of the Transition Law as an "original" one, and therefore offering no basis for analogy with the corresponding power in English law. Justice Barak also attaches no significance to the practice that has evolved out of those precedents.

 

          I accept Justice Agranat's determination, in the Matana case [3] (at p. 443), that the language of sec. 6 of the Transition Law- and likewise of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law - was not comparable with that of Art.16 of the Order in Council, since the Transition Law provision represented an "original" Israel power of constitutional content, in contrast to the class of powers delegated by the English King to colonial Governors. The latter were much narrower than the King's own powers, and required a restrictive interpretation.

          However, I disagree with Barak J., that in the Matana case Agranat D.P. (as he then was) did not view the presidential power of individual pardon under the Transition Law (as opposed to a general amnesty), as being basically the same as that of the English King or the American President. In other words, Justice Agranat's remarks on the original nature of the power set forth in sec. 6 of the Transition Law, and on the universality of the pardoning concept, were only intended, I believe, to explain why the non-repetition in sec. 6 of the Transition Law of certain parts of Art.16 of the Order in Council, could properly be ignored in construing that section. For the purposes of the issue in Matana, Agranat D. P. was not prepared to regard the non-repetition in sec. 6 of the Transition Law, of the words "pardon.... subject to lawful conditions" (appearing in Art.16 of the Order in Council and stressed by me in the above citation), as being in derogation or restriction of the presidential power. On the contrary, his opinion was that the general language used in sec. 6 was characteristic of a constitutional directive and called for a wide interpretation, and he saw the Anglo-American legal sources as prompting the proper interpretation of our own statutory provisions (see the Matana case [3], at pp. 453, 454). It was his opinion (which became the majority opinion of the court) that notwithstanding the absence of an express empowerment of the President to grant a pardon subject to conditions, the general wording ("the power to pardon offenders") sufficed, by virtue of the wide interpretation, to invest the President with this power as well (i.e. to pardon conditionally).

          Any remaining doubt as to Justice Agranat's recognition (in Matana) of the link between Israel and England as regards the power of individual pardon, is surely dispelled upon reading his judgment in the earlier case of A. v. The Law Council [2]. While the learned Justice erred there with regard to the power of colonial Governors (i.e. the High Commissioner of Palestine), an error he subsequently corrected, his basic standpoint has nevertheless prevailed. This standpoint he expressed in the following terms, and in other statements to the same effect in his judgment:

         

   I am of the opinion that the power of pardon of the President of Israel is the same, generally speaking, as the power of pardon of the King in England, in its nature and in respect of the consequences which flow from its exercise" (ibid., p. 750).

         

          Agranat J. (as he then was) was indeed alone in considering the full arguments of counsel as to why the name of A., the petitioner, was to be restored to the Roll of Advocates following upon the full pardon granted him (after he had served his full sentence). Yet the related comments of Agranat J. were not mere obiter dicta - and as is known, these too can carry considerable weight - but were made in the deliberation, on its merits, of what he considered to be the real question underlying the dispute in that case:

 

The real dispute being waged today between the petitioner and the community, has its origin in the former's argument that the pardon gave him an absolute right to the restoration of his name to the Roll of Advocates....  It is clear that this court alone is competent to adjudicate upon this dispute between the petitioner and the public.... The fact that the petitioner, for the reason of having misconceived the powers of the Law Council, turned to that body for the enforcement of his right, does not negate the possibility that the petitioner's abovementioned argument may be finally disposed of in the present proceedings.... If we find the petitioner's argument to be well founded, and declare him entitled to renew practice as an Advocate, such a declaration will bind everyone, and the petitioner should experience no difficulty in having his name restored to the Roll. If, on the other hand, we decide that the pardon does not bring about the desired result, that ruling will equally resolve this dispute between the citizen and the public. One way or the other, I believe it is required of us to decide this whole question.... which is what I now proceed to do (my italics-M.B.P.).

 

          It seems to me that Justice Agranat's attitude reflected his clear perception that the power of pardon in Israel required to be widely interpreted, as in England and America, as embracing also the pardon of an offender before his conviction. This attitude is to be gathered from his judgments, in A. v. The Law Council and in Matana. It so transpires from his citation and adoption of a statement in Halsbury's Laws of England that "pardon may, in general, be granted either before or after conviction," and especially from his own conclusion (in A. v. the Law Council [2], at p. 751):

         

from which I learn that the President has the power to pardon offenders both before and after conviction, either unconditionally, or with qualifications.

 

          Justice Agranat gave practical implementation to his above perception by interpreting the consequences of the pardon in issue there in accordance with the customary approach in England and in the U.S.A. (ibid., p. 751).

          A perusal of the two precedents reveals that none of the other Justices dissented from the interpretation according to which the President of Israel was competent to pardon offenders also before conviction; indeed, most of the Justices explicitly took the same view. Thus the difference of opinion between Berinson J. and Agranat J. in Matana, as to the comparison of sec. 6 of the Transition Law with Art.16 of the Order in Council (with Berinson J. refusing to recognize a presidential power to grant a pardon subject to conditions, owing to the absence in sec. 6 of such express provision), did not prevent Berinson J. from holding (perhaps on account of the first part of Art. 16) that the presidential power of pardon was exercisable also before conviction ( ibid., at p. 469):

         

the President's power of pardon is in a certain sense wider than that possessed by the High Commissioner. Whereas the High Commissioner was unable to pardon a crime before the offender was tried and convicted unless he turned King's evidence and led to the conviction of his accomplice (the first part of Article 16 of the Order in Council), the President is not bound by this condition and, so it seems to me, may pardon any offender even before he is brought to trial.

 

          Landau J., at the end of his opinion in Matana, expressed his "complete agreement" with the judgment of Berinson J., from which it follows that he agreed also with the content of the above passage, or at least had no reservations about it.

          Justice Cohn fully supported Justice Agranat's interpretative approach, and emphasized his view that the Presidential power was to be widely construed.

          The general opinion, therefore, was that there was in Israel an existing, valid presidential power of pre-conviction pardoning. There was, however, a divergence of opinion in Matana on the question of equating the power of the President of Israel with that of the British Monarch.

          It may be noted that Justice Agranat's approach has been followed in practice ever since the decision in A. v. The Law Council. This fact is confirmed in the judgment of Cohn J. in Matana (at p. 461):

         

Under sec: 6 of the Transition Law, 1949, the President of the State is empowered to pardon offenders and to reduce punishments. The Presidents of the State have exercised this power from 1949 until the day on which judgment was delivered in Matana v. Attorney-General (June 23, 1960, in the manner laid down for them in the judgment of this court (per Agranat J) in A. v. The Law Council, at 745 et seq.). That is to say, both the President of the State and the Minister of Justice, whose countersignature of the President's decision is required by the Law, and also the wide body of citizens who have had need of the President's grace, have always regarded this power of the President as equal and parallel in nature and scope to the power of pardon and reduction of punishments possessed by the Queen of England.

 

          This practice (with which few were as familiar as Justice Cohn, who had held office as Attorney-General for a lengthy period) had been followed for some ten years when the decision was given in Matana, and in this context the learned Justice went on to comment as follows (at p. 462):

         

It has already been said more than once by this court (both during the Mandate and after the establishment of the State) that the court will hesitate very much to reverse a particular practice which has taken root during the years, and if this was said in respect of matters of practice which did not rest upon the authority of judicial precedent, how much more is it applicable to a matter of practice which rests upon a specific decision of the Supreme Court. As for myself, even if I were inclined to agree with the opinion held by my colleagues Berinson J. and Landau J. that the practice followed by the President of the State year after year is based upon too wide an interpretation of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949 [and it will be recalled that the opinions differed there on the question of a pardon subject to conditions, and not as regards a pardon before conviction - M.B.P.], even then I would no venture today to change this practice which has received the seal of the Knesset at least by its silence (my italics - M.B.P.).

 

          We are, therefore, talking about a practice that has now been followed for some decades. Initially the practice was founded on the single opinion of Agranat J, that is, on the ratio of his decision in A. v. The Law Council, and later also on the Matana decision.

          That even distinguished jurists treated the decision in A. v. The Law Council as laying down a rule to be accepted, may be gathered from the following extract from a statement made by Prof. Y. H. Klinghoffer in a Knesset debate on 29 June 1965 ( Minutes of the Knesset, 43, p. 2319):

         

Another unconvincing argument sometimes advanced is that if a suspect be very ill, it would be an act of cruelty to put him on trial. Unconvincing, because in rare cases of this kind the President of the State would be able to grant a pardon before the trial commenced. The President is empowered to pardon offenders either before or after conviction. That was laid down by Justice Agranat in the case of A. v. The Law Council (my italics-M.B.P.).

 

          The above remarks were made with reference to the question whether it were better to render it obligatory for the prosecution to charge a suspect and put him on trial when the evidence so warranted, or to leave the decision to the discretion of the prosecution. Prof. Klinghoffer clearly favoured the former option, reasoning thus:

         

In expressing my reservations I would recommend we abandon this method in favour of one that obliges the prosecution to put a person on trial when it is in a position to substantiate the charge upon sufficient evidence. When a particular act or omission is defined by statute as a criminal offence, the matter should properly be submitted for judicial determination, and it is not the concern of the prosecution, which is a part of the Executive authority, to relieve the suspect of responsibility for his act or omission by not putting him on trial, and precluding the competent court from judging him according to law. To entrust the prosecution with the option to decide on its own whether or not there be any public interest in holding a particular trial, and accordingly whether or not to institute criminal proceedings against the suspect, is to invite dangers of a political nature. This arrangement would amount to a conferment of power to pardon someone in advance, and convert the prosecution into a kind of pardoning institution, something that is not in keeping with its essential function (my italics - M.B.P.).

 

          We accordingly see that Prof. Klinghoffer drew a clear distinction between an unqualified discretion given the prosecution whether or not to charge a suspect - according to its perception of the public interest in the matter - and the exercise of the pardoning power. The distinguished jurist saw such an option as holding out certain dangers, and undesirably conferring a power of advance pardon, whereas he accepted as a matter of fact the presidential power to grant a pardon, in rare cases, even "before the trial commenced."

In the end the Knesset took the middle path, but I shall come back to this aspect later.

         

4.       Two conclusions may be drawn from what I have said so far:

          (a) As regards the scope of the presidential power to pardon offenders before conviction, we are not without guidance, for the existing judicial pronouncements on the subject to the effect that the President does possess such power, cannot be said to be purely obiter;

          (b) We are confronted with a practice that has taken root in Israel ever since the decision in A. v. the Law Council, that is to say, for some decades now.

          There can be no doubt as to the importance of these two considerations in the determination of our attitude.

          (c) Also carrying weight, purely as an interpretative indicator for me (and not as a source of legislation), is the fact of the lawgiver's silence on the instant point when the content of sec. 6 of the Transition Law was reenacted in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. This silence was maintained despite the clear trend of the precedents and the practice evolved and based thereon, and it stands out against the express addition in the Basic Law of a presidential power to "commute" sentences, the lack of which had been established in the precedent cited, together with the court's unanimous opinion that the President was empowered to pardon also before conviction. This silence and its implications are fully elucidated in the judgment of Shamgar P.

         

5. It is true, however, that a later legislative development sometimes does dictate a change in interpretative approach. Attitudes also change with the passage of time, and these changes come to be reflected in the decisions of the courts - in the manner of new wine poured into an old flask - if weighty reasons be found for departing from an existing rule, deeply rooted though it may be. If, for instance, the customary interpretation be found necessarily to misconceive the purpose of the provision concerned, or that it has not even the slightest foundation in the language of the provision, or that its implementation in the exigencies of new reality poses a real threat to the maintenance of good government, then I should be inclined to construe the pardoning power restrictively as being confined to the post-conviction stage alone.

          I have come to the conclusion, however, that there are no weighty reasons for disturbing the existing precedents and practice. My reasons for so concluding are the following:

          (a) The wide interpretation given the term "offender" finds ample justification in the language of the statutory provision in question. My colleague, Barak J., acknowledges that, linguistically speaking, the term "offender" could embrace also a suspect who has yet to be tried and convicted; hence, in his opinion, the wording of the provision alone does not advance our inquiry one way or the other. Yet the learned Justice suggests at the same time that only someone who has already been convicted is an offender, as appears, for instance, from the following passage in his judgment (par. 25):

         

   Even an admission by the applicant for a pardon that he committed an offence, is of no consequence, for he is presumed innocent until convicted by the court.

 

          I must confess that I find the emphasis given to circumscription of the term "offender" in the context of our instant inquiry, somewhat perplexing. It is common cause that the main (some hold, the only) purpose of a full pardon, is to make amends for a serious miscarriage of justice which has resulted in the conviction of an innocent person. If that be the main (or sole) purpose, then the recipient of the pardon is no "offender" at all, but the victim of an error. If we adopt the arguments of the petitioners, and of certain jurists, that only the court is competent to stamp a person as an "offender" for the purposes of pardon, we shall find that it is precisely that kind of error which the President is unable to repair - a situation that is contrary to all logic. Of what avail is it for the court to find, upon hearing evidence and argument, that the accused indeed committed the crime - and thus branding him an "offender" - if the essence, and main purpose, of a pardon be to proclaim that he is not such? This reasoning alone would warrant the conclusion that an "offender" includes someone to whom the commission of an offence is attributed.

          It is pertinent, moreover, to recall that Art. 16 of the Order in Council empowered the High Commissioner to pardon an offender (an accomplice) before conviction, if he was prepared to give information and evidence concerning the principal offender or any such offender. We must bear in mind the proximity in time between the repeal of the said Article 16 and the enactment of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, a proximity which provides further indication that the term "offender," as already pointed out in the judgment of Shamgar P., was intended to refer to someone to whom the commission of an offence "is attributed." The learned President cited many convincing examples of the lawgiver's use of the term "offender," in a variety of contexts, from which too one may learn that this term does not necessarily mean someone who has already been convicted. In other Laws the term may indeed import otherwise, depending upon the legislative context and intent, but the abovementioned examples all relate to the same or closely the same kind of material as our present matter (for instance, general amnesty), and convincingly show that the term "offender" should not be understood only as someone who has been tried and convicted. In addition to the above illustrations, among many other possible ones, I might also mention sec. 6 of the Secret Monitoring Law of 1979, which provides a framework for secret monitoring, inter alia, if necessary "to prevent offences or detect offenders." It is clear from the context that the Law envisages the monitoring and exposure of the conversations of a person involved in a criminal act (whether not yet committed, in the process of commission or after its commission) and all, of course, in the stage preliminary to the trial and, certainly, before conviction of the suspect.

          In essence, my learned colleagues and I all agree that linguistically speaking sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law suffices, as it stands, to encompass also the power of pardon before conviction. The requisite interpretative nexus for this purpose is there, and the statutory provision cannot be said to lack a linguistic foundation for such a construction.

 

          (b) We must now, after disposal of the linguistic aspect, deal with the main criterion, namely, the legislative purpose of the pardoning directive.

          Justice Barak holds in his judgment that a construction according to which the President of the State may pardon someone before his trial and conviction, is inconsistent with the purpose of the pardoning directive. He states that in order to choose between the possible linguistic options we must turn to the legislative purpose, and he holds the true objects of the pertinent statutory provision to be those enunciated by Justice Agranat in A. v. The Law Council and in Matana, and none other, namely:

         

The primary purpose... is to redress the wrong done to a person who was convicted while innocent, and the second purpose - the value of which should also not be underestimated - is to reduce the sentence of the offender in circumstances which justify this. It is clear that the exercise of such a power by one of the highest State authorities is essential for the effectiveness of any governmental regime, since in no country whatever has there yet been created a system of justice capable of perfect and unerring operation, and of dispensing justice in every case without fail ( A. v. The Law Council, at p.751).

Justice Barak then goes on to make this comment:

This reasoning naturally only holds true in relation to a convicted offender. It is not at all applicable to someone who has yet to be convicted. How, then, is this reasoning of Justice Agranat to be reconciled with his view that the President has power to pardon before conviction? Such power would necessitate a different rationalisation, of the kind that is not to be found either in A. v. The Law Council or in Matana (my italics - M.B.P.).

 

          This seems a cogent argument in support of the conclusion that, measured by the test of legislative purpose, the presidential power is restricted in its exercise to a pardon after conviction only. It is not so, however. Thus, for instance, in A. v. the Law Council Justice Agranat mentioned additional objects of a pardon, remarking inter alia as follows (at p. 755):

Third, I have not overlooked the possibility that a pardon may also be granted for reasons which do not stem, necessarily, from the innocence of the convicted person.

 

          These remarks link up with what Justice Agranat said later in the Matana decision (at p. 451):

         

It is quite easy to think of a case in which the need to use this system would arise when the public interest alone, and not that of the prisoner, requires his release from custody. It may, for example, be proper to liberate a prisoner who is a national of an enemy state on condition that he leave Israel territory immediately and permanently, in order to facilitate an international arrangement which will ensure, in return for such a pardon, the immediate release of a "Zionist prisoner" in custody in that state.

 

          The above example happens to relate to a convicted prisoner, yet this underlying purpose is not to reverse an injustice but to prefer the public interest, to which the rule of equality before the law must bow. That is to say, we have here a conflict between two very important interests: one - equality before the law, which requires that every offender against the law should answer for his conduct; the other - the safeguarding of a vital public interest. The proper balance between the two is the determining factor. The President of the State was in the same predicament in relation to the matters raised in the petitions before us. Thus he declared his conclusion that despite finding merit in the opposing viewpoint, he was satisfied at the time that vital security interests of the State were at stake and also that it was necessary to put an end to the "devils' dance," as he described it, and therefore he decided to accede to the requests for a pardon.

          The primary purpose of a pardon, at least until the retrial procedure was instituted, has indeed been to correct an injustice resulting from an error in judicial proceedings. But that has not been the only purpose of a full pardon. Thus, as already mentioned, it was possible under Article 16 of the Order in Council to pardon an accomplice (before trial) in order to induce him to give information and evidence against the principal offender or any such offenders. The purpose of such a pardon was not to reward its recipient, but to achieve an object considered by the pardoning authority more important than trying the person pardoned. (A similar approach is also to be discerned in civil law - see Mistry Amar Singh v. Kulubya [47], where the plaintiffs claim, though tainted with illegality, was sustained in order that the purpose of the law should not be defeated.) For the attainment of the same purpose a pardon or clemency may conceivably also be granted to a convicted offender, by way of a reduction of sentence, if the latter, only at that late stage, is prepared to disclose important information against other offenders who committed serious crimes.

          Furthermore, such rationalisation - that the public interest sometimes prevails over the interest of bringing the offender to trial or of having the trial run its full course - is to the best of my understanding, contrary to the opinion of Barak J., also to be found in the cases of A. v. The Law Council, and Matana. I base this conclusion in the first instance on the abovementioned remark of Agranat J. in A. v. The Law Council (at p. 755), that a pardon may also be granted for reasons "which do not stem, necessarily, from the innocence of the convicted person," and also on his following statement in the same case (at p. 747) :

         

lts main purpose - and I do not overlook its other purposes - was and remains to declare before all that the person tried and convicted, and now receiving a pardon, is free of guilt and that his offence has been wiped out (my italics-M.B.P.).

 

          Thus, we seem to find in the two abovementioned precedents precisely such "different rationalisation," according to which a full pardon may also be granted to someone other than a wrongly convicted person who is serving his sentence. This pardoning consideration, provided it is applied correctly and carefully in the proper cases, operates with the same validity and force both before and after the conviction of the offender. In fact, even Justice Barak countenances the possibility that it may be better, in rare cases, to pardon a person before conviction rather than to stay the proceedings against him - for instance when the person is suffering from a malignant disease - save that my learned colleague does not consider such exceptional cases to warrant a wide interpretation of the statutory directive. By the same token I would hold it desirable, in a rare case, for a person to be pardoned before trial and conviction for the sake of protecting a vital public interest. The Attorney-General is indeed the competent party to decide whether a person shall stand trial or not, to which end he may, even must, weigh considerations of a social or security nature. Like Justice Barak, I too find support for my view in the report of the Agranat Commission on the Powers of the Attorney-General (1962), where it was stated, inter alia, that

 

In certain circumstances a matter of security, political or public interest may dictate that no criminal charge be preferred (p. 6).

 

          The Commission dealt also with the Attorney-General's need to consult with the political authorities when making his decision, reporting thus (p. 13):

         

The stated duty to consult arises particularly when criminal proceedings are being instituted in relation to a matter of security, political or public interest. In such event it is always incumbent on the Attorney-General to consider whether the act of instituting criminal proceedings (or halting the same) is not more likely to prejudice the interests of the State than refraining from taking such action. This the Attorney-General will only be able to do after having sought information and guidance from those who carry the primary responsibility for safeguarding the State from the security, political and public aspects - that is to say, from those who, so we must presume, are more experienced and knowledgeable in those fields than we are. As already indicated, he will generally need to refer to the Minister of Justice for the required direction and advice; but sometimes, that is in cases which give rise to questions of "high policy," there will be no alternative but to obtain guidance from the Government as a body (my italics - M.B.P.).

 

          I shall come back to these statements later. First, however, I wish to consider the situation that arises when pursuant to sec. 59 of the Criminal Procedure Law (Consolidated Version) of 1982, a police investigation has to be opened upon a complaint of the commission of a felony, and it transpires that the very conduct of the investigation (including the taking of statements from witnesses) may seriously impair the security of the State. Who will then be empowered to decide whether the investigation shall be completed or discontinued?

          Mr. Harish, the Attorney-General, has submitted that he lacks the authority to order that a police investigation be discontinued (or not opened after the police learn of the commission of a felony). It is arguable, perhaps, that the police, being an arm of the Attorney-General for criminal investigation purposes ( Reiner v. Prime Minister of Israel [20], pp. 485, 486), is obliged to act as directed by him, thus rendering the Attorney-General competent to order discontinuance of the investigation. The matter, however, is far from clear. For instance, there is the express directive in sec. 60 of the above Law, that upon completion of the investigation of a felony, the police shall transmit the material to the District Attorney; the police, however, may refrain from investigating lesser offences, though only for the reasons set forth in sec. 59 of that Law. A measure of support for this separation of powers is even to be found in the following passage from the judgment of Justice Barak (in paragraph 25, though his remarks were intended for a different purpose):

 

This conclusion as to a "separation of powers", between the presidential pardon and the powers of other State authorities, is reinforced when regard is had to Israel's general constitutional framework. The other State authorities (the police, the prosecution and the courts) have the means to establish the facts. The police has its investigating facilities and seeks to reach an assessment of the factual situation. The prosecution, to whom the police must transmit the material, will handle and process the same until delivery of the judgment. The courts possess the institutional and normative facilities for elucidating the question of innocence or guilt.

 

          That is to say, each authority has its own field of responsibility. The police, upon receiving a complaint or otherwise learning of the commission of a felony, is obliged to conduct an investigation, and upon its completion to transmit the evidence to the appointed authority, the prosecution, which only then comes into the picture. It is even doubtful whether the police may halt its investigation in cases of felony, even where the police considers the Attorney-General to have good reasons for wishing to do so. On a plain reading of the conclusion to sec. 59 of above Law, the police has such a discretion (on the grounds of there being no public interest involved) only in relation to misdemeanours, and not felonies. And most important, even the Attorney-General's power to intervene in the investigation by directing that it be discontinued is, as already mentioned, a matter of doubt. Thus, there is the express provision (sec. 61 of the Law) that the Attorney-General may direct the police to continue investigating if, after receiving the material, he "considers it necessary for a decision as to prosecution or for the efficient conduct of the trial." This provision would seem to be superfluous if the Attorney-General is indeed competent to decree at will the completion or halting of police investigations.

          On the assumption that the police is legally obliged to complete its investigation of a felony, and then to refer the material to the District Attorney, the grant of a pardon would indeed be the only way of halting an investigation if it endangered a vital public interest such as the security of the State. The abovementioned view of the Agranat Commission that the security, political or public interests of the State may in certain circumstances require that no criminal charge be preferred, holds good also as regards the halting of an investigation for similar reasons. It is quite likely that in this situation (in contrast with the stage when the police refer the material of the investigation to the District Attorney) a presidential pardon will be the only way of halting the process.

         

          Again, even assuming the Attorney-General to have power to halt a police investigation, a difference of opinion may yet arise, in a particular case, between the Attorney-General and the State authorities with whom, as the Agranat Commission required, he must consult. While it has to be presumed, according to the Commission, that the security authorities are more experienced and better informed than the Attorney-General, and though they bear primary responsibility for safeguarding the security and other vital interests of the State, the latter nevertheless has to make his own decision on matters within his sphere of responsibility. In this situation, with each party insisting upon its own viewpoint, how will the conflict be resolved? It seems to me that the situation bears comparison with the conflict that arises between the need to withhold privileged evidence and the right of the accused to defend himself against a criminal charge. It is a hallowed principle of penal law, embedded in the structure of a democratic regime, that the accused shall be given every opportunity to avail himself of any evidence in the hands of the prosecution. Yet this right has been qualified in the Evidence Ordinance (New Version) of 1971, sec. 44(a) whereof provides:

         

A person is not bound to give, and the court shall not admit, evidence regarding which the Prime Minister or the Minister of Defence --- has expressed the opinion that its giving is likely to impair the security of the State --- unless a Judge of the Supreme Court on the petition of a party who desires the disclosure of the evidence finds that the necessity to disclose it for the purpose of doing justice outweighs the interest in its non-disclosure.

 

          If a Supreme Court Justice (not involved in a particular criminal case) should come to the conclusion that the need to disclose certain evidence, in the interests of justice, has to defer to the State interest in keeping such evidence privileged, he will uphold the latter even if the accused's ability to defend himself is affected thereby. If, on the other hand, it is decided that the evidence should be disclosed in the interests of justice, there would still be the possibility that the security authorities, taking a different view as to the measure of harm that may result, would prefer not to disclose the evidence, even if this should lead to the accused's acquittal. The acquittal may represent a more valuable prize to the accused than even a pardon, since he may be guilty and undeserving thereof; yet, in the view of the authorities concerned, the one interest (equality before the law) will have to yield to the other (safeguarding the security or existence of the State).

          The above situation was deliberated in the case of Livni v. State of Israel [21], where Justice Barak commented as follows (at p. 736):

         

Once the court has decided that the evidence should be disclosed, the prosecution is faced with the dilemma of deciding whether or not to continue with the criminal proceedings. If the trial continues, the prosecution will have to disclose the evidence; if the prosecution believes that disclosure of the evidence will endanger the security of the State, it may have to stay the proceedings and sometimes even cause the accused to be acquitted. Thus, whereas initially the conflict was between the need to disclose the evidence in the interest of doing justice, and the need to keep it privileged in the interest of State security, we now find - upon the decision of the court - that the conflict is between the need to proceed with the trial by way of disclosure of the evidence, and the need to keep the evidence privileged by way of the discontinuance of the trial. The former conflict is resolved by the Judge in adoption of the procedure prescribed in sec. 44(a) of the Evidence Ordinance; the latter conflict is resolved by the prosecution within the framework of its general discretion in the conduct and stay of criminal prosecutions.

 

Equally in point are these remarks of Barak J. in continuation (at p. 735):

 

On the other hand, there is the consideration that it is sometimes in the public interest to keep the material of the investigation privileged, if its disclosure may prejudice the security of the State. It is an important public interest to protect the security of the State against all harmful subversive acts, which are mostly the product of underground planning and organisation. The struggle against such harm calls for the gathering of intelligence information without its sources becoming known.... This war is being waged by the security services, whose struggle would be gravely prejudiced by the uncovering or identification and public exposure of these sources (Miscellaneous Applications 52/82)............................................ This consideration asserts itself in every country, but does so with particular sharpness in the State of Israel, whose security has been threatened ever since its establishment. We are a "democracy on the defensive"... which has to fight for its survival, not only in large-scale wars but also in the day-to-day campaigns thrust upon it by its enemies. We must not close our eyes to this bitter reality.

 

          It cannot be overlooked that those who discharge a clear security function find it especially difficult to act always within the law. The measure of departure may vary from country to country, but it exists as a fact, also in democratic regimes whose fidelity to civil rights is beyond question. In this regard Prof. B. Akzin has commented as follows ( Elements of International Politics, Akademon, 1984, in Hebrew, p. 332):

         

It should be added that while the police strives (or, at least, should strive) to act within the frame of the existing law, the intelligence and espionage services, including counter-espionage, are less punctilious about observing the law, and it sometimes happens that they knowingly and seriously violate it. Even in times of peace, let alone in times of war, they engage in acts of violence and sabotage, both in foreign countries and in their own. This reality leads to situations of embarrassment for countries which adhere to the rule of law, and places them in the dilemma of the comparative priority between the principle of legality and intelligence interests. That is no easy dilemma. If we compare the practice of some established democracies in this regard, we shall find that in the United States, for instance, the scope of intelligence operations is often (though not invariably) curtailed by the need to keep within the law, whereas in Britain and France the principle of legality does not restrict intelligence operations to the same extent (my italics - M. B. P.).

 

          Naturally, the smaller the deviation from the legal norm, the easier it would be to reach the optimal degree of harmony between the law and the protection of the State's security. But we, as judges who "dwell among our people," should not harbour any illusions, as the events of the instant case well illustrate. There simply are cases in which those who are at the helm of the State, and bear responsibility for its survival and security, regard certain deviations from the law for the sake of protecting the security of the State, as an unavoidable necessity.

         

          Barak J. has correctly pointed out in the Livni case [21] that when the two interests of a fair trial and the security of the State are competing for primacy, the conflict must be resolved. Both interests are of concern to the public, and the resolution of the conflict takes different forms in different countries, the form sometimes changing within the same country. He added that

 

this struggle between the conflicting interests is particularly sharp in Israel, since on the one hand we are insistent upon fairness in criminal proceedings and maintaining public confidence in them.... while on the other hand we are subject to considerable security risks, which have beset us for a long period (ibid., p. 735).

 

          It is true that when the issue of privileged information arises in the course of a trial, the conflict between the two interests is resolved by a Supreme Court Justice (who is not hearing that particular case). But even when he rules that the evidence must be disclosed, that is not the end of the matter, for such disclosure may be avoided by a discontinuance of the trial, leading even to the acquittal of the accused.

          By analogy it seems to me that a decision by the Attorney-General to refer a complaint to the police - despite the objections of the Executive authorities (in our present context, the inner Cabinet) that so to do would harm security interests - is also not necessarily final. There would be nothing improper in the Attorney-General's attitude that an investigation should be conducted notwithstanding the advice given him to the contrary, but equally there is no ground for questioning a resolution of the dilemma by way of its referral to the President as the Head of State - the symbol of the people whom he represents. I do not hold that the only course open to the Executive in the above circumstances, is for the Government to dismiss the Attorney-General, for his attitude is a legitimate one, and he may properly adhere thereto. Nor, by the same token, is any injury done to the standing of a Supreme Court Judge who has ruled that the evidence in question should be disclosed. The same may also be said of the authorities entrusted with the security and survival of the State, and who bear primary responsibility for this onerous task. In the present case it may be presumed of the President that he properly considered all aspects of the dilemma, and so it indeed appears from his public statement quoted in the judgment of Shamgar P. He mentioned his understanding of the opposing viewpoint, but was convinced that the interests of security should prevail. My respected colleagues and I all agree that if a presidential power to pardon before conviction exists, the considerations weighed by the President at the time of granting the pardons are valid.

 

          At the same time, however, it is necessary to stress the gravity of the offences disclosed before us, the nature and quality of which should alert us to the need for a thorough review of the security establishment, with a view to the determination of just norms and directives as far as this is possible.

         

          Justice Barak concedes the possibility of a valid presidential power of pardon before conviction, for exercise on rare occasions alone, but holds this to be undesirable as likely to increase in frequency and become the norm. He is accordingly deterred from building constitutional norms on what he regards as hope alone. With all due respect, I find no adequate basis for this apprehension. On the contrary, it was shown to us that the pre-conviction power of pardon has been exercised most rarely during the past thirty-five years, since the decision in A. v. the Law Council. That is no small guarantee that this will continue in the future as well, as indeed it should. Moreover, already in the Matana case, the fear of an excessive exercise of this power was allayed by Agranat D. P., in these terms (at p. 454):

         

Nor have I overlooked the fact that to endow the power in question with its "full" content may lead to its excessive use, which in turn involves the danger that the authority of the law in the eyes of the public will be weakened. My reply to this point, however, is that every instrument of pardon by the President requires the countersignature of the Prime Minister or one other Minister (sec. 7 of the Transition Law, 1949) [now sec. 12 of the Basic Law: The President of the State - M.B.P.]. This means that even if the decision to pardon or to reduce a sentence must be the personal decision of the President, it is also conditional upon the recommendation of the Minister concerned. This Minister will ordinarily be the Minister of Justice who has the means of conducting a precise investigation into the circumstances of the case before submitting his recommendation to the President. It is clear that this recommendation, and therefore the decision to pardon as well, are subject to review by the Knesset and it is this possibility which must be regarded as the guarantee laid down by law against the danger referred to.

 

          There is therefore someone who is answerable to the Knesset (the Prime Minister or some other Minister) and this safeguard is now fortified by the possibility of challenging the pardoning decision indirectly. Another important factor is the special status of the President as representing the people and standing above political or public controversy. The State President presumably weighs all necessary considerations before deciding to exercise his power to grant a full pardon, whether before or after conviction. This is a power which has to be most rarely exercised. The pre-conviction pardon was not designed for the purpose of redressing an injustice done to the person pardoned, for the fact of his guilt is taken for granted and he is assumed to have committed the offence attributed to him (by the police or the prosecution). What has to be weighed, therefore, is the seriousness of the offence against some other interest - humanitarian, security, and the like. In other words, the pre-conviction pardon always entails a conflict between the interest of equality before the law and some other, vital, extraneous interest. This fact acts greatly to restrict the range of cases in which the exercise of this power will be justified.

 

          A constitutional directive gives expression to the will of the people, to its "credo." If under a directive of this kind the power to pardon offenders has been conferred on the President, the latter must be seen as the proper authority for the discharge of this difficult task (with the countersignature of the Minister concerned, who is also answerable to the Knesset, and subject further to indirect judicial review of the President's decision). In those cases where the offender benefits from a pardon, though not for the reason of his innocence of the charge but for the protection of a higher interest - whether before or after conviction - the principle of equality before the law will well be breached, but this will happen also when, for example, an acquittal results from the ruling of a Supreme Court Judge that privileged information be disclosed, in the circumstances outlined above.

          My abovementioned remarks as to the President being the ideal authority to grant a pardon, find support in the following statement of an American authority quoted in the judgment of Shamgar P.:

         

...Crime is an offense against the people, prosecuted in the name of the people, and the people alone can bestow mercy by pardon... the people may confer the pardoning power upon any officer or board that they see fit ( Am. Jur., at p. 10).

 

          Like Justice Shamgar, I believe that the decisive factor is not the rank of the State President within the Executive hierarchy, but the fact that he symbolises the State and represents the people in holding and exercising the power of pardon .

          An undesirable exercise of the pardoning power must be avoided at all times, whether it takes the form of an uncontrolled or unjustifiable remission of sentence, or the grant of a full pardon after conviction. A reduction of punishment granted one offender but not another in comparable circumstances (so we assume), amounts naturally to a discrimination between equals. An ill-timed pardon, or one granted on grounds already deliberated by a judicial tribunal, is tantamount to an intervention in the domain of the judicial authority. It has to be borne in mind that the facilities available to the court - rules of procedure and evidence for the greater part determined by legislative means and partly by judicial means - offer the most effective may of establishing the truth and ensuring a fair trial. The reversal by non-judicial means of a judicial decision, particularly in an age when a retrial is possible, is a process the retention of which may well be questioned. But that is a matter for the lawgiver. What concerns us here is that the grant of a pardon for reasons other than the correction of an injustice, and involving a conflict between the principle of equality before the law and some other vital interest, invokes a power which should rarely be exercised, and only after much careful consideration.

 

          (c) From the aspect of the separation of powers, the President must be seen as holding a power termed "residuary" (by Justice Barak) or "reserve" (by Justice Agranat in the cases of A. v. the Law Council and Matana ). It is right that the power remain of such a nature, and that the President refrain from exercising it as long as some other authority is still competent to act in the desired direction.  In his judgment (par. 25), Justice Barak cites the example of a pardon granted after conviction but before sentence is passed. I hold, unlike my learned colleague, that in this case the power itself is there, but its exercise (the grant of a full pardon alone is possible at this stage) would entail a gross interference with the judicial function and a possible lowering of its prestige. The same applies when a pardon is granted where the possibility of a retrial exists. Like the President, Justice Shamgar, I would not discount the need for a change in the existing constitutional arrangement on the subject, perhaps along the lines proposed by legal scholars such as Professor Feller.

 

          (d) Justice Barak states that a pardon is given without publicity, whereas a stay of criminal proceedings is manifest and publicly known. I believe this picture should be put into its proper perspective.

          (1) The Attorney-General's decision to stay proceedings must be reasoned, and conveyed to the complainant (pursuant to sec. 63 of the Criminal Procedure Law, Consolidated Version). Information concerning the decision must not, however, be disseminated among the general public, but may only be furnished to certain specified authorities consistently with the provisions of the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law, 1981 (see sec. 11(a) thereof). It may be noted that these authorities are mostly public organs (the Attorney-General, the police, the General Security Service, and others).

          (2) As regards a pardon, the initiative is usually taken by the Ministry of Justice and the warrant requires to be countersigned by the Prime Minister or another Minister, normally the Minister of Justice. In case of complaint originally lodged with the police, it is clear that the fact of the pardon will also be brought to its notice, if it has to discontinue the investigation. Such discontinuance would also obligate the police to notify the complainant accordingly (sec. 63 of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance, Consolidated Version). There may be some difference in the measure of disclosure occasioned in each of the two cases, but the gap should not be exaggerated.

         

6. With reference to the petitioners' prayer concerning investigation of the complaint lodged with the police, I concur in the opinion of my learned colleagues that at this stage the court should rest content with the Attorney-General's intimation that the whole incident will be fully investigated. The petition, therefore, should be dismissed in this regard.

          It has occurred to me that this result - dismissal of the prayer regarding the investigation - might have the effect of converting an indirect challenge of the pardons into a direct one, which would not be permissible under the existing law.  I have not, however, delved too deeply into the question and, having regard to the attitude of my colleagues, have likewise preferred to deal with the question of the inherent validity of the pardons.

 

7. Having affirmatively answered the question as to the President's power to grant the pardons here deliberated, I must now deal with the second question confronting us, namely: were the requirements for the grant of such pardons satisfied?

          I should state that I have found the Warrants of Pardon to provide only a general description and not to be sufficiently particularised, though less so in relation to the Head of the General Security Service. In the latter case it is recorded that the pardon was to extend to all the offences "connected with the incident called 'bus no. 300' and occurring on the night between 12 April and 13 April 1984, whether committed on the day of the incident or subsequently in connection therewith until the date of this Warrant." In the remaining Warrants it was stated that the pardon extended to all the offences "connected with the so called 'bus no. 300 incident,' and committed from the time of the incident on the night between 12 April and 13 April until the date of this Warrant." On its own this would be an inadequate particularisation, but with the declarations we have of the pardoned persons, together with the contents of the pardon applications as well as the subsequent Warrants, we now have sufficient particulars to identify the offences concerned. I need hardly add that the pardon extends solely to those offences and none other.

          As to the State President's grounds for granting the pardons, we ruled earlier (on 1 July 1986) that there was no need for any declaration to be lodged concerning his reasons for deciding as he did.

          From the material before us it may be learned that the negotiations with the President were commenced some considerable time before the pardons were granted, and only the final, formal stage was completed in haste, on account of the pressure arising from the surrounding circumstances. It has been declared that all the particulars relating to the incident were explained to the President, and I have no reason to doubt the truth thereof.

         

8. In conclusion, I must emphasise that I, like my respected colleagues, have endeavoured to deal with the central issue - the President's power of pardon before conviction - in isolation from the stormy public controversy aroused by this unfortunate incident. Such detachment is enjoined by our judicial task, which we must fulfil to the best of our understanding. We are obliged to adopt an attitude, even with regard to matters of public controversy and even though part of the public may not approve of that attitude. What is conclusive is the court's decision, as distinct from its views (by way of analogy, see Shalit v. Minister of the Interior [22], at p. 520, per Witkon J.).

 

9. For the reasons given above I concur in the judgment of the respected President, Justice Shamgar, and in his conclusion.

 

BARAK J .

 

          I am of the opinion that the pardon granted by the State President to the Head of the General Security Service and three of his assistants is null and void, for lack of a presidential power so to act. It would follow that, as intimated by the Attorney-General, the investigation is to continue.

         

A. Our Judicial Function

 

1. After carefully perusing the judgment of my respected colleague, President Shamgar, I find myself agreeing with some of his opinions and not with others. The whole issue is important, lying as it does at the heart of our constitutional life. Interwoven with the immediate problem of the presidential power of pardon and the manner of its exercise, are questions of the rule of law and its supremacy. All these we shall examine from the legal standpoint. The issue has provoked a stormy public reaction, but we have not allowed that to influence our decision. We function in accordance with constitutional criteria and fundamental legal principles which reflect the "credo" of our national life. It is not passing moods that guide our approach, but fundamental national perceptions as to our existence in a democratic state. This guideline was succinctly stated by Shamgar P. , in Neiman v. Chairman of  1lth Knesset Elections Central Committee [19], in these terms (at p. 259):

 

Judicial decisions in constitutional matters, even in difficult cases, should properly be founded and shaped according to principles rather than considerations of policy structured according to what is viewed as desirable and responsive to the need of the hour or the feeling of the majority.

 

          We are aware of the public controversy that is raging around this matter, and in the dynamics of political life our judgment here may well come to be used as a lever in the struggle between the opposing political forces. That we regret, but we have to fulfil "our function and our duty as Judges," as was pointed out by Landau D.P. in Duikat v. Government of Israel [23], at p.4:

         

It is still much to be feared that the court may come to be seen as having abandoned its proper place and descended into the arena of public discussion, and that its decision will be enthusiastically welcomed by a section of the public while another section loudly and utterly rejects it. In this sense I see myself - as one whose duty it is to decide in accordance with law any matter brought before the court according to law - constrained to proceed undeterred in the discharge of my task. Even so, I know full well that the wider public will look not to the legal reasoning but to the final conclusion alone, with the attendant risk of damage to the rightful standing of the court as an institution beyond the divisions of public controversy. But what shall we do, if that be our function and our duty as Judges.

 

          We are an arm of government, whose task it is to review the functioning of the other authorities, so as to ensure the government's adherence to the rule of law. These arms of government are of high status, but the law stands above them all. We should be failing in our judicial duty, were we not to pass under review, within the framework of petitions properly lodged, the activities of other State authorities in the circumstances disclosed in the petitions before us. I propose first to examine some of the questions on which I share the opinion of Shamgar P., and then to deal with the State President's power to grant a pardon before conviction. Following that, I shall endeavour to clarify my reasons for dissenting from the judgment of my learned colleague, Shamgar P., and shall conclude with some general remarks pertaining to the functioning of the State authorities in the present case. I regret the length of this judgment, but I did not have enough time to write a shorter one.

         

B. Locus Standi

 

2. Like Shamgar P., I hold the petitioners to have due standing to approach the court in the present matter. I do so for various reasons. In the first place, a number of persons lodged complaints with the police relating to offences committed in the "bus no. 300 incident." Under sec. 58 of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Consolidated Version), it is open to "any person" to lodge a complaint with the police, and the complainant must be informed of a decision not to investigate the same (sec. 63). He may then lodge an objection with the Attorney-General, whose decision is subject to judicial review and the complainant certainly would have standing in such a petition (Ashkenazy v. Minister of Defence [24], at 371). It is true that not all of the petitioners lodged complaints, but their standing before the court may be recognized on a second ground, which I shall now state.

          When there arises before the Supreme Court a legal problem of constitutional import, the court will take a liberal view in matters of legal standing:

 

in such cases it is desirable to grant access to the court, without examining too carefully the interest at stake, provided this is in furtherance of the rule of law ( Segal v. Minister of the Interior [17], at p. 443).

 

          The rule of law would be so served in the present case, having regard to the allegation that the Head of the General Security Service, and a number of his assistants, committed very serious offences involving loss of life and interference with the processes of investigation and the administration of justice. According to the material before us, these allegations - raised by the Attorney-General, Prof. Zamir - were not being investigated, though such investigation was said to be called for. The petitions accordingly involve basic questions of the rule of law, of equality before the law and of the susbservience of the principal centres of power in the State to the law as it stands. In these circumstances it is fitting that the petitioners be recognized as having sufficient standing to approach the court as they have done.

 

C. The Petition Concerning the Investigation

 

3. Some of the petitioners have concerned themselves with instigating a police investigation into the "incident." In a written communication received by us from the Attorney-General (on 15 July 1986), it was intimated as follows:

 

The attitude of the Attorney-General, communicated here with the confirmation of the Inspector General of Police (the remaining respondents have no standing whatever as regards the investigation), is that the police will investigate the said complaints pursuant to its duty under sec. 59 of the Criminal Procedure Law (Consolidated Version) 1982.

 

          In his oral argument before us, the Attorney-General repeated his above intimation in these terms:

         

There will be a police investigation. The investigation will be conducted without qualification or reservation, until its conclusion, and will encompass all levels from top to bottom, including the political hierarchy. It is not intended to leave any matter uninvestigated, nor to exclude any person from the investigation.

 

          The Attorney-General further emphasized that the investigation had already commenced, and in that situation, he argued, there was no room for confirmation of the order nisi - as prayed for by some of the petitioners - but the petitions, so far as they related to the investigation, should be dismissed. I agree with Shamgar P. that the Attorney-General's view should be sustained.

         

D. The State President as a Respondent

 

4. A number of petitioners joined the State President as a respondent. We ordered that his name as a respondent be deleted. As was pointed out by Shamgar P., this ruling was dictated by sec. 13(a) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, under which "the President of the State shall not be amenable to any court or tribunal... in respect of anything connected with his functions or powers." The President's act of pardon although, in my opinion, ultra vires, was nevertheless "connected with" his functions or powers, so that this court has no jurisdiction to entertain any direct challenge against his conduct. In the criminal appeal in Matana v. Attorney-General [25], Berinson J. noted (at p. 979) that when the President purported to act within the scope of his functions and powers, he would, if he exceeded these, be subject, like everyone else, to the laws of the State, and "amenable to the jurisdiction and authority of the courts." It seems to me, however, that even when the President exceeds his powers, but does so in a matter connected with his functions and powers, in good faith and in furtherance of what he considers to be the discharge of his duties - this court will have no jurisdiction over him. This limitation falls away where it is not sought to render the President answerable directly, but only to challenge indirectly the legal competence of a presidential act. The question arose in Bar Yosef v. Minister of Police [12], where the Supreme Court held as follows:

 

We accept that the State President has a discretion in the exercise of his power under sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State, and that this discretion - as distinct from the President himself - is, in proper circumstances, subject to indirect judicial review.

 

          This perspective emerged from the approach of the Supreme Court in the abovementioned criminal appeal in Matana v. Attorney-General [25], where Berinson J. commented thus (at p. 786):

         

If indeed the President lacked authority to act as he did, there would be no need in the present case to disqualify the act itself. It would suffice for us to refrain from granting it validity and from aiding in its implementation, so far as this depends on us.

 

Elsewhere in the judgment, he added:

 

this does not mean that the legality of his official conduct and acts which may be prejudicial to the individual, cannot be indirectly reviewed without the President himself appearing as a party.

 

          In the Attorney-General's original reply to the petitions (dated 30 June 1986), he noted that "once a pardon has been granted to all the members of the General Security Service who are mentioned as suspected of having committed the offences attributed to them, there is no longer any ground for investigating this complaint." This approach is challenged by the petitioners, and incidental to this main line of attack (against the Attorney-General), they are also challenging the President's pardoning decision. That they are entitled to do.

          Such indirect judicial review is essential, for in its absence the power becomes unlimited in practice. Unlimited powers wielded by government authorities are alien to a democratic regime. Absolute powers, as Justice Douglas has rightly pointed out, are "the beginning of the end of liberty" (see New York v. United States [60], at p. 884, which statement was cited by this court in Kahana v. Speaker of the Knesset [26], at p. 92). The same is true of the pardoning power, which is not publicly exercised, the exercise of which need not be reasoned and which is little known to the public (see M. Gottesman, "Arbitrariness & Sympathy: The Criteria for Granting a Pardon," Mishpatim 1 [1968], 211; R. Gabison, "Arbitrariness & Sympathy: A Further Note," ibid., p. 218; D. Friedman, "Amnesty: Disclosure of Reasons," Hapraklit 25/1 [1969], 118; M. Ben-Ze'ev, "Matters of Amnesty," Hapraklit 25/2 [1970], 368). Such a power, if not subject to judicial review - even if only indirect - poses, upon its improper exercise, danger of the kind most destructive to all orderly government. Bentham has clearly outlined this danger:

 

From pardon-power unrestricted, comes impunity to delinquency in all shapes; from inpunity to delinquency in all shapes, impunity to maleficence in all shapes; from impunity to. maleficence in all shapes, dissolution of Government; from dissolution of Government, dissolution of political society ( The Works of Jeremy Bentham, ed. Bowring, New York, 1962, vol. 1, p. 530).

 

          These are strong words, perhaps too strong, but they speak eloquently of the need for judicial review. Since the lawgiver left no opening for challenging directly the President's exercise of this power, it is well that we do what is next best, and exercise indirect judicial review.

         

E. The Pardoning Power

 

(1) The Matter in Issue

 

5. I now come to the central issue in the petitions before us. This issue has a twofold aspect: first, does the State President have the power to pardon someone before he has been convicted? second, assuming this power to exist, were the conditions for the grant of a pardon to an unconvicted suspect satisfied in the instant case? I am of the opinion that the State President lacks the power to pardon before conviction, and it is therefore unnecessary for me to deal with the latter question concerning the propriety of the President's exercise of his pardoning power.

          As regards the first aspect, i.e. the existence of a presidential power of pre-conviction pardoning, the question is by no means an easy one, and has been the subject of keen controversy. In the circumstances, the proper path to have followed seems to be that appointed by the lawgiver, in see. 32(a) of the Consolidated Version of the Courts Law of 1984, namely:

         

Where a petition for a pardon or for the reduction of a penalty has been submitted to the President of the State, and a question arises which in the opinion of the Minister of Justice deserves to be dealt with by the Supreme Court, but which cannot provide a ground for a retrial under section 9, the Minister of Justice may refer such question to the Supreme Court.

 

          The circumstances were pressing, however, and the opportunity was missed. We have no option, therefore, but to examine the validity of the power within the framework of a petition to the High Court of Justice.

         

          (2) "To Pardon Offenders"

         

6.       In principle, the starting point for our inquiry is sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law: The President of the State (the "Basic Law"), which reads:

 

The President shall have power to pardon offenders and to lighten penalties by the reduction or commutation thereof.

 

          To ascertain the meaning of the expression "to pardon offenders," we must, as with any other act of interpretation, start with a linguistic inquiry. I believe the question whether the terms "to pardon" and "offenders" in themselves provide an answer to our inquiry, must be answered in the negative. In Israel legislation the term for pardon* does not have one single meaning only. Thus besides its use in sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, it is also used in Knesset enactments to designate amnesty (thus the General Amnesty Ordinance of 1949, the Amnesty Law of 1967). There is no disputing that the two kinds of pardon differ from each other. The presidential pardon is an individual act, whereas the Knesset amnesty is a general, all-embracing act. The two pardons differ also in their consequences. Despite these differences between the two forms of pardon, the lawgiver has used the same term to describe both. In fact, the term haninah has not acquired any scientific precision or conceptual clarity in Israel, and the term on its own does not enable us to define its meaning. The reasons for this uncertainty - which is not unique to Israel - are hinted at by Dr. Sebba, in these terms (On Pardon and Amnesty, at p. 140):

         

The lack of clarity on this matter stems from a number of factors, but mainly from a confusion in the choice of terminology, historical changes in the development of these institutions, and a lack of definition of the functions of pardon in its different forms - both as regards their objectives and their legal consequences.

 

          It is quite clear that the term "to pardon" in the Basic Law, relates only to individual pardon. On the other hand, the "pardon" mentioned in sec. 149(9) of the Consolidated Version of the Criminal Procedure Law of 1982, would seem to embrace both individual pardon and general amnesty, but apparently refers mainly to the latter since diffferent situations of individual pardon (in the context of preliminary pleas in a criminal trial) are already covered in sec. 149(5) of the Law, which mentions "a former acquittal or former conviction."

          The term "pardon" (haninah) seems, therefore, to have no uniform meaning in Israel law. We have not yet evolved for ourselves an operative jurisprudence the reflective processes of which would generate "jurisprudential" expressions such as "pardon," having a recognized meaning for the entire legal community. Other countries - among them France, Italy and Germany - are more fortunate in this respect, since their own terms for the concept of a pardon granted by the authority at the head of and symbolizing the State (grace, grazia, Begnadigungsrecht), are all self-understood as relating to (individual) pardon after conviction. We have yet to reach such unanimity in Israel, and here, as already indicated, the term haninah encompasses both pardon and amnesty. As regards the question whether an individual pardon - with which alone sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law deals - has any reference to an unconvicted suspect, our own operative jurisprudence offers no answers. That leaves us no alternative but recourse to judicial interpretation, from which there shall evolve, in the course of time, the kind of operative jurisprudence that is responsive to the existing conceptual need.

 

          (3) "Offenders"

 

7. We have next to examine whether the term "offender" throws any light on our inquiry. Can an unconvicted suspect be deemed an "offender"? This question was discussed by Prof. Klinghoffer, who wrote as follows" ("Lectures on Amnesty," at p. 5):

 

The Law mentions the power to "pardon offenders." Now it is a cardinal rule in the constitutional law of Israel that a person suspected or accused of a criminal offence is presumed innocent until duly and finally convicted. That means no person is an "offender" until a final convicting judgment has been given against him.

 

The same approach was adopted by the then Attorney-General, M. Ben Ze'ev, when the Constitution, Law and Justice Committee of the Knesset was considering the proposed Basic Law: The President of the State. He said:

 

The designated meaning of the word [offender], in my opinion, is someone who has been convicted in a court of law. For if not so, we shall come into conflict with the cardinal rule in our system that a person is presumed innnocent until duly convicted according to law, and anyone might come to the President and say: "I am under suspicion, grant me a pardon" (quoted in the opinion of the Attorney-General, Prof. Zamir, dated 15 June 1985 and appearing in directive no. 21.333 of the Attorney-General's Directives).

 

          I naturally accept that every convicted person is an offender, but it does not follow that someone who has not yet been convicted cannot for the purpose of some particular enactment likewise be deemed an offender (cf. Gold v. Minister of the Interior [27]). Thus, for example, when sec. 3 of the Police Ordinance (New Version) speaks of the employment of the police in "the apprehension and prosecution of offenders...," it is clear from the context that the term "offenders" specifically excludes convicted persons; someone who has already been convicted of a particular offence may not be "apprehended" by the police or "prosecuted" for that same offence. Yet a convicted person is certainly an "offender" for purposes of the Basic Law. In fact, the lawgiver has made a far from precise use of the term, and has not always distinguished clearly between persons suspected, accused, or convicted of a criminal offence - having sometimes included all three possibilities within the purview of this term.

         

8. The term "offenders" raises further questions about its meaning. It will be found amenable to more than one meaning in the context of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. Besides certainly embracing someone who has been duly tried and convicted, in a final judgment (as distinct from the meaning of the same term in the new version of the Police Ordinance), does it also include someone who has been convicted in a judgment that is not yet final? And what is the situation of a person who has not been convicted but in respect of whom the court has held "the charge proved" and issued a probation order under sec. 1 of the Probation Ordinance (New Version) 1969? And in particular, what is the situation of  someone who has not yet been charged at all, or who has been charged but whose trial has not yet reached completion? "Offender" is therefore a vague term, ambiguous and open to different interpretations in different contexts.

 

(4) The Legislative Purpose

 

9. It is now clear that a linguistic examination of the term "offender" does not suffice to dispose of our interpretative problem - as indeed it rarely should be expected to do (Kibbutz Hatzor v. Rehovot Assessment Officer [28], at p. 74). Among the different possible meanings we should select that which ensures attainment of the legislative purpose - "the Law is an instrument for the achievement of a legislative purpose, and therefore needs to be construed according to its inherent purpose" (per. Sussman J. in Estate Late E. Bergman v. Stossel [29], at p. 516). This purpose can be ascertained, first and foremost, from the intention of the lawgiver. The legislative history of an enactment is a source from which one may ascertain the legislative purpose.

 

(5) The Intention o1the Legislature

 

10. In order to ascertain the intention of the Legislature when investing the State President with the power "to pardon offenders," we must return to the Transition Law. It represented the first Israel Law to deal with the presidential powers. In sec. 6 of the Transition Law the Presidential office had been established, inter alia, with the "power to pardon offenders." The objects of this directive were elucidated by Agranat D.P. (as he then was) in the rehearing in Attorney-General v. Matana [3] (at p. 441). He pointed out that as the basis for its debates at the time, the Constitution Committee of the Provisional Council of State relied on the draft constitution of Dr. L. Kohn and a memorandum submitted by E. Vitta. I have carefully considered all this material, from which it clearly transpires that it was not the pardoning powers of the English Monarch, nor those of the American President, the High Commissioner for Palestine, or the Head of any other State, that were envisioned by the draftsmen of the Transition Law as the model for the powers of our own President. Dr. Kohn did not elaborate on the presidential pardoning power, beyond a bold statement (in sec. 59 of his proposal) that the President be reserved the right to grant a pardon. Vitta changed the wording slightly, proposing that the presidential functions include the grant of pardon and the reduction of punishments. Commenting upon Dr. Kohn's proposal, Vitta opined that the presidential power be restricted to individual cases, with a power of general or even partial amnesty entrusted to the Legislature alone, for implementation by way of a formal statute. In a comprehensive debate on the President's proposed status conducted by the abovementioned Constitution Committee, the presidential powers in France, Czechoslovakia and Switzerland were mentioned, slight reference was made to the King of England, while the American President was only hinted at. With regard to the power of pardon, there is recorded only Z. Warhaftig's opinion that the directive be phrased to empower the President "to pardon and reduce punishments" (Proceedings of the Constitution Committee of the Provisional Council of State, Debate on the Executive Authority). The proposal was adopted. In introducing the Bill for the Transition Law, 1949, before the Knesset, Y. Idelson made only a brief statement, and the subsequent debate on the presidential powers was also short. Neither the English King nor the High Commissioner was mentioned in the context of pardon, while the office of the American President was mentioned only as differing from our own form of presidential office. Our survey accordingly leads to a twofold conclusion: first, we lack full information concerning the extent of the pardoning power which the Knesset sought to confer on the President at that time; second, it is clear that the Knesset did not consider imitating any particular model of the power, and certainly not the power of the English King, the High Commissioner or the American President.

 

11. The provisions of sec. 6 of the Transition Law were repealed with the enactment of the Basic Law. We have no access to the debates of the Knesset Constitution, Law and Justice Committee, which are closed, but I am prepared to accept the following account thereof given by the Attorney-General, Prof. Zamir, who apparently had the opportunity to peruse the minutes of the relevant proceedings (see his abovementioned opinion):

 

The Legislature's intention may also be gathered from the preparatory stages of the Law. The question before us was not discussed when the Knesset plenum debated the Bill for the Basic Law: The President of the State, but it did arise in a discussion of the Bill at a meeting of the Constitution, Law and Justice Committee (on 5 February, 1964). It appears from the discussion that all the speakers considered the President empowered to grant a pardon to convicted offenders only. The then Attorney-General, Mr. M. Ben Ze'ev, said at that meeting: "The designated meaning of the word [offender], in my opinion, is someone who has been convicted in a court of law. For if not so, we shall come into conflict with the cardinal rule in our system that a person is presumed innocent until duly convicted according to law, and anyone might come to the President and say: 'I am under suspicion, grant me a pardon.' " And Knesset Member, H. Zadok, remarked at the end of the discussion on this point: "It seems to me we have no difference of opinion on the substance of the matter. We intend to empower the President to pardon persons who have been criminally tried and convicted."

 

          This is further evidence that it was not the pardoning powers of the English Monarch, the High Commissioner, or the American President that served as a basis for the above Committee's discussions. On the contrary, the subjective thought of those who dealt with the question was -"We intend to empower the President to pardon persons who have been criminally tried and convicted".

         

12. Speaking for myself, I would not attribute too much weight to the factor of the legislator's intention in the instant case. The legislative history of the Transition Law offers us scant details and hardly advances our inquiry. As for the Basic Law, we know the opinions of members of the Knesset Committee who dealt with the Bill, but not what the Knesset itself thought. Actually, as faithful interpreters of the law, it is our task to act by way of "analysis of the law and not psychoanalysis of the lawgiver" (Agudat Derekh Eretz v. Broadcast Authority [30], at p. 17). We must not seek to establish a Knesset Member's attitude towards a particular problem confronting us from the legislative history of an enactment. The solution of such problems is our responsibility, and ours alone (FIatto Sharon v. Knesset Committee [31], at p. 41;"Kach"Faction v. Chairman of the Knesset [1], at p. 141). Elsewhere, I have had occasion to comment thus:

 

The Judge does not seek a concrete answer to the practical problem he has to decide in the history of a legislative enactment. The court is not interested in the specific pictures and concrete likenesses contemplated by the Legislature. In the legislative history of an enactment we seek its purpose; we seek the interests and objectives from which, after compromise and balance between them, there was distilled the policy underlying the norm which is being construed. What we seek is the fundamental perception rather than the individual application - the abstraction, the principle, the policy and purpose. We are interested in the Legislature's concept as to the purpose of the Law, and not in its conception as to the resolution of the specific dispute before the court ("Of Ha-Emek"v. Ramat Yishai Local Council [32], at pp. 143-144) .

 

          We must accordingly continue our search for the legislative purpose behind the statutory provision concerned.

         

(6) The Legislative Purpose: a "Spacious View"

 

13. The proper path to follow was indicated by Agranat D.P. (as he then was) in the Matana rehearing [3]. Referring to the Transition Law, which was then in force, Justice Agranat observed (at p. 444):

 

The "omission" in which my learned colleague found the expression of the desire of the Israel Legislature to cut down the provisions of Art. 16 of the Order in Council and therefore to restrict the President's power of pardon, is in no sense proof of any such intention. It is more correct to say, as was said by Smoira P. in another context... that the Israel Legislature "neither copied nor omitted, but built its law as an independent structure."

 

          The Transition Law was indeed an independent Israel Law, as is the Basic Law which followed it, and the presidential powers conferred thereunder are autonomous and original. The Israel legislator, far from "copying or omitting" anything, fashioned by its own means the constitutional framework for our national life, producing an "independent structure" which must also, therefore, be construed in the same way.

         

14. We are in fact dealing with an independent Israel Law of constitutional content. This element is of basic importance in the construction of the Law, as was pointed out by Agranat D.P. ([3], p. 442) with reference to the statement of Justice Frankfurter (in Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co. v. Sawyer [51]), that when a matter touched a document which laid down the framework of the government of the State, the court was to take a "spacious view of the powers herein prescribed." I myself followed this approach in the Neiman case [19], where I made these observations (at p. 306):

 

Basic provisions must be construed according to a "spacious view"- to use an expression of Justice Frankfurter in Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co. v. Sawyer, quoted by Agranat D.P. in the Matana case - and upon the understanding that we are dealing with a directive which determines the national pattern of life. A basic constitutional directive is not to be construed in the same way as an ordinary legislative provision. It was Chief Justice Marshall of America who, in the early stages of the shaping of the American constitutional perspective, stated that in interpreting the Constitution it had to be remembered that it was no ordinary document -"it is a constitution we are expounding" (M'Culloch v. Maryland). We are concerned here with a human endeavour which has to adapt itself to the changing realities of life. If we have said of an ordinary Law that it is not a fortress to be conquered with the aid of a dictionary, but a frame for a living legislative idea (Cr. A. 881, 787/79, at p. 427), how much more should we be so guided when engaging in the interpretation of directives of a constitutional nature.

 

          Constitutional enactments must indeed be interpreted with the structure of the whole system in mind. A Law is "a creature living within its environment" (per Sussman J. in Shalit v. Minister of the Interior [22], at p. 513), and the "environment" of a constitutional Law is, inter alia, the other constitutional enactments which determine the essential character of the regime. Every constitutional enactment is but a building block in the overall structure, which is erected upon given foundations of government and law. Hence, when construing a constitutional enactment, it is the judge-interpreter's function to bring the same "into harmony with the foundations of the existing constitutional regime in the State" (Justice M. Landau, "Rule and Discretion in the Administration of Justice," Mishpatim 1 (1969), 292). That expresses the real importance of Justice Agranat's perception that a "spacious view" must be taken of a constitutional enactment.

         

15. To take such a "spacious view" when construing the presidential power "to pardon offenders," means to view the presidential powers as part of the general distribution of powers among the State authorities. The presidential power of pardon must be seen as a component in the complex of governmental powers comprising the "constitutional scheme," as was stated by Justice Holmes in Biddle v. Perovich E56] (at p. 486):

 

A pardon in our days is not a private act of grace from an individual happening to possess power. It is a part of the constitutional scheme.

 

The pardoning power forms part of the fabric of our democratic life: it flows from the regime's republican system of power allocation. This aspect was elucidated in the American case of Schick v. Reed [58], where it was held per Marshall J., at p. 276):

 

The references to English statutes and cases are no more than dictum: as the Court itself admonishes, "the power [of pardon] flows from the Constitution alone"... .Accordingly, the primary resource for analyzing the scope of Art. II is our own republic system of government.

 

16.     What conclusions are to be derived from the above mode of interpretation, according to which the presidential pardoning power must be "spaciously" viewed against the background of our own constitutional structure? Two main conclusions seem to be warranted. First, for the purpose of construing the President's pardoning power, we cannot be guided by the powers of pardon conferred on officeholders in other countries whose status, in the devolution of powers in their respective countries, differs materially from that of our own President. We may, however, by the same token, learn about his pardoning power by comparing it with such powers conferred on like officeholders in other countries of similar constitutional structure. The second conclusion is that whatever the scope of similar powers in other countries, we must in the final analysis construe the State President's own power against the domestic constitutional background, and in the end we can gain but limited interpretative guidance from the situation in other countries.

 

(7) The Legislative Purpose: Guidance from England?

 

17. Let us examine the power of pardon of the English Monarch. This power had its origin in the seventh century during the reign of the Anglo-Saxon kings (see L. Radzinowicz, A History of English Criminal Law, London, 1948, vol. 1, pp. 107-137). These kings had the power of life and death:

 

the power to take life included the power to save it... and the pardon power was identical in scope with the power to punish (Boudin, "The Presidential Pardons", at p. 9).

 

          This basic standpoint prevailed for a long period of time. Thus in 1686, an English court held that the Kings of England were absolute sovereigns, that the laws were the Kings' laws and that the King had the power "to dispense with any of laws of the Government as he saw necessity for it" (Godden v. Hales [48], at p. 1051). A number of attempts to curtail the royal power of pardon were made over the years, but in essence it remained as wide as before. Its ideological foundation was the notion that the King was the "fountain of justice." He was the defender of the public and dispenser of justice; he established courts and executed the law, he prosecuted offenders and granted pardons. As Blackstone has commented (Book 1, at pp. 268-269):

         

          As the public, which is the invisible body, has delegated all its power and rights, with regard to the execution of the laws, to one visible magistrate, all affronts to that power, and breaches of those rights, are immediately offences against him, to whom they are so delegated by the public. He is therefore the proper person to prosecute for all public offences and breaches of the peace, being the person injured in the eye of the law... and hence also arises another branch of the prerogative, that of pardoning offences; for it is reasonable that he only who is injured should have the power of forgiving... of prosecutions and pardons.

 

          With the conversion of the English Crown to a constitutional monarchy, the power of pardon itself underwent no real change, although a change did assert itself as regards the exercise of the power. Thus the royal power of general pardon was recognized, but never came to be exercised in practice. The royal power to pardon before conviction has likewise remained recognized, but has not been exercised since the middle of the nineteenth century. At that time this possibility was limited to an immunity from prosecution given to someone who turned "King's evidence."

          Nowadays, however, with the development of police powers as well as the Attorney-General's power to stay criminal proceedings, and with the establishment of the office of the Director of Public Prosecutions, the power of pardon is no longer exercised even in the above exceptional circumstances. An English authority has described the situation thus (see J.L. Edwards, The Attorney-General, Politics and the Public Interest, London, 1984, at p. 414):

         

During the nineteenth century it was common practice to grant a pardon to an accomplice who was to turn Queen's evidence, but this resort to the machinery of pardons, prior to the registering of a conviction, has long since become obsolete. Where the reluctance of a witness to testify on behalf of the Crown did not stem from his being an accomplice but arose on the ground that he would incriminate himself, it was also known for the Crown to prepare a free pardon in advance, ready to be produced by prosecuting counsel. The last occasion when a free pardon was granted to a witness in these circumstances was in 1891. There is now a general understanding among British constitutional law authorities that the practice of conferring a pardon upon a principal offender before conviction has fallen into disuse.

 

          The English King's historical power of pardon is rooted in the royal prerogative, with the King perceived as the source of justice. That perception provides no guidance so far as concerns the President of Israel, as was pointed out by Berinson J. in Matana v. Attorney-General [25] (at pp. 976-977):

         

I cannot say that the Israel Legislature in conferring the power of pardon upon the President of the State in the Hebrew language, intended to include therein the full content which the concept of pardon has acquired over the ages in English law, pardon which is wholly in the hands of the Crown without reserve or limit by virtue of the ancient royal prerogative. There is no point of comparison between the status of the President in our country and that of the Crown in England. The President is a creature of statute and his powers are defined by law. Like everyone else in this country, he enjoys no rights or privileges which are not accorded to him by the laws of the State and every official act of his which exceeds the limits of the law is null and void.

 

          Unlike the English Monarch, the President of Israel is not "the fountain of justice," he does not execute the law or prosecute public offences. Accordingly, as regards the presidential power "to pardon offenders," no interpretative guidance is to be derived from the pardoning power enjoyed in principle by the English Monarch. But we could certainly be guided as to the scope of the presidential pardoning power by the practice followed by the English Monarch today. And as we have seen, this practice does not extend to a pardon before conviction, since

such practice is out of harmony with modern views as to the propriety of granting dispensation before the normal process of the criminal law has run its course (Edwards, The Attorney-General, p. 475).

 

(8)     The Legislative Purpose: Guidance from the U.S.A.?

 

18.     In the American case of Schick v. Reed [58] Justice Burger relates that when the American Constitution was under preparation, a short discussion took place on the scope of the pardoning power to be entrusted to the President. The view that it be confined to exercise after conviction only, was rejected for the reason that this would preclude the possibility of using accomplices as prosecution witnesses in conformity with the English practice at the time. The American courts have since then interpreted the President's pardoning power as being similar to that of the English Monarch. This power embraces not only individual pardon but also general amnesty, and results from the perception that the President of the U.S.A. is charged with the execution of the laws:

 

A pardon is an act of grace, proceeding from the power entrusted with the execution of the laws (United States v. Wilson [55], at p. 160, per Marshall C.J.).

 

          The customary view, which is based on dicta in a number of old cases, is that the existing pardoning power extends also to the grant of a pardon before conviction. There seem to be several reasons, however, why even the American model cannot guide us with regard to the presidential power of pardon in Israel. First, in the U.S.A. the President heads the Executive authority. Like the English King in the past, so the American President today is responsible for execution of the law, so that there is a certain logic in entrusting him with a power not to execute the law in certain cases by way of granting a pardon. That is not the situation of the President of Israel, who holds no powers so far as execution of the law is concerned. Second, the U.S. President is empowered to grant a general amnesty, also to unconvicted suspects. There is a certain logic in the contention that the authority competent to grant an amnesty to unconvicted suspects should also be competent to grant an individual pardon before conviction (see P.B. Kurland, Watergate and The Constitution, Chicago, 1978, p. 145). This argument doesn't hold good in Israel, where the President is not empowered to grant an amnesty, and from this viewpoint there is no logical basis for empowering him to grant a pardon before conviction. A third reason for distinguishing the American situation from our own is that the framers of the American Constitution were mindful of the English experience, which they themselves had shared in the colonial period. This was pointed out by Judge Wayne in Ex Parte Wells (1856) [61]:

 

At the time of the adoption of the Constitution, American statesmen were conversant with the laws of England, and familiar with the prerogatives exercised by the Crown. Hence, when the words "to grant pardons" were used in the Constitution, they convey to the mind the authority as exercised by the English Crown, or by its representatives in the colonies. At that time both Englishmen and Americans attached the same meaning to the word "pardon."

 

          A different situation has existed in Israel. As we have seen, the draftsmen of the Transition Law did not seek to emulate the experience of the English monarchy, and those who legislated the Basic Law into existence did not consider the presidential pardoning power to be exercisable before conviction.

         

19. The result is that we cannot be guided by the Anglo-American experience when seeking to construe the scope of the President of Israel's power "to pardon offenders." This does not mean that the constitutional situation in England and the U.S.A. cannot ever provide any interpretative guidance for us. On the contrary: our own interpretative processes, ever since the establishment of the State, have drawn extensively on the Anglo-American constitutional experience, and the outlook in these countries on many subjects, among them human rights, have often inspired our own approach. Yet such nourishment has to be controlled, and the inspiration can only flow from a comparison between institutions, processes and perspectives which have a common basis. Thus we too can learn from the American recognition of the fundamental human rights, since both our countries have democratic regimes committed to the rule of law and the separation of powers. That, however, does not apply to the power of pardon, which in England and the U.S.A. is based on an approach that differs entirely from our own.

 

          (9) The Legislative Purpose: Proper Guidance

         

20. The absolute French monarchy also wielded a wide power of pardon, both before and after conviction, individual as well as general. Like powers were enjoyed by other absolute monarchies in Europe. A drastic change came with the French Revolution, when the existing form of pardon was abolished in France and replaced by a more restricted form. Since then it has been customary in most of the Continental countries for a limited power of pardon - not exercisable before conviction - to be conferred on the titular, and not executive Head of State, that is to say, the person holding the powers which symbolise the State. This is the situation in modern France (see e.g. sec. 35 of the Constitution of the Fourth Republic, and see also Monteil, La grace); in Italy (see art. 87 of the new Constitution, and see also Manzini, Trattato Di Dirrito Penale Italiano, 1981, p. 510; Bortolloti, "Il principio Constituzionale Della Clemenza," Rivista Trim. Di Dir. Civ. [1978], 1681): in Germany (see sec. 60(2) of the new Constitution) and in many other countries (including Holland and the Phillipines). It is interesting to discern the same trend in the new democracies which became a part of the British Commonwealth of Nations. Thus the King of England and the Governor-General of Canada cannot grant a pardon in that country except after conviction (see. 683 of the Criminal Code of 1970). The same holds true in Australia, except in the context of persons who turn Queen's evidence. Section 72 of the Indian Constitution empowers the President to grant a pardon after conviction only (see Balkrishna, "Presidential Power of Pardon," J. of Indian Law Institute 13 [1971], 103). It might also be noted that in a number of countries (among them France, Italy and Germany) the pardoning power is constitutionally defined in general terms, while their equivalents of the expression "to pardon offenders" have been construed, in judicial decisions and by commentators, as relating solely to pardon after conviction.

 

21. I may now conveniently summarize my observations on the interpretative guidance to be derived from a review of the pardoning methods in other countries. I have sought to show that in countries where the law of pardon is not laden with historical memories from the era of the absolute monarchy or coloured by other similar influences of a bygone era, and at the head of which stands a King or President who symbolises the State, this authority holds a restricted power of pardon. The most important restriction is the limitation of the power to the stage after conviction. This conclusion does not, however, put an end to our interpretative search, for we have seen that constitutional directives require a "spacious view" in their construction. In our present context, that means we have to construe the pardoning power in the light of the general governmental structure in Israel. This I now proceed to do.

 

(10) The Legislative Purpose: General Governmental Structure

 

22. During the era of absolute rule, when the power of pardon was wielded by the sovereign himself, there would have been little point in examining the division of authority among the different governmental organs. The ruler held supreme authority, and was therefore entitled to grant a pardon (individual or general) when so disposed, before or after conviction or the conduct of an investigation. It is different in a democratic constitutional regime. The sovereignty there lies with the people, the ruler is no longer omnipotent, and the rule itself is divided among the different authorities. Each has to function within its own sphere, though in general synchronization with the others and subject to mutual checks and balances. It is not in keeping with the democratic character of the regime that any authority, be it the President himself, should hold a paramount power which enables it to change a decision of any of the other authorities which have acted within their responsibility in the framework of criminal proceedings. Such a power may be fitting for an absolute ruler who wishes to show grace to his subjects, but is alien to a holder of high office who wants to serve his subjects. This contrast is well-illustrated in the American precedents. At first it was held by the Supreme Court that a pardon granted by the President, like one granted by the English King, was an act of grace (see U.S. v. Wilson [55], at p. 160) per Marshall C.J.):

 

A pardon is an act of grace, proceeding from the power entrusted with the execution of the laws....It is the private, though official, act of the executive magistrate, delivered to the individual for whose benefit it is intended, and not communicated officially to the court.

 

          This approach, however, fell into disfavour (see Buchanan, "The Nature of a Pardon under the U. S. Constitution,") and was later expressly rejected in Biddle v. Perovich [56], where Justice Holmes observed as follows (at p. 486):

 

We will not go into history, but we will say a word about the principles of pardons in the law of the United States. A pardon in our days is not a private act of grace from an individual happening to possess power. It is a part of the constitutional scheme.

 

          The power of pardon of the President of Israel is, indeed, a part of the constitutional scheme, within which it has to find its rightful place.

         

23. What then are the implications for the pardoning power of the need for its coordination with the other State organs and authorities? In the first place, it seems to me that the President's power of pardon must not be construed as placing him in paramount authority over all the other authorities involved in the administration of criminal justice. The pursuit of criminal justice involves different authorities in different stages, from the commission of the offence until the delivery of a final judgment: the police, the prosecution, the courts, and the prison services (for holding suspects in custody). It would be contradictory to this constitutional arrangement to enable the President to intervene in the normal process by exercising his power of pardon concurrently with the powers exercised by the other State authorities. Only an unworthy constitutional arrangement would permit the President a power to halt a police investigation or the prosecution of a criminal charge, or to intervene at any stage in the course of the adjudicatory process. Such a situation was decried by Landau J. in the Matana rehearing in these terms ([3] at p. 461):

 

I am unable to see any purpose which can justify such confusion in methods of punishment and the division of powers between the authorities of the State.

 

          The proper interpretative approach indeed requires us to focus attention on the division of powers between the different State authorities, the ramifications of which are to be gathered from the "constitutional scheme" underlying our legislation. The proper construction of the pardoning power against this background is that it should be exercised by the President only after the other authorities have discharged their own functions. If in that situation there be need for a pardon, the President will be empowered to grant it. This was the fundamental philosophical approach to the question of pardon in the U.S.A., as was pointed out by Hamilton (Federalist, no. 74):

 

The Criminal Act of every country partakes so much of necessary severity, that without an easy access to exception in favor of unfortunate guilt, justice would wear a countenance too sanguinary and cruel.

 

          The same idea was expressed by American Chief Justice Taft, in Ex Parte Grossman [49] (at pp. 120-121):

         

Executive clemency exists to afford relief from undue harshness or evident mistake in the operation or enforcement of the criminal law. The administration of justice by the courts is not necessarily always wise or certainly considerate of circumstances which may properly mitigate guilt. To afford a remedy, it has always been thought essential in popular governments, as well as in monarchies, to vest in some other authority than the courts power to ameliorate or avoid particular criminal judgments. It is a check entrusted to the Executive for special cases.

 

          That was also the approach of Justice Agranat in A. v. the Law Council [2], where he commented thus (at p. 751):

         

Here - as in England - the primary purpose... is to redress the wrong done to a person who was convicted while innocent, and the second purpose - the value of which should also not be underestimated -is to reduce the sentence of the offender in circumstances which justify this. It is clear that the exercise of such a power by one of the highest State authorities is essential for the effectiveness of any governmental regime, since in no country whatever has there yet been created a system of justice capable of perfect and unerring operation, and of dispensing justice in every case without fail. I need hardly state that not all the material which may throw light on the matter before the court is invariably produced at the trial, and even the judges, who are but human, may err from time to time. It is essential, therefore, that there be available such a reserve power in order to prevent the harmful consequences of an injustice, and also to enable the reduction of a person's punishment - even when properly convicted - should the circumstances so dictate or warrant .

 

          It accordingly transpires that the power of (individual) pardon is exercisable only upon conviction of the offender in a final judgment. Only then will the different State organs have exhausted their own powers, and only then can there arise the need to correct an injustice. Until that stage, the fate of the suspect is to be determined by the appointed authorities in the ordinary course of the administration of criminal justice. A presidential invasion of the province of any of these authorities is an inconceivable possibility in a democratic-constitutional country.

         

 24. The perception that the presidential power of pardon must not be construed as being in rivalry with the powers of the other State authorities, underlies the interpretative conclusion that the power does not extend to the grant of a general amnesty. The expression "to pardon offenders" - according to its plain meaning, as I have already explained - would seem to embrace also the grant of a general amnesty, since it too effects a pardon for offenders. Yet there is no disputing the view that the President lacks the power to grant a general amnesty, as was in fact held by Agranat D.P. in the Matana rehearing (at p. 455):

 

It must be understood that when the First Knesset conferred the power of pardon upon the President, its intention was that he should not be empowered to declare a general amnesty, the result of which would be to pardon all offenders, for the intention was to reserve the power of general amnesty to the legislative authority itself.

 

          I believe the rational explanation for the President's lack of the power of amnesty to be the perception that amnesty is a legislative act which is properly the function of the Knesset rather than that of the President. The latter must exercise no powers that impinge on those of the legislative authority or, by analogy, on those of other authorities. The powers of the police to conduct investigations, and of the Attorney-General to prosecute offenders, including their respective powers to discontinue the investigation, or the prosecution, must not be subject to encroachment by the President through exercise of his pardoning power. Neither, indeed, should this power be construed as warranting presidential intervention in the authority of the court to acquit or convict and impose whatever punishment it sees fit. It has to be recognized that the grant of a pardon in the course of the investigation of an offence, or a trial, is an intervention in the exercise of these executive powers just as unwarranted as an intervention by the President in the Knesset's exercise of its legislative powers. The undesirability of construing the pardoning power in a manner permitting such presidential intervention, was stressed by the Attorney-General, Prof. Zamir, in his abovementioned directive, in these terms:

         

A Presidential power to intervene in criminal proceedings pending before the court, in a manner permitting termination of such proceedings at any time, is undesirable in principle. The pardoning power of the President bears no comparison with the Attorney-General's power to intervene in criminal proceedings by way of staying the same. The Attorney-General functions from the start as an integral factor in criminal court proceedings, for he is empowered by law to prefer the charge on behalf of the State. This power naturally entails also the power to withdraw the charge as well as to stay the criminal proceedings at any stage before final judgment, such decision being founded on a close involvement in and familiarity with the proceedings. The President, on the other hand, is an extraneous factor in criminal proceedings. In this situation, his grant of a pardon in the course of the trial might be seen as an unwarranted intrusion into the domain of the court.

 

Such an unwarranted intervention would occur if, for instance, the court were to convict the accused and he be pardoned by the President before sentence.

 

 25. This conclusion as to a "separation of powers" between the presidential pardon and the powers of other State authorities, is reinforced when regard is had to Israel's general constitutional framework. The other State authorities (the police, the prosecution and the courts) have the means to establish the facts. The police has its investigating facilities and seeks to reach an assessment of the factual situation. The prosecution, to whom the police must transmit the material, will handle and process it until judgment. The courts possess the institutional and normative facilities for elucidating the question of innocence or guilt. That, however, is not the situation of the President, who has no facilities for ascertaining the truth and testing the facts. It is therefore only natural that in matters of pardon the President be guided by the court's rulings. If it finds the accused not guilty, that is the end of the matter; if it convicts the accused and sentences him, that will be the President's starting point. Before conviction of the accused the President has no factual basis whatever for weighing the justifiability of a pardon. Even an admission by the applicant for a pardon that he committed an offence is of no consequence, for he is presumed innocent until convicted by the court.

 

26. My approach to the construction of the presidential power of pardon is also dictated by the reality of Israel's own constitutional structure. The President is the "Head of State," and not the head of the executive authority. He is a kind of additional authority to those four already existing (the legislative, executive,  judicial and supervisory authorities). In the Israel constitutional context, the President is perceived as symbolizing the State. He is not party to the power struggles in the country, and stands above the day-to-day political strife. It is unreasonable to assume that a President so constituted should be endowed by the lawgiver with a power of intervention in the daily functioning of the remaining governmental authorities. That would be like descending into the "arena," and not fitting for the President. Here, indeed, is a material difference between the President of Israel and the American President. The latter heads the Executive and has to do battle every day. That is why his power of pardon may be construed as extending also to a general amnesty as well as a pardon before conviction of the offender.

 

27. Moreover, the exercise of power must be subject to judicial review, without which arbitrariness will result, for without the judge there is no law. Hence our  constitutional perspective that the activities of each of the governmental authorities are subject to judicial review, consistently with the scope of the powers of that authority. This court has held even the functioning of the Knesset to be subject to limited judicial review (see Bergman v. Minister of Finance [33]; Sarid v. Knesset Chairman [15]; "Kach" Faction v. Knesset Chairman [1]; Kahana v. Knesset Chairman [26]). However, it was seen fit in the Basic Law, see. 13(a), to free the discharge of the presidential function from direct judicial review. There does remain the possibility of indirect review of his decisions, but only in a restricted way. For example, if he pardons a particular person, but refuses to pardon someone else in a similar position, the latter person would have no remedy. It is inconceivable that that same Legislature which freed the presidential functions from judicial review, should have granted him pardoning powers in place of those of other authorities amenable to the jurisdiction of the courts. We should, on the contrary, construe the presidential pardoning power as a residual, or a "reserve" power - as Justice Agranat called it - for use when the powers of the other authorities have reached the limits of their exercise.

 

28. I have so far assumed that our own "constitutional scheme" requires the pardoning power to be construed as not competing with the powers of other authorities. Hence my conclusion that the President lacks the power to pardon before conviction. It might be argued that the desired result could be achieved by recognizing the President's power to pardon before conviction in the expectation that he would make only a limited use of that power, as is the case in England. There the law has left the constitutional monarch with the pardoning power of the absolute monarch, but ensured that he does not in practice exercise that power except as consistent with the democratic character of the regime. This alternative, attractive as it may seem, is unacceptable to me for a number of reasons .

          In the first place, constitutional norms cannot be built on hopes. Basic principles of government are not shaped on the assumption that all will proceed as planned. Quite the contrary. The entire constitutional edifice is testimony to the realization that checks and balances must be provided to prevent, or cope with, situations that are likely to go wrong. If under our "constitutional scheme" the presidential powers must not rival those of other authorities, it would be most undesirable to rest the attainment of this objective on the expectation of presidential restraint, and his refraining from the exercise of his available powers. What if the presidential conduct doesn't come up to expectations? And - should we pursue this approach - why not say that the President has a general power of pardon and amnesty? The fact is that we are dealing here with a matter of constitutional import, impinging as such on our lives within the national framework. When it comes to the shaping of basic principles of government, we have to adopt a clear stand one way or the other. The matter should not be left for resolution on a casuistic basis of distinction between case and case, exceptional or otherwise, that would leave everything exposed to the vagaries of the passing political rivalries. We have been so instructed by my respected colleague, President Shamgar, in Neiman v. Central Knesset Elections Committee [19], where he held as follows (at p. 260):

         

When constitutional matters are under review, their import and implications must be considered in the long term, and proper weight given to their influences on the political and social frameworks within which they operate. If these be subjugated to the needs of the hour and we adopt a casuistic approach in matters of constitutional content, particularly concerning the freedom and rights of the individual, we shall miss the mark and deal less than justly with the subject.

 

          Were we to resolve the problem by a casuistic determination that the State President has the power, in principle, to pardon before conviction, with everyone left hoping that he will only rarely exercise that power, we should be guilty of doing exactly as admonished not to do.

          Secondly, the very existence of a power, albeit slumbering, invariably arouses expectations of its use. The President would be subject to constant individual and public pressure to exercise his power of pardon before conviction, and thrust himself into the centre of public controversy whether he accede to or refuse the request for a pardon. It is precisely the need to regard the President as the symbol of the State and isolate him from political rivalries, that demands a clear and unequivocal determination as to the scope of his pardoning power, and its negation before conviction of the offender in a final judgment.

          Thirdly, the indirect - in Israel the only possible - judicial review of the President's discharge of his functions, would be ineffective if he intervened in the activities of the other authorities, for if he acted within his lawful powers, there would be little opportunity for intervention by the court. If we are bent upon a "separation of powers," it is necessary that we keep the powers duly separated.

         

29. It is accordingly my conclusion that our constitutional framework precludes a construction of the presidential pardoning power as being concurrent with the powers of other State authorities. It demands, in fact, that the power only be exercised after the other authorities have exhausted their own powers. It might be asked whether this approach is not unduly rigid, and whether it may not result in injustice in certain, perhaps exceptional, cases. Can it be said that the other authorities will weigh the same considerations as does the President, and that in a rare case the presidential pardon will not offer the most effective remedy if granted before conviction? These questions are important and must be answered.

          Our starting point is that in the overwhelming majority of cases, the different State authorities are sufficiently equipped to deal with the problems with which the power of pre-conviction pardoning is likely to be confronted. True, the mechanisms are not the same, nor is the legal consequence identical, but the main problems are solved. If someone's personal plight (for example, a malignant disease) indicates that he should not be interrogated or prosecuted, a presidential pardon is not the only satisfactory solution. The police and the prosecution may take the suspect's personal circumstances into account and, for example, the Attorney-General may stay the proceedings for lack of public interest in the continuation of the trial on grounds of personal considerations affecting the applicant. Legally speaking, pardon is of course a "stronger" remedy than a stay of proceedings, yet the latter "milder" remedy suffices to solve the problem of the incurably ill suspect, or other problematic cases, by achieving the generally desired effect: The Attorney-General may likewise take into account general social considerations (embracing also matters of security and foreign policy). It was pointed out in the report of the Agranat Jurists' Commission on the Powers of the Attorney-General (1962) that in certain circumstances a situation involving a security, political or public interest may demand that no criminal charge be preferred. In this connection the Commission reported as follows on the Attorney-General's need to consult with the political authorities (at p. 13):

 

The stated duty to consult arises particularly when criminal proceedings are being instituted in relation to a matter of security, political or public interest. In such event it is always incumbent on the Attorney-General to consider whether the act of instituting criminal proceedings (or halting the same) is not more likely to prejudice the interests of the State than refraining from taking such action. This the Attorney-General will only be able to do after having sought information and guidance from those who carry the primary responsibility for safeguarding the State from the security, political and public aspects - that is to say, from those who, so we must presume, are more experienced and knowledgeable in those fields than we are. As already indicated, he will generally need to refer to the Minister of Justice for the required direction and advice; but sometimes, that is in cases which give rise to questions of "high policy," there will be no alternative but to obtain guidance from the Government as a body.

 

          It will be found that most of the problematical cases for which a pre-conviction pardon is sought, can and should properly be handled through the existing mechanisms, which have been structured in advance to deal with that very kind of case. Every person is presumed innocent until convicted, and a suspect's legal status cannot change except upon conviction by the court. The particular problems, for the suspect himself and for the general public, can normally be satisfactorily handled through the authorities charged with the administration of criminal justice. The former situation of the comparatively poor facilities available for the "extinction" of the offender's criminal past, has now been significantly improved with the enactment of the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law of 1981, according to which a presidential pardon - and clearly only a pardon after conviction is envisioned there - is an extinction of the conviction for all intents and purposes (sec. 16(c).

         

30. I am ready to acknowledge the possibility of very exceptional circumstances in which the power of pardon before conviction would offer the most practical and effective means of dealing with the problem. Even that, however, would not be a decisive consideration, for the reason that the "spacious view" we have to take when construing a provision of constitutional content, which is the case here, otherwise dictates. We must take into account not only the individual's plight, but also the interests of the general public, and the possibility of the abuse of the power. We must also remember the dynamics of a progression in which the rarest exceptions become less rare, and then become the general rule. The Attorney-General's power to stay proceedings offers an illustration of such a progression. We accordingly have to strike a balance between the different interests - between the hypothetical special exception and the need for the determination of clear and sharply defined limits for the exercise of executive powers at the highest level. Since there is no ideal solution, we can only strive at one that promises the least evil by balancing between the clashing interests. In so doing, in these circumstances, there is no need to give any priority to anomalies and exceptions. The best way to deal with the special cases is through the powers of the authorities who deal regularly with the situations concerned, and not through the conferment of exceptional powers on the State President. That has been the experience of many countries with political regimes resembling our own. Thus the Heads of State in France, Italy, Germany, India, Australia, Canada and in numerous other countries, do not enjoy a power of pardon before conviction. This lack has not, so far as I am aware, led to injustice grave enough in exceptional cases to prompt any move towards amendment of the existing law of pardon. The modern trend seems rather to indicate the contrary, and countries which were formerly subject to the English King's power of pardon have acted to restrict exercise of the pardoning power in their own countries to the post-conviction stage. Edwards, for example, states the situation in these terms (The Attorney-General, at 474):

 

A review of the independence constitutions within the Commonwealth, negotiated with the United Kingdom Government prior to the transfer of sovereignty, provides substantial support for a pre-conviction limitation of the pardoning power.

 

          And the trend in our own country has been towards refinement of the functioning and facilities of the existing authorities, as witness the provisions of the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law of 1981. Even the most anomalous and exceptional circumstances should not, therefore, be allowed to controvert our fundamental constitutional doctrines.

         

31. Before concluding this part of my opinion, I wish to refer to a problem connected with the President's post-conviction pardoning power. Does the pardoning power avail, after conviction, in situations where other State authorities have their own powers to deal with the problem? For instance, can a presidential pardon be granted someone whose case is under examination in a retrial, or be granted for reasons of "permanent ill-health" when this question is under examination by the Minister of Police in the framework of his powers under sec. 49(d) of the Penal Law of 1977? These questions do not arise in the matter now before us, and must await elucidation at the opportune time. However, I may point out that the situations described raise a question different from that occupying us in the present petitions. Our concern so far has been whether the term "offender" includes also an unconvicted suspect, the term itself being "open" and amenable to different possibilities, so that we are assigned the task of selection in accordance with the legislative purpose. In the above problematical situations (such as retrial) the accused, who has already been convicted, is by any linguistic test an "offender" and the question is whether such a person can be said to fall outside the ambit of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law. These situations raise interpretative questions of the greatest complexity. Hence, it may happen that the legislative policy, though its trend be clear, will not be given to implementation in respect of a certain class of "offender" concerning whom the language of the law is insufficiently flexible. The answer, whatever it may be, cannot however affect the construction of the term "offender" in those cases where the language of the Law is flexible enough to serve the legislative policy. It would be unreasonable to hold that since the Legislature failed to attain its objective in some of the possible cases, it then becomes desirable to construe its directives generally in a manner thwarting achievement of the legislative purpose. I believe we should take the opposite interpretative approach. As faithful interpreters, we are committed to attainment of the legislative purpose as far as possible, bearing in mind always that while the interpretation is not bound to the words used, the words do limit the interpretation and so restrict our interpretative freedom. We may implement a legislative purpose within the bounds of a maximum-minimum semantic gradation, but we may not implement a legislative purpose which has no foundation at all in the language of the statute. The point was elucidated by this court in Haddad v. Paz [34], in the following terms (at p. 670):

 

The legislative purpose constitutes an interpretative aid when it serves as a guide in choosing between different, linguistically permissible, interpretations. It is essential, therefore, that the interpretative option which would implement the legislative purpose, find a receptacle in the language of the Law. There has to be a verbal connection, even a minimal one, between the language and the purpose of a Law. It is necessary to find an Archimedean hold for the legislative purpose in the language of the Law. The interpreter may not implement a purpose that finds no linguistic anchorage in the Law.

 

          We have dealt with the legislative purpose. Linguistically speaking it may be achieved in relation to an unconvicted person. He is not in the category of an "offender." It is doubtful whether this purpose is attainable in relation to a convicted person whose case is under retrial, or under examination by the Minister of Police in the context of his powers in situations of permanent ill-health. These are difficult questions awaiting clarification at the proper time.

         

32. It may possibly be contended that such linguistic "rigidity" is indicative of a basic misconception as to the legislative purpose. It should perhaps be said that because the President has a power of pardon where there is a retrial, he has the like power where no trial has been held at all. My answer to this legitimate question is that the available evidence - factual (the views of the Knesset members concerned) and legal ("the constitutional scheme") - does not support such a conclusion.

 

(11) Interim Summary

 

33. The empowerment of the President "to pardon offenders" is couched in "open", equivocal language, offering in itself no answer to the question whether the power of individual pardon is exercisable also before conviction, or the term "offender" includes also an unconvicted suspect. For the purpose of choosing between the possible linguistic options, we must have recourse to the legislative purpose. That purpose was not the equation of the State President's pardoning power with that of the English King, or of the President of the U.S.A., so we cannot be guided by those models. The Basic Law: The President of the State, is indeed an original Israel Law - the Israel Legislature "neither copied nor omitted, but built its law as an independent structure." It must accordingly be construed against the background of our own national experience, with interpretative guidance sought from the countries which have a similar constitutional arrangement. In discharging the interpretative function we must take a "spacious view," having regard to our "constitutional scheme." Against this background, my own approach is not to presume that the lawgiver sought to confer on the State President - who does not head the executive authority but symbolizes the State, and whose functioning is not subject to direct judicial review - executive powers concurrent with those of other State authorities (the police, the prosecution, the courts). The lawgiver cannot be presumed to have favoured presidential intervention in criminal proceedings before these have run their full course. Therefore, I interpret the expression "to pardon offenders" as extending only to persons against whom a final convicting judgment has been given. This approach finds support in the scholarly treatises of two of Israel's most distinguished jurists, Professors Feller and Klinghoffer, in the criminal law and constitutional law fields respectively. In the view of both scholars, each from the angle of his own specialized field, the presidential power of individual pardon extends only to duly convicted persons (see Prof. Feller's article, "Rehabilitation," p. 5). The same approach was also adopted by Landau J. in the Matana rehearing, where he held as follows (at p. 461):

 

My main ground in opposing the wide interpretation proposed by the Deputy President is that matters of punishment in criminal cases fall within the jurisdiction of the courts. It is clear that side by side with this jurisdiction the special power of pardon is required in order to correct any serious error of the court which cannot otherwise be corrected, and as an act of grace after the offender has served part of his sentence.

 

          The matters of correcting "any serious error of the court," and "an act of grace after the offender has served part of his sentence," have relevance after conviction only. I am conscious of the fact that Deputy President Agranat (as he then was) and Justice Berinson, two of Israel's most distinguished Judges, expressed a different opinion. I shall seek to explain how this occurred when I examine the approach of my respected colleague, President Shamgar, which I now proceed to do.

         

F. The Approach of Shamgar P.

 

(1) The Gist of his Approach

 

34. I shall seek to set out the main points in the judgment of Shamgar P. on which our approaches diverge. My colleague's starting point seems to be that the Anglo-American model was envisaged by the Israel Legislature as the prototype for the presidential pardoning power in Israel at the time when sec. 6 of the Transition Law was enacted. Further, that it was also so held in the case of A. v. the Law Council and in the Matana rehearing. This "historical-interpretative" approach would dictate the conclusion that the presidential pardoning power in Israel is the same as that of the English King or the American President - and different from other models which may be disregarded - and that it embraces also the grant of a pardon before conviction. In the opinion of Shamgar P., this same situation was envisaged by the Israel Legislature when it later enacted the Basic Law: The President of the State. Hence, so far as pertaining to the issue now before the court, the text of the pardoning provision in the Transition Law was re-enacted without change in the form in which it had been interpreted in the precedents - an indication that no need was seen to change the then existing legal situation. Accordingly, it could not be contended that parallel powers held by other authorities (such as the Attorney-General's power to stay criminal proceedings) might affect the presidential pardoning power, without it first being proved that the existence of such parallel or overlapping powers have implicitly repealed the presidential power. In the opinion of Shamgar P., no such implied repeal could be established in the present matter since the existence of the parallel powers created no conflict. The State President was accordingly competent to grant a pre-conviction pardon and, in the view of Shamgar P., this conclusion was also consistent with the interpretative perspective that constitutional powers must be given an expansive interpretation.

 

35. Shamgar P. also made reference to other matters in his important judgment, but I believe I have sufficiently stated the essence of his approach. With all due respect, 1 am unable to agree with that approach. Lack of time prevents me from elaborating upon many of the points on which 1 am in disagreement with my respected colleague, and I shall confine my remarks to certain matters which seem to me important for the resolution of the problem before us.

 

(2) The Anglo-American "Mould and Prototype"

 

36. As I have already indicated, Justice Shamgar took as the starting point for his construction of the presidential pardoning power, the view that it was structured according to the powers of pardon of the English Monarch and the U.S. President. I have sought to show that this view is not in accord with the facts. It was not the latter powers that the lawgiver had in mind when the power of pardon was enacted under the Transition Law. I have examined the relevant legislative history, without finding any hint of factual support for this theory. The powers of pardon of the English Monarch did not serve as the "prototype" for the pardoning power of the President of Israel. Even Justice Agranat did not find as a fact, in A. v. the Law Council [2], that in enacting sec. 6 of the Transition Law the Israel Legislature had in mind the English Monarch's pardoning power as a matter historically established. Justice Agranat's approach was legal and not historical and he assumed, as a matter of law, that the pardoning power of the President of Israel was the same as that of the High Commissioner in the Mandatory period, which in turn he assumed was the same as that of the English Monarch. On this basis he drew the logical conclusion that the pardoning power of the State President was the same as that of the English Monarch, the learned Justice holding as follows (at pp. 750-751):

 

I am of the opinion that the power of pardon of the President of Israel is the same, generally speaking, as the power of pardon of the King of England, in its nature and in respect of the consequences which flow from its exercise. Before the enactment of the Transition Law of 1949, the High Commissioner was empowered under Art. 16 of the Palestine Order in Council (inter alia) to "grant to any offender convicted of any crime... within Palestine... a pardon either free or subject to lawful conditions, or any remission of the sentence passed on such offender.... " The power of pardon held by the High Commissioner was accordingly the same as the power of pardon held by the King of England.... If the provisions of sec. 6 of the Transition Law of 1949 were enacted in place of Art. 16 of the Order of the King-in-Council, as I believe happened, then the power of pardon held by the President must be deemed the same as the power formerly possessed by the High Commissioner, and later by the Provisional Government. That is to say, this power is parallel, in its nature and in the consequences which flow from its exercise, to the power of pardon exercised by the King of England.

 

          It is generally accepted today that the above parallel drawn by Justice Agranat in A. v. the Law Council contained two errors, as was indeed pointed out in the dissenting opinion of Landau J. in the Matana rehearing. In the first place, it is clear that the State President's pardoning power is not the same as was the power possessed by the High Commissioner. If these were the same, the question now before us might never have arisen, since except with regard to offenders who turned "King's evidence," the High Commissioner had no power of pre-conviction pardoning. This error was later acknowledged and corrected by Justice Agranat in the Matana rehearing, in the following terms ([3] at pp. 443-444) :

         

resort to a system of comparison between the language of Art. 16 of the Order in Council and that of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, 1949, in order to ascertain the intention of the Israel Legislature in the latter section which it enacted - resort to this mode of interpretation is out of place... The language of Art. 16 of the Order in Council need not prevent the giving of a wide interpretation to the President's power of pardon.

 

          The second error was Justice Agranat's perception of the High Commissioner's pardoning power as equal to that of the King of England. This aspect too was later dealt with by him in the Matana rehearing, where he pointed out that the High Commissioner held a delegated power which was not the full power of the English King:

         

   the power of pardon granted to the High Commissioner under Art. 16 of the Order in Council... is none other than the power delegated to him by the King from that accorded to the latter by virtue of the prerogative... In view of the rule of construction mentioned above which demands a restricted interpretation of the "delegated" powers of one who has the status of the governor of a British colony, it was imperative to define clearly and precisely the power which was delegated in this respect to the High Commissioner, and it is to this that the detailed and exact language of art. 16 must be attributed. The truth of the matter is that the power of pardon of the King of England was never delegated, in its entire scope, to the High Commissioner. This is proved by the fact that whereas we learn from the passage from Halsbury's Laws quoted above that the King is empowered to grant a pardon also " before conviction," it is provided by Art.16 of the Order in Council that the High Commissioner may only exercise this power in respect of "any offender convicted" (ibid., pp. 439-440).

 

          There accordingly appears to be neither a factual nor any legal basis for the "historical-interpretative" premise that at the root of the State President's pardoning power lay the power of pardon of the English Monarch. Nor, I need hardly add, is there any factual-legal basis for attributing such a role to the pardoning power of the U.S. President.

         

37. I shall now proceed to analyse the judgment of Agranat D.P. in the Matana rehearing. I have endeavoured above to show that he did not found his decision on any "historical-legal" basis of an Anglo-American "prototype" of the pardoning power. The starting point of his approach was the perception of the Transition Law of 1949 as an original Israel enactment. Agranat D.P. relied in this regard on a dictum of Smoira P., that the Israel Legislature "neither copied nor omitted, but built its law as an independent structure", and went on to add as follows ([3] at p. 444):

 

I have so far tried to show that the language of Art. 16 of the Order in Council need not prevent the giving of a wide interpretation to the President's power of pardon and that the formulation of this power in sec. 6 of the Transition law "suffers" such a construction. Is there any positive justification for this and how far should the line be stretched? To answer this question we must first consider the nature of the various powers of pardon.

 

The approach of Agranat D. P. is accordingly to be seen as interpretative rather than historical. Reading the text of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, he examines whether the language "suffers" the construction concerned, and among the possibilities "suffered", chooses the meaning for which there is "positive justification" but taking care not to "stretch the line" too far. He takes into account the fact that he is dealing with a constitutional provision which, he holds, need not be given a restrictive interpretation but calls for the taking of a "spacious view" (ibid. p. 442). It was against this background that Agranat D.P. examined the substance of the pardoning power. Making a thorough examination of the pardoning powers held by the King of England and the American President, he was confronted by the judgment of Berinson J. in the criminal appeal in Matana v. Attorney-General [3], where the latter dwelt on the difference between the English King and the President of Israel. Countering this argument, Agranat D.P. held as follows:

 

My reply to these words of dissent is twofold. Firstly even if the fact that the local provision is drafted in the Hebrew language must not be lightly disregarded, it would also not be right to give it undue weight. Not only do the expressions "pardon" and "reduction of punishments" have a universal meaning, but the power of pardon, in its scope under the common law, is the power which passed to the Provisional Government by virtue of sec. 14 of the Law and Administration Ordinance, 1948, and was known to local jurists at the time when that provision was framed.

 

   Secondly, the importance of the lesson from American precedent arises from the fact that although it was the clear aim of the draftsmen of the Constitution of the United States (and it was this very object which they wished to achieve) to ensure - by means of the provision imposing upon the President the duty of supervising the faithful implementation of all the laws of the State - that no trace should remain of those prerogative powers which served the King as a means of relaxing the bonds of various laws and statutes, nevertheless they left the power of pardon within the realm of criminal law just as it was, and introduced a specific provision conferring such power upon the President of the State.

         

          And in reply to the contention that the status of the President of Israel, as "symbolizing" the State, differed from that of the American President as "conducting its affairs," Agranat D.P. had this to say (ibid., pp. 453-454):

         

The reply to this argument is that also in France, where at least until 1958 the status of the President was basically similar to that of the President of Israel, it was found necessary to confer upon the President of the Republic the right to grant pardons.... The result is that the ground of the absence of any similarity or comparison between the status of the President of our country and that of the British Crown (or of the President of the United States) is erroneous.

 

          Justice Agranat accordingly did not construe the Transition Law on the basis that its legislative purpose "was fashioned in the Anglo-American mould, which served as its prototype." His approach was to take a pervasive constitutional perspective, to take a "spacious view" in construing the relevant statutory provision. In ascertaining for himself the meaning of "pardon," he availed himself of the English experience as well as the American, the French and the German. He did not distinguish between the legal situations in the different countries, and he was apparently unaware of the fact that in France the term grace mentioned by him, was not interpreted in the same way as the term "pardon" in the U.S. Constitution. He sought to uncover the essence of the matter, seeing the term "pardon" as harbouring a concept of "universal significance." I wish to adopt that same approach in the matter now before us.

 

.38. It cannot be overlooked that in his judgment in the Matana rehearing, Agranat D.P. also held, specifically, that the State President has the power to pardon before conviction, and so did Berinson J. As for the import of this determination, I believe it is generally recognized as carrying the weight of an obiter dictum. That would entail a twofold consequence. First, from the viewpoint of our legal system, the abovementioned conclusion constitutes no authoritative declaration that Israel law empowers the President to pardon suspects also before their conviction. Hence a District Court Judge, for instance, would still be free to hold that the presidential power of pardon avails after conviction only. For the same formal reason M. Ben-Ze'ev, a former Attorney-General, felt himself free to declare before the Knesset Constitution, Law and Justice Committee - after the decisions in A. v. The Law Council and in the Matana rehearing - that the presidential pardoning power was exercisable after conviction alone. For this reason too legal scholars have expressed the same opinion. In so doing they were not merely reflecting the desirable state of affairs, but what seemed to them to be the existing legal situation. It is true that "the final form in which the Law is shaped, is the form given it by the Judge" (Justice Sussman, "The Courts and the Legislating Authority," Mishpatim 3 [1971], 213). Also, "Once the Supreme Court has construed a legislative enactment as it did, in a dispute before it, this construction becomes part of that enactment" (Justice S. Agranat, "The Contribution of the Judiciary to the Legislative Endeavour," Iyunei Mishpat 10 (1984), 244). But these statements are true only with regard to the ratio decidendi, and do not apply to obiter dicta. The rational explanation for this is that in his passing remarks the judge does not sense the same responsibility as he does when setting forth the reasons for his decision. Knowing that his remarks in passing have no binding force, he may feel greater freedom in expressing them. It seems to me that our instant matter well illustrates the point. Thus Berinson J.'s statement concerning the presidential power to pardon before conviction does not, I believe, accord with his general line of thinking. Seeking to restrict, he in fact widened the interpretation. His own perspective provided little explanation for that result. As for Justice Agranat, he referred not only to Anglo-American law but also to Continental law, without, however, carefully examining the latter. He was therefore unaware of the fact that the Continental countries generally did not recognize the possibility of individual pardon without prior conviction. He would certainly have made a thorough study of the matter had he considered it central to his decision. Moreover, in substantiating the need for the pardoning power, Justice Agranat set forth the following two reasons alone (in A. v. The Law Council and in the Matana rehearing):

 

   The primary purpose... is to redress the wrong done to a person who was convicted while innocent, and the second purpose - the value of which should also not be underestimated -is to reduce the sentence of the offender in circumstances which justify this. It is clear that the exercise of such a power by one of the highest State authorities is essential for the effectiveness of any governmental regime, since in no country whatever has there yet been created a system of justice capable of perfect and unerring operation, and of dispensing justice in every case without fail (A. v. the Law Council [12], at p. 751).

 

          This reasoning naturally only holds true in relation to a convicted offender. It is not at all applicable to someone who has yet to be convicted. How, then, is this reasoning of Justice Agranat to be reconciled with his view that the President has power to pardon before conviction? Such power would necessitate a different rationalization, of the kind that is not to be found either in A. v. The Law Council or in Matana.

          The second implication (of holding a judicial statement to be obiter) is that much significance may nevertheless attach to obiter dicta. If these flow directly from a coherent basic perception, they are capable of heralding accurately the reasons for a decision in the future. As a result these dicta create public expectations which are frequently acted upon. The resulting practice may in turn contribute in the course of time to the adoption of a construction that is in keeping with the original dictum, the expectations thus fulfilling themselves. All of this, of course, will fail to be decisive if a later court holds the dictum to be wrong. But it will all be of great importance if the later court should hesitate between two possible constructions. It is true that as between truth and stability, we should prefer truth, yet sometimes when truth and truth vie with each other - stability is to be preferred (see Of Ha-Emek Cooperative Society v. Ramat Yishai Local Council [32]). These considerations do not apply in the case before us for several reasons. First, because the dicta of Justices Agranat and Berinson were not a necessary concomitant of their basic perspective, and with regard to Justice Agranat I have sought to show that he did not perceive the Anglo-American method of pardon as the "prototype" for our own, but that his underlying approach was to give the expression "pardon" its universal meaning. By such universal standards, the dictum that the State President has the power to pardon before conviction certainly cannot be said to have any compelling foundation. A second reason for not following this dictum is that no constitutional practice actually evolved in its wake. In fact, the contrary appears to be the case, for, by internal directive, requests for a pardon have generally not been acceded to before conviction. In argument before us only a very small number of cases of pardon before conviction could be cited. It seems that the dictum created no expectations which could influence our interpretation.

          It accordingly transpires that the question of the presidential power to pardon before conviction has remained essentially unanswered, and we are now called upon to resolve it for the first time. So far the question has been the subject of passing judicial statements, legal articles and jurists' opinions. It is now the time for this court to have its say.

         

39. My colleague, President Shamgar, relying on the statements of Agranat D.P. in the Matana rehearing, holds that constitutional provisions should be given an expansive interpretation. This is an important determination, since Shamgar P. seeks to give the presidential power of pardon a wide construction. I have two comments in this regard.

 

          First, Justice Agranat's starting point (in the Matana rehearing) was that constitutional directives did not necessarily require a restrictive interpretation, but called for a "spacious view" to be taken. I agree with that approach and it also forms the basis of my own judgment here. In my opinion, however, it does not follow that every directive of constitutional content should be expansively construed. That is unfeasible, since constitutional directives deal in the nature of things with the reciprocal relations between the State authorities, and the occasional expansive construction of a particular authority's powers necessarily entails a narrowing of those of some other authority. Furthermore, an expansive interpretation of a governmental power may often entail a narrowing of basic rights, which too is an inconceivable result. In fact, the question whether the construction should be expansive or restrictive does not determine the mode of interpretation, but is itself the interpretative outcome. Thus Justice Agranat himself held that the presidential power of pardon did not extend to a general amnesty, this conclusion being the result of a narrow construction of the pardoning power. The constitutional proposition, in my opinion, is that constitutional directives must be construed in a manner fitting their preferred standing, and in consonance with their capacity to determine the national pattern of life. A basic provision is not intended to perpetuate an existing situation, but to give direction to human experience. Its construction accordingly calls for a pervasive perception, and not a technical approach.

          My second comment is that if called upon to choose between an expansive and a restrictive construction of the presidential pardoning power, I should prefer the latter for several reasons: in the first place, in order to avoid the kind of unwelcome rivalry between the different authorities that I have already described; secondly - and this is the main consideration here - because pardon creates an inequality between "offenders," and a statutory provision relating to pardon must accordingly be given a narrow interpretation. The matter was discussed by Landau J. in Bergman v. Minister of Finance [33], in the following terms (at p. 698):

         

It is accordingly proper, especially in borderline cases, that where a statutory provision is open to two constructions, we should prefer the construction which upholds the equality of all before the law and does not set it at naught.

 

          This principle has been reiterated by the court on a number of occasions (see Abu Hatzeira v. Attorney-General [35]; Raundanaf (Korn) v. Hakim [36]).

         

40. Before concluding my remarks on the instant problem, I should state that President Shamgar's basic standpoint that Knesset Members contemplated a particular model of the pardoning power when our own version was enacted, raises many questions in my own mind. Supposing it were to be established that the English or the American model indeed served as the "prototype" for the wording of sec. 6 of the Transition Law, would that require us to construe the provision in accordance with the American tradition? I believe not. A Law, as I have already mentioned, is a creature living within its awn "environment," and the environment of an Israel statute differs from that of an English or American statute, even if they be similarly worded. "The law of a people must be studied in the light of its national way of life" per Agranat J. in "Kol Haam" Ltd. v. Minister of the Interior [37] at p. 884). The judicial discretion in the interpretation of a statute, so Justice Landau has guided us, must be exercised "in order to bring it into harmony with the constitutional regime in existence in the State" (see his abovementioned article in Mishpatim, 1[1969], at p. 306). All does not depend, therefore, on the model or prototype contemplated by the lawgiver when the pardoning provision was enacted and, important though this may be, it is not decisive. We must interpret the law in consonance with our national way of life, and this may change with the passage of time. If so, the interpretation of a Law will undergo a corresponding change. "If times have changed," Justice Sussman wrote, "the Law suffers a sufficiently flexible construction to enable its adaptation to the changes" (see his abovementioned article in Mishpatim 3 [1971], at p. 215). In this regard Agranat J. has commented thus (Kaufman v. Margines [38], at p. 1034):

 

When the Judge is confronted by a factual situation stemming from new conditions of life rather than those which called forth the existing ruling, it will be the Judge's task to re-examine the logical premise on which the ruling formulated against a different background was based, with a view to adaptation of the same to the new conditions.

 

          This adaptative need applies not only when the facts change, but also when the legal context or "environment" changes. The enactment of new Laws creates a new legal context, and these have the capacity to influence the construction of an earlier statute. It is to be observed that the question is not one of a repeal, expressed or implied, of an earlier Law, but of the effect of the very existence of the new and different Laws on the interpretation of the earlier Law. The point was discussed in State of Israel v Pahima [39], where it was held as follows (at p. 828) :

         

Sometimes a Law, upon its enactment, presents a number of interpretative options, but with the passage of time arid the enactment of additional Laws on the same subject, some of these options fall away, while others take their place. Apposite here is Justice Sussman's statement that "a term in an enactment is a creature living within its environment" (H.C. 58/58, at 513). This environment includes, besides other directives in that enactment, other statutory enactments which throw light on the interpretation of the Law concerned. It must be observed that here the additional enactments bring about no "legislative" change in the Law, only an "interpretative" change. The new enactments have created a new "environment," which by its very existence influences the manner of interpretation of the Law.

 

          Hence the "prototype" contemplated by the lawgiver when the State was established, for all its importance, cannot in itself determine the contemporary interpretation of the Law. A Law is a dynamic creation, adaptable to changing exigencies. This quality was thus elucidated by Justice Agranat in his abovementioned article (Iyunei Mishpat 10 [1984], at p. 239):

         

   Experience teaches that words have a dynamic life of their own. That is to say, with the changes wrought by time in the conditions of life and the concomitant changes in the different social outlooks, words gradually "shed" their original meaning and "assume" a new significance, or come to harbour additional shades of meaning. This factor may well - though it need not always - bring about a construction of the Law the result of which, although falling within the purview of the Law's general purpose, is not the interpretation contemplated by the lawgiver.

 

          It follows that new legislation (such as, for instance, the Crime Register and Rehabilitation of Offenders Law) enacted after the passing of sec. 6 of the Transition Law and sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, is able to affect the mode of interpretation of the latter provisions.

         

(3) The Legislative Authority and its "Acquiescence"

 

41. The expression "to pardon offenders" was repeated in the Basic Law without change, just as it stood in the Transition Law. From this Shamgar P. infers that the Knesset adopted for itself the construction of the majority as well as the minority opinion of the court, on the question of the pre-conviction pardoning power, in the Matana rehearing. This approach is neither factually nor legally acceptable to me.

 

42. Factually, the above thesis seems in conflict with the views held by members of the Knesset Constitution, Law and Justice Committee when they discussed sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law prior to its enactment. It appears from the views they expressed, as cited by me above (see par. 11), that they considered the presidential pardoning power to be exercisable after conviction alone. They so understood the words "to pardon offenders," and that was the result they desired. I need only repeat the following statement made by Knesset Member H. Zadok towards the end of the Knesset Committee's discussion of the matter:

 

It seems to me we have no difference of opinion on the substance of the matter. We intend to empower the President to pardon persons who have been criminally tried and convicted.

 

Against this background, I do not see how it can be said that the Knesset "rested content" with the pre-conviction pardoning situation as interpreted by the court in the Matana rehearing. The Knesset focused its attention on the problems which inspired the ratio decidendi, and clarified the matter by way of a subsequent amendment to the wording of the Law on the troublesome point then in issue. The Knesset did not address itself at all to the obiter dictum on the matter of pardon before conviction.

 

43. Legally speaking I am equally unable to accept the aforementioned thesis of Shamgar P. My own approach is that the Knesset legislates only when it actually enacts, and not when it refrains from so doing (see A. Shapira, "The Silence of the Legislature: A Canon of Statutory Construction?," Hapraklit, 21, 293; G. Tedeschi, "Recent Trends in the Theory of 'Stare Decisis'," Hapraklit, 22, 320). The proposition was succinctly stated by Berinson J. as follows (in the Matana rehearing [3], at p. 470):

 

When have we found that the Legislature is able by silence or inaction to put its seal on a particular course of action of one of the State authorities?

         

          Accordingly, the Knesset's mere repetition in the Basic Law of the wording used in the Transition Law, cannot be said to have put the seal of a binding norm on the above dicta in the Matana rehearing.

         

(4) Implied Repeal

 

44. My colleague, President Shamgar; has devoted a considerable part of his judgment to the question of a repeal by implication. In my perception, however, this question fails to arise at all. It is not my view that the powers conferred on the different State authorities (the police, the prosecution, the courts) have repealed by implication the presidential power to pardon before conviction. To have thought so, would necessarily have entailed a recognition of the presidential pardoning power also before conviction. In fact, my approach is that the presidential power of pardon does not avail at all before conviction, so that no question of an implied repeal arises here. In my view, the various Laws dealing with the powers of the different authorities form part of the legal context or "environment," within the framework of which the pardoning power must be construed. These Laws have not implicitly repealed the provisions of sec. 11(b) of the Basic Law, but they do constitute a factor in the interpretation of the Basic Law (see State of Israel v. Pahima [39], at p. 828).

 

G. On the Rule of Law

 

45. Before concluding my judgment, I might observe that the petitions before us harbour in the background formal, as well as substantive, questions of the rule of law. In its formal sense the rule of law requires that all persons and bodies in the State - individuals, associations and governmental agencies - act in accordance with the law, and that any act in conflict with the law must be confronted by society's organized sanction. In this sense the rule of law has a twofold meaning: lawful rule and supremacy of the law. This embodies a formal principle, since it is not the content of the law that concerns us here, only the need for it. In this sense the rule of law is unconnected with the nature of the regime, but only with the principle of public order. As far as the executive authority is concerned, the rule of law concerns itself with the legality of the administration. The Executive is subject to the law, and its agencies have no rights, powers or immunities, unless conferred by law. It follows that a State functionary as such holds no greater rights, powers or immunities than does any other person in the State, and is therefore equally answerable for his actions. In this connection I may quote the well-known words of A.V. Dicey:

 

With us every official, from the Prime Minister down to a constable, or a collector of taxes, is under the same responsibility for every act done without legal justification as any other citizen (The Law of the Constitution, 10th ed., p. 193).

 

          Consequently, if the Attorney-General be of the opinion that the available material provides prima facie justification for the opening of an investigation concerning very serious offences allegedly committed by members of the executive authority, the rule of law will require that the matter be examined and investigated. That is how we should treat anyone else, and State officials should be treated no differently. Security considerations dictate no contrary result, for there is no security without law, and the rule of law is a component of national security. Security needs dictate that the proper investigative machinery be found, or else the General Security Service will be unable to fulfill its task. The strength of the Service lies in the public confidence it enjoys, in the trust placed in it by the court. If security interests become the paramount consideration, the public as well as the court will lose their trust in the Security Service and in the legality of its operations. Without trust, the State authorities cannot function. That is the case with the public trust in the courts (see Tzaban v. Minister of Religious Affairs [40]), and so it is with the public trust in the other governmental organs .

         

46. The rule of law carries, in addition to its formal attributes, also a substantive significance, namely: rule of the appropriate law, law which displays a balance between individual and the public needs. The primary implication thereof is the equality principle, equality in the application of the law and its use. The rule of law is negated where there is discrimination between equals. The matter was discussed by this court in Neiman v. Knesset Central Elections Committee [19], where Shamgar P. made these observations (at pp. 261-262):

 

The rule of law finds its main expression in the fact that it is not the rule of persons - according to their own unfettered decisions, considerations and desires - but is founded upon stable normative directives which are equal for all and bind everyone in equal measure. The manner of definition of a right and even its recital in the Law do not in themselves constitute an effective safeguard, for these do not secure full realization of the right. Rights are practically realized when they are respected by applying them equally in practice, without unjust discrimination. The value and potency of a Law which confers rights lie in the facts that the rights thus conferred do not remain in the realm of an abstract idea, however lofty in spirit and trend, that also the letter of the Law comes down to what is concrete and available, that it is applied according to standards of an equality among equals, from which there be no deviation for improper reasons.

 

The subjection of one person to an investigation, but not another who is in an equal situation, is an impairment of the rule of law, just as it is to grant one person a pardon but not another in equal circumstances, or to afford one person every opportunity of defending himself and stating his version of events whilst withholding the same benefits from someone else with an equal claim thereto.

 

47. Historians tells us that Chief Justice Coke, when he was unable to dissuade King James I from asserting authority in the judicial sphere, addressed these memorable words to the King:

 

          Quod rex non debet sub homine, sed sub deo et lege (the King is subject not to men, but to God and the law).

         

          So be it.

         

          The petitions concerning the investigation dismissed by unanimous opinion; the petitions concerning the pardons dismissed by majority opinion. The orders discharged.

         

Judgment given on 6 August 1986.

 

* In Hebrew - haninah, חנינה-Translator's note

 

Subscribe to RSS - Compensation